(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1993-94"

I$rt 



1993-1994 Catalog 



Collegedale Campus 

Mailing Address: 

RO. Box 370 

Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

Telephone: 

General Number: (615) 238-2111 

Admissions information: 

Nationwide, 1-800-SOUTHERN 
(1-800-768-8437) 

FAX: (615) 238-3001 



Orlando Campus 

Mailing Address: 

Nursing Department 
653 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 

Telephone: (407) 897-1890 

FAX: (407) 897-5572 






In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be factually accurate. The 
publisher assumes no responsibility for editorial, clerical, or printing errors. The information 
presented is, at the time of printing, an accurate description of course offerings, policies, and 
requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog, however, are not to be regarded as 
an irrevocable contract between the college and the student. The college reserves the right to change 
any provision or requirement at any time, without prior notice. 



McKEE LIBRARY 
a«*«iiC6iiise«fSSA 
,TN 37315 



Academic Calendar 

1993-94 School Year 



The Southern College summer term consists of four 4-week 
sessions. Students in attendance during the 1992-93 school year 
may register at any time during the week immediately preceding 
the session. 

1st Summer Session 



May 4 


Registration 


May 4 


Classes Begin 


May 5 


Late Registration Fee 


May 6 


Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 


May 14 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a W" 


May 21 


All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 


May 28 


Classes End 


2nd Summer Session 


June 1 


Registration 


June 1 


Classes Begin 


June 2 


Late Registration Fee 


June 3 


Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 


June 11 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 


June 18 


All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 


June 25 


Classes End 


3rd Summer Session 


June 28 


Registration 


June 28 


Classes Begin 


June 29 


Late Registration Fee 


June 30 


Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 


July 5 


Independence Day Observed 


July 9 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 


July 16 


All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 


July 23 


Classes End 


4th Summer Session 


July 25 


Registration 


July 26 


Classes Begin 


July 27 


Late Registration Fee 


July 28 


Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 


August 6 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 


August 13 


All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 


August 19 


Classes End 



















Academic Calendar 



1st Semester 


Aug 12-15 


Faculty Colloquium 


Aug 20, 22 


ACT and CLEP Exams 


Aug 23 


Freshman Orientation 


Aug 23, 24 


Registration by Appointment 


Aug 25 


Classes Begin 


Aug 25 


Late Registration Fee 


Sep 1 


Fee for Class Change 


Sep 7 


Last Day to Add Course 


Oct 14 


Mid-term Ends 


Oct 15-17 


Mid-semester Vacation 


Oct 28-31 


Alumni Homecoming 


Oct 28 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a ,r W" 


Nov 1-12 


Pre-R egistration/Advisement 


Nov 24-28 


Thanksgiving Vacation 


Dec 3 


All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 


Dec 13-16 


Semester Exams 


Dec 17-Jan 2 


Christmas Vacation 


2nd Semester 


January 2, 3 


Registration for Pre-registered Students 


January 3 


Registration by Appointment 


January 4 


Classes Begin 


January 4 


Late Registration Fee 


January 11 


Fee for Class Change 


January 17 


Last Day to Add Course 


January 25 


Senior Class Organization 


February 24 


Mid-term Ends 


Feb 25-Mar 6 


Spring Break 


March 11 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 


Mar 21-Apr 1 


Pre-R egistration/Advisement 


April 4 


Senior Deadline for Correspondence/Incompletes 


April 8 


All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 


April 3, 4 


College Days 


April 25-28 


Semester Exams 


May 1 


Commencement/Semester Ends 



5 



This Is 
Southern College 



Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co- 
educational institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church* primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of 
the United States. Its purpose is to provide biblical, liberal arts, 
professional, pre-professional, vocational, adult studies, and special 
programs in a Christian setting. 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of 
humanity in the world. The following is a summary of this 
understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and 
Sustainer of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of 
all knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion 
with Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, 
spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but 
God in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration 
of His image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal 
personal fellowship with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed 
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's 
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. 
Education, consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. 
Southern College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, 
and physical environment designed to encourage this development 
through the following specific objectives. 

Spiritual 

The spiritual goal of Southern College is to enable students to grasp 
Christian beliefs and values as understood by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. Along with three hours r mandatory religion course 



♦This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, 
which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, 
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. 

6 



This Is Southern College 



work for each year of attendance, students have religious convocations 
and various opportunities for Christian fellowship and service to help 
them better internalize these ideals. 

Intellectual 

The intellectual goal of Southern College is to help students con- 
front the ideas and values which underlie civilization. Course require- 
ments and general education options aim at broadening and deepening 
the students' outlook. An honors program challenges the most capable 
students, while academic awards recognize a range of scholarly achieve- 
ments. 

Occupational 

The occupational goal of Southern College is to prepare students for 
service in a practical world. Although that does not always mean 
specific career orientation, the major and minor course work offers 
useful competencies as well as skills related to specific vocations. 

Social 

Regarding the relationship of individuals to society, the goal of 
Southern College is to encourage students to attain the social maturity 
necessary for successful family and community living. Southern College 
provides activities and courses aimed at developing healthy inter- 
personal relations, communication skills, and decision-making abilities. 

Physical 

Regarding personal health, the goal of Southern College is to 
educate students to be active in promoting their own physical well- 
being. Southern College is smoke-, alcohol-, and drug-free by policy, and 
the cafeteria offers a meatless diet. Health-oriented courses and 
activities combine to encourage a balance of exercise, rest, diet, study, 
work, and recreation. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern 
College had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the 
small village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as 
Graysville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern 
Industrial School and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion 
of plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in 
Hamilton County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the 
anticipated community. At its new location, the school opened as 
Southern Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it 
achieved senior college status and the name was changed to Southern 



This Is Southern College 



Missionary College. In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College 
of Seventh-day Adventists. 

SETTING 

Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled 
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and 
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educa- 
tional philosophy. 

ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools to award one-year certificates, associate degrees, and 
baccalaureate degrees. It is also accredited by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Board of Regents. 

Departments of the college are also accredited by various organiza- 
tions. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree pro- 
grams in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by 
the National League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board 
of Review. The Department of Nursing is an agency member of the 
Department of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the 
Division of Nursing Education of the National League for Nursing. It 
is also accredited by the Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized 
by the Florida State Board of Nursing. 

The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education 
for the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. Southern 
College is also a member of the Association of American Colleges, the 
American Council on Education, the Tennessee College Association, the 
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, and the 
National Association for Schools of Music. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

The academic program consists of 36 baccalaureate degree majors 
and 27 minors. Students may pursue programs of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administra- 
tion, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work degrees. Fourteen 
programs leading to an associate degree are also offered. Various 
pre-professional and terminal curricula are available to students 
wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school. 

Secondary teaching certification is available in ten disciplines. A 
one-year certificate is available in Auto Body Repair. SC also cooperates 
with Loma Linda University in offering the M.Ed, degree and with 
Andrews University in offering the M.S.N, degree. 



This Is Southern College 



STUDENTS 

Sixty-five percent of the students of Southern College come from the 
eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign 
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men. 

Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial, 
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, 
business pursuits, government service, research activities, private and 
institutional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic activities of the college 
on the Collegedale campus: 

Brock Hall — Art, Business/Office Administration, English/Speech, History, 

Journalism/Communication, Modern Languages, Instructional Media, 

and WSMC FM90.5 
Daniells Hall — Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science/Technology 
Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry 
Mazie Herin Hall — Nursing 

William lies Physical Education Center — Physical Education 
Ledford Hall — Industrial Technology 
McKee Library 
Miller Hall — Religion Center 
Student Center — Computer Center, Student Health Service, Cafeteria, 

Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student 

activity rooms, K.R.'s Place 
Summerour Hall — Behavioral Science, Education and Psychology 
J. Mabel Wood Hall — Music 
Lynn Wood Hall— Alumni, Conference Rooms 
Wright Hall — Administration 

Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs: 
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 
Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the 

college and community 
Recreational Area — tennis courts, a track, playing fields 
Arthur W Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school 
Student Apartments 
Student Park 

Talge Hall — men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall 
WSMC FM90.5— radio station 

Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries 
and service departments. 



9 



Admissions 



Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless 
of race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests 
are in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as ex- 
pressed in its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is 
not a requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by 
the policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist 
institution. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three 
satisfactory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one 
of the following three conditions at the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home 
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at 
least 2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a 
minimum composite score of 18 on the Enhanced American 
College Test (ACT). 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT, and be eighteen 
years old by June 1 (prior to admission). Each applicant must 
have an official transcript of his or her grades and credits sent 
to the Admissions Office from the high school most recently 
attended. 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, 
fourteen of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum 
GPA of 3.00 in the major subjects, and have a minimum 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT. 

Southern College must have received a final official high school 
transcript or GED scores and a transcript from the high school 
last attended from each new student before he or she will be 
admitted to registration. 



Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult departmental admission requirements. 



2 

Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign language. 



10 



Admissions 



Acceptance on Academic Probation 

A If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below 

the minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be 

accepted on academic probationary status. 
B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 

12 semester hours during the first semester. 

If both the high school GPA and the Enhanced ACT composite score 
are below the minimum requirements (2.00 and 18 respectively), it will 
be necessary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours 
(in solid courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being 
accepted at Southern College. These six hours may be taken at 
Southern College during the summer (last session excluded) or at 
another accredited college. 

Subjects Required for Admission 

Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following 
minimum subjects in their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 14 in science reasoning. 
A college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in 
addition to general education requirements if this condition is 
not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be 
taken as part of the general education science requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. 
If deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level 
will be required. 

6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION 

Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen 
or as transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the 
CATALOG for admission requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another 
accredited college or university must follow the same application 
procedure as other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward 
the requirements for a degree when the student has satisfactorily 
completed a minimum of twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by 



11 



Admissions 



examination taken at other colleges will be accepted according to 
Southern College standards (see "College Credit by Examination" in the 
Academic Policies section of the CATALOG). A maximum of 72 semes- 
ter hours may be accepted from a college where the highest degree 
offered is the associate degree. Background deficiencies revealed by 
transcripts and entrance examinations will be given individual 
attention. 

Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are 
not regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 
16 semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. 
Only those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses 
and for which the student has earned a "*C" grade or better will be 
accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because 
of poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that 
institution, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify 
for readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. 
Transfer students must submit both their college and high school 
official transcripts to the Admissions Office before being admitted 
to registration. Those who do not have credit for first semester 
College Composition and three semester hours of college level 
mathematics will be required to take the Enhanced ACT 
(American College Test) prior to registration at Southern College. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission 
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or 
otherwise qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer 
to another institution of higher learning, may register as special 
students. A special student may enroll for a maximum of five semester 
hours per term. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student making application to Southern College 
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school 
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the 
institutions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not 
be accepted to Southern College until the college has received original 
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other 
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should 
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an inter- 
pretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official if 
possible. 



12 



Admissions 



The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate 
academic documents received for international students based on the 
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets 
published by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and 
Admissions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, 
published by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General 
Certificate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or 
more "0" level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with 
marks 1 through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a 
natural science, and three others selected from a second language, 
mathematics, science, and social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language 
Proficiency Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL). Students whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is 
below 500 will not be admitted. Students must reach the above stated 
score to be admitted to the college for the regular academic year. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses 
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information 
section of the CATALOG.) 

International students should realize that according to U.S. 
Immigration laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more 
than 20 hours per week and may not be employed except on the college 
campus. 

It is important that international students not leave their homeland 
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College. 
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials 
are satisfactory, a surety advance deposit has been made, and the 
student is able to demonstrate the ability to finance his/her education 
at Southern College. Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued. 

When students depart from their homeland, they should have in 
their possession: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College 

2. 1-20 form 

3. A valid passport 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States 

5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in 
addition to the international surety deposit required of all 
non-U.S. citizens). 



13 



Admissions 



APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

♦ Prospective students should request application forms from the 
Office of Admissions. 

♦ Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should 
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee 
of $20. 

♦ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools 
(high school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of 
Admissions in support of the application. These will become the 
property of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED 
DIRECTLY FROM AN APPLICANT 

♦ Students transferring from another college or university who do 
not have credit for first semester College Composition and three 
semester hours of college level mathematics will be required to 
take the ACT prior to registration at Southern College. 

♦ Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of 
credits, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions 
Committee will notify the applicant of the action taken. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications no later than the last 
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the 
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to 
suggest ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the 
difficulty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtain- 
ing necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time 
will be necessary for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit reapplications without charge 
until April 30; thereafter the regular application fee of $20 will be 
required. 



14 



Financial Policies 



EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College tries to give every student the opportunity to 
obtain a Christian education. Every effort will be made to assist stu- 
dents in meeting their financial obligation in order to reach this goal. 

The Student Finance Office will assist students in their financial 
planning. Financial aid is available to qualified recipients in the form 
of grants, loans, scholarships and employment (see page 30). Before 
registration each student must submit a payment contract to the 
Student Finance Office signed by the student and financial sponsor 
indicating how college expenses will be paid. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is 
given below to assist the student in financial planning. 

STUDENT COSTS 

Tuition 1993-94: 

Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of 
$337 per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be 
charged $3,994. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $252 per 
semester hour. Summer school tuition will be charged at the rate of 
$252 per semester hour. 

ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 





Residence Hall 


Non-residence Hall 




Student 


Student 




Semester Year 


Semester 


Year 


Tuition (12-16 hrs/semester) 


$3,994 $7,988 


$3,994 


$7,988 


Dormitory Rent 


735 1,470 






Food ($236 monthly average 








Monthly minimum charge $85) 


945 1,890 






Books and School Supplies 


240 480 


240 


480 


Total Estimated Costs* 


$5,914 $11,828 


$4,234 


$8,468 



(Health insurance, automobile parking, and Campus Shop personal purchases are in addition, if 
applicable.) 

♦With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 

FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family are both en- 
rolled as full-time students (taking 12 hours or more) at SC and have 
the same financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of 5 percent will be applied 



15 



Expenses 

to each statement. A 10 percent rebate will be applied when three or 
more students have the same financial sponsor and are enrolled as full- 
time students. Application forms for this rebate are available at the 
Cashier's Office. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' FINANCIAL BENEFITS 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars 
may receive a waiver for the cost of auditing one class each semester 
that they remain in the program. Upon successful completion of the 
program students will receive a tuition refund equivalent to four three- 
hour classes. The "per hour" rate for a 16-hour class load will be the 
basis for calculating the refund. Southern Scholars also receive a 100 
percent tuition waiver for Honors Seminar, HMNT 451, 452, calculated 
according to the tuition waiver policy explained on pages 24 and 25. 

MUSIC LESSON FEES 

Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or noncredit basis. 
A student will receive 14 half-hour lessons per semester for one hour 
of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a $124 
music lesson fee per semester for both credit and non-credit lessons. 
This fee applies to both music majors and non-music majors. 

Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of 
unexcused absences. 

Community School of Music students (non-college students) register 
for private and group lessons at the Music Department Office. Each 
student is required to pay a yearly registration fee of $15. Lessons are 
to be paid for in advance either by the semester or by the month. 

SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 

The following special fees and charges* are assessed separately inas- 
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Application for admission (not refundable) $20.00 

Audit tuition 1/2 reg. tuition 

Automobile parking fee (per semester): 

Dormitory $36.00 

Village $26.00 

Motorcycle parking fee $26.00 

Cancellation of registration $50.00 

Change of program $12.00 

Credit by examination (per hour) recording fee $35.00 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver $48.00 

CLEP $40.00 

Rescheduling mid-term or final $63.00 

Incomplete grade recorded $7.50 



16 



Expenses 

Insufficient funds check fee and penalty $18.00 

** Insurance: 

Student $235.00 

Spouse $725.00 

Children $575.00 

Late Registration $35.00 

Late return of organizational uniform $20.00 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably damaged 
or not returned.) 
Lost residence hall key or replacement: 

Talge Hall $10.00 

Thatcher Hall $20.00 

Lost student I.D. or replacement (must pay cash) $5.00 

Medical Technology recording fee (senior year) $55.00 

***Nursing education fees: 

Associate degree (per semester) $270.00 

Baccalaureate degree (after completing Assoc. Degree) 

(per nursing semester hour) $13.00 

Registration Fee (processing documents) $25.00 

Transcript Fee — Same Day Service $5.00 

*See individual class descriptions for class fees and charges. 
** Subject to change by insurance company. 
•♦•Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 

STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies 
limited to $85 per semester). 

b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction 
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full 
semester whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour 
of private music instruction consists of fourteen half hour 
lessons. Refunds will be granted only when the instructor is 
not available for lessons. 

HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,470 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August 
and January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one 
room. A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be 
allowed to room alone at an additional cost of $320 per semester if 
sufficient rooms are available and s/he has approval from the Student 
Finance Office. It is the student's responsibility to have arranged for 
a roommate unless specific arrangements have been made to room 
alone. No pets are allowed in the residence halls. 

17 



Expenses 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the 
campus. When a student withdraws, a prorated portion of the semester 
charge, beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room, will be 
refunded. 

Residence Hall Deposit 

A room deposit of $100 is required of each dormitory student. In 
order to guarantee a room in the dormitory, payment should be made 
by July 1. After July 1, no room is held for a student whose deposit has 
not been paid. This deposit is held in reserve until the student grad- 
uates and/or permanently moves out of the dormitory. 

Apartment 

College-owned apartments may be rented by married students taking 
a minimum of six hours each semester. The apartments range in size 
from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. Rents range from $225 to 
$350 per month. Rent charges are based on the date of issue and 
return of keys and proper clearance with the office of the Vice 
President for Finance. No pets or firearms are allowed in college 
housing. 

Apartment Deposit 

Married students renting an apartment from the college are required 
to pay a housing deposit of $175 of which $100 is due with the housing 
application and the remaining $75 at the time the apartment is rented. 

Housing Deposit Refund 

If a student gives notice before August 1 that s/he will not be 
attending, the housing deposit will be refunded. The deposit will not be 
refunded after August 1. 

Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the student's 
account if the deposit is insufficient to cover these costs. The dormitory 
dean/Service Department will determine if the dorm room/apartment 
or trailer has been left clean and undamaged. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the dorm student the privilege 
of choosing food and paying for what is selected. Students are encour- 
aged to eat healthfully by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus 
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will be 
charged a minimum of $85 per month which will be prorated for vaca- 
tions and holidays. 

ADVANCE PAYMENTS 

Regular: An advance payment of $1,850 is required before registra- 
tion with one-half of the advance payment ($925) being held for second 



18 



Expenses 

semester. For new students entering second semester the advance pay- 
ment is $925, and all other appropriate charges are applicable. When 
a married couple enrolls for a combined total of seventeen semester 
hours or less of classwork, they will be charged only one advance 
payment. 

One-half of the advance payment ($925) is held for second semester 
and earns interest at an APR of 2 percent less than prime for the 
months of September, October, November, December if: (1) the full 
advance payment ($1,850) has been paid by September 1, and (2) the 
account balance as of December 31 is paid in full. Interest will be 
credited to the January statement. 

For students residing in any dormitory or married student housing, 
a housing deposit is due before occupancy and is in addition to the 
advance payment. 

International Students; In addition to the regular advance payment 
listed above, international students are required to pay the following: 
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required 
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be 
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This 
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular advance 
payment required of all students entering Southern College. 

Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, 
students are required to send an advance payment of $270 to hold their 
placement in the class. This payment also serves as the first semester's 
Nursing Education Associate Degree Fee. The $270 fee is in addition 
to the Regular Advance Payment of $1,850. There is also a $270 fee 
charged to the A.S. nursing student's account second semester. If a 
student applies for the nursing program but does not attend the 
college, or changes his or her major, the deposit is refundable if the 
Department of Nursing is notified by August 1- After August 1, the 
nursing deposit is not refundable. 

ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed 
below: 

1. Obtain an ACA application from Southern College's Admissions 
Office. 

2. Complete and return the ACA application, along with a $100 
application fee, to the SC Admissions Office. 

3. Financial policies for expenses and fees for ACA are available 
through the Student Finance Office, the Admissions Office, and 
the Modern Languages Department. 



19 



Expenses 

METHOD OF PAYMENT 

Residence hall and nonresidence hall students may choose one of the 
three methods of payment below: 

Payment Plan I — Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid 
in cash at registration, a discount of 3 percent for the semester or 5 
percent for the year is allowed on this cash payment. Amounts paid as 
a result of student loans, grants, or scholarships are excluded from the 
amount on which the discount is allowed. Students choosing to pay 
cash in advance must on or before registration time, pay the full 
amount required by the plan for the semester or year, less any advance 
payments or credits. 

The following schedule outlines how Payment Plan I would work for 
both a semester and the year: 

Residence Hall Non-residence Hall 

Student Student 

Semester Year Semester Year 

Total estimated charges $5,914 $11,828 $3,994 $7,988 

(see Estimated Student Budget) 
*(a) Less cash discount -177 -120 

(3% for semester) 
or 
*(b) Less cash discount -592 -399 

(5% for year) 

Net cash due at registration $5,737 $11,236 $3,874 $7,589 

Note: For calculating the discount, estimated charges may be reduced by approved financial aid and 
scholarship awards (excluding student wages). Cash discount applies to the cash paid at 
registration. 

Payment Plan II — Tuition Guaranteed Plan. The college will guaran- 
tee to the student that tuition will remain constant under the following 
provisions: 

1. This plan is not available to students receiving financial aid. 
However, parents taking a Parent Plus Loan may include this 
amount in their payment. 

2. The tuition rate in effect at the time of the first contract will 
remain in effect until the student graduates provided full time 
continuous registration is maintained not to exceed four years 
excluding a one-year leave of absence which may be given for 
student missionaries, ACA, or task force workers. 

3. Total estimated cost for the year must be paid prior to or at fall 
registration. 

4. Any cash withdrawals, except student earnings, will void the 
contract. 



20 



Expenses 

5. Participants in this plan are eligible for a 5 percent cash 
discount on the total estimated cost the first year of partici- 
pation only. The next three years, the tuition rate will remain 
the same as year one; and a 5 percent discount will be given on 
room, board, and books only. 

6. Dependents of denominational workers may deduct the denom- 
inational tuition assistance when making their payment; how- 
ever, the tuition assistance must be received by the college from 
either the denominational employer or the denominational 
worker within two months after registration or the contract is 
void. 

7. Student earnings may be withdrawn from the student's account 
and will not reduce the amount to be paid. 

8. Costs in excess of the total estimated amount to be paid will be 
billed monthly and should be paid on a monthly basis or the 
contract is void. 

9. Should the estimated cost be less than the amount paid, the 
credit will be refunded after June 1. 

10. If the Payment Contract is broken for any of the above reasons, 
or the student withdraws during the school year, the student 
who re-enters Payment Plan II may do so based on the rates of 
enrollment for the new year. 

This plan only guarantees the tuition rate — not the room, board, 
books, and other miscellaneous charges. The student/financial sponsor 
must prepay each year the total estimated costs. 

Payment Plan III — Contract for Monthly Payments. Students desiring 
to pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may 
choose this plan. 

Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth working day of 
each calendar month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the 
last day of each month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of 
statement according to the following schedule: 

FIRST SEMESTER 

Past Due Date 

August Statement 1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 

charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 
2. Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. September 20 



21 



Expenses 



September Statement 



FIRST SEMESTER, cont. 



Past Due Date 



1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room less 
ONE -THIRD of the semester's credits 
for financial aid and ONE-THIRD of 
the semester's advance payment. 

2. Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. October 20 



October Statement 



ONE -THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 
Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



November 20 



SECOND SEMESTER 



January Statement 



1. ONE -THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room less 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's credits 
for financial aid and ONE -THIRD of 
the semester's advance payment. 

2. Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. February 20 



February Statement 1. 



ONE -THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the 
semester's credits for financial 
aid and ONE-THIRD of the 
semester's advance payment. 
Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



March 20 



March Statement 



1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room less 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's* 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 

2. Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. April 20 



22 



Expenses 

An example of estimated school costs on this plan without financial 
aid, work, or scholarships is as follows: 

Residence Hall Non-Residence 



Statement Date 


Payment Date 


Student 


Hall Student 


Advance Payment 


By registration 


$1,850 


$1,850 


August 31 


By September 20 


1,663 


1,103 


September 30 


By October 20 


1,663 


1,103 


October 31 


By November 20 


1,663 


1,103 


January 31 


By February 20 


1,663 


1,103 


February 28 


By March 20 


1,663 


1,103 


March 31 


By April 20 


1,663 


1,103 


Total estimated payments 


$11,828 


$8,468 



Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be 
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated 
until account is current. 

Arrangement for final payment of the semester account must be 
made before semester examinations may be taken or before regis- 
tration for a new semestec 

INTEREST ON PAST-DUE BALANCE 

If a past due balance on the November statement is not paid by 
December 20, a service charge of 5 percent of the past due amount will 
be applied to the December statement. If a past due balance on the 
March statement is not paid by April 20, a service charge of 5 percent 
of the past due amount will be applied to the April statement. A 
monthly service charge of VA percent will be charged on any past due 
balance for the months of May, June, July, and August. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are 
required to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts prior 
to leaving by signing a promissory note. Payments due on noncurrent 
accounts that are not received by the last working day of the month 
will be charged a IVi percent per month service charge. 

When a student who was enrolled first semester does not enroll 
second semester and has left with an unpaid account, that account will 
be turned over to Southern College's Collections Office by February 15. 

When a student leaves at the end of second semester who has not re- 
applied, the account will be turned over to the SC Collections Office by 
June 15. 

When a student leaves at the end of second semester with an unpaid 
account who has re-applied for the following year, the student will have 
May through August to bring the account current. If the student 



23 



Expenses 

decides not to return, then this account will be turned over to the SC 
Collections Office by September 15. 

At the time any account is turned over to the SC Collections Office, 
a carrying charge of IVi percent per month will apply. 

If no payment response to correspondence or communication is 
received with 90 days after the SC Collections Department receives the 
account, the unpaid account balance will be submitted to a collection 
agency or attorney. 

Since delinquent accounts are reported to the Credit Bureau systems, 
prompt payment of accounts builds credit ratings which will be 
important to the student in the future. 

If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an 
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services, 
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills. 

BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy pro- 
ceedings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection 
of the debt, the college, upon notification by the court of such discharge 
of a student's current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal 
prohibition. No further services will be extended. 

TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS, AND TEST SCORES 

It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an 
unpaid or past-due account at the school, or any unpaid account for 
which the college has co-signed. 

Official grade transcripts will be issued for currently enrolled 
students when the students' accounts are current according to the pay- 
ment schedule set forth above. No exceptions will be made. 

Official grade transcripts for nonenrolled students will be issued 
when students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delin- 
quencies in the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be made. 

To expedite the release of these documents, the student should send 
a money order or certified check to cover the balance of the account 
when requesting the documents. Under provisions of federal loan 
programs, Southern College withholds any records when payments for 
these loans become past due or are in default. 

TUITION WAIVERS 

Tuition waivers are available for internships, cooperative education, 
and practicum classes. Ordinarily, the waiver is explained in the course 
description, but students may enroll for a practicum or internship 
under Directed Study and become eligible for a two-thirds tuition 
waiver. 



24 



Expenses 

To be eligible for a tuition waiver students must be enrolled in fewer 
than 11 hours excluding their tuition waiver class, or more than 16 
hours including their tuition wavier class. The waiver is calculated on 
the margins of hours below 12 and above 16 resulting from the tuition 
waiver class. 

Tuition waivers, if any apply to classes involving tours, are 
calculated according to approved travel arrangements. 

REFUND POLICIES 

Complete Withdrawal from Classes 

A student who withdraws from all school work during the semester 
will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed with- 
drawal form with all the required signatures is filed with the Records 
Office. A $50 withdrawal fee is applicable at whatever time the 
complete withdrawal occurs. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

1st Week 100% - 6th Week 50% 

2nd Week 90% 7th Week 40% 

3rd Week 80% 8th Week 30% 

4th Week 70% 9th Week 20% 

5th Week 60% 10th Week 10% 

11th Week 0% 

Partial Withdrawal 

Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according 
to the date the drop form with all the required signatures if filed with 
the Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

First week of the semester — 100% 

Second week through the eleventh week — 10% less per week 

No refunds after the eleventh week 

Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes 

First two (2) school days — 100% 

Third (3rd day through end of term) — Prorated through mid-term 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, upon request, 30 days after the 
monthly statement is received for the last month the student was in 
school in order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For 
example, if a student drops out of school in December, a full credit 
refund would not be made until after the January statement is pre- 
pared during the first week of February. When the credit balance is 
large, a portion may be refunded earlier upon request to the Student 
Finance Office. 



25 



Expenses 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the 
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 34). Cash refunds will not be 
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial 
sponsor. 

HEALTH AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE 

Southern College requires all students to be covered by health and 
accident insurance. Each student will automatically be enrolled in the 
college health and accident plan unless the s/he signs a waiver card at 
the time of registration indicating s/he does not want the college 
insurance because: 

1. The student has other insurance equal to or better than the 
college insurance plan. 

2. The student is covered under the SDA denominational health 
care plan. 

3. The student does not live in college-owned housing and is taking 
less than six semester hours of classwork during the fall and 
spring semesters or less than three hours of classwork in the 
summer. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring to campus, students should remem- 
ber that the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any 
student even though such effects may be required by the college for 
student use, or required by the college to be stored in a designated 
location. College-carried insurance does not insure the personal effects 
of any individual. The college recommends that students consider 
carrying insurance to cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of 
work-related accidents. 

STUDENT BANKING SERVICE 

When opening a student bank account, the student or financial 
sponsor may contact the Cashier's Office to make the proper arrange- 
ments. This is entirely separate from the student's school expense 
account. Withdrawals from this account may be made by the student 
in person as long as a credit balance and proper identification are 
provided. If a check is deposited into this account, the student must 
wait two weeks for it to clear the banking system before a withdrawal 
may be made. 



26 



Expenses 

CHECK CASHING 

Students are encouraged to use their home banks or a local area bank 
for their personal financial services. The Cashier's Office will cash 
approved checks not to exceed $300. No third party checks will be 
honored. Checks must be made payable to either the student or cash. 
Proper identification is required. 

Each time a check is returned by a bank for insufficient funds, 
account closed, or any other reason, there will be an $18 returned 
check fee made to the student's account. The student then forfeits 
the privilege of cashing future checks. 

CREDIT CARDS 

The Cashier's Office honors VISA, Master, and American Express 
cards for making payments on a student's account. No cash with- 
drawal service is available from these cards — this service may 
be obtained from a local bank. 

When using a credit card to pay on an account, the following 
information must be supplied: 1) name of credit card being used; 2) 
cardholder's name; 3) credit card number; and, 4) expiration date. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities are available in departments and industries 
operated by the college and local private businesses. These employing 
agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a uniform 
work force. Students are expected to maintain satisfactory job 
performance and meet all work appointments, including during 
examination week. Work superintendents reserve the right to 
dismiss students if their service and work records are un- 
satisfactory Should a student find it necessary to be absent from 
work, s/he must make arrangements with the work superintendent 
and, if ill, with Student Health Service. 

Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of 
work. Personnel/Student Labor personnel will assist students in finding 
jobs provided the 1) student arranges a class schedule that allows 
"blocks" of time for work, and 2) is physically able and willing to accept 
any job offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. 
Students must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be 
eligible for campus work. 

A student accepting employment is expected to retain it for the entire 
semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the school 
nurse or Personnel/Student Labor Office. Should a student receive 
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the 
transfer must be made through the Personnel/Student Labor Office and 
the two employing organizations. If a financial plan requires work, the 
student must NOT drop his/her work schedule without making proper 



27 



Expenses 

arrangements with the Personnel/Student Labor Office. To do so may 
result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card 
until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than the current minimum wage 
rate. It may be higher if a student possesses special skills or training 
and shows responsibility and consistency. 

Students may work off campus; however, permission may be withheld 
for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a student's 
health or character development. Any exceptions to the financial 
policies will be considered by the Financial Appeals Committee. 

SUMMER WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM 

1. Work supervisors may recommend raises for a student's summer 
wage within the pre-set wage rate scale. 

2. Two-thirds of the dormitory student's summer rent to be 
refunded, provided: 

A. A minimum of 200 hours of summer work is completed. 

B. The student is enrolled for at least six hours for the fall term. 

3. Any variation to the above plan must be approved by the 
Administrative Council. 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to 
secure permission before accepting any off-campus employment. 
Foreign students with student visas are allowed to work on campus up 
to twenty hours a week. Spouses may work only if they have student 
visas of their own or have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

Southern College encourages the payment of tithe and offerings by 
its student workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements 
may be made by the student (except for those employed in the Federal 
Work-Study Program) to have 10 percent of his/her school earnings 
charged to his/her account as tithe and 2 percent for offerings. These 
funds are then transferred by the college to the treasurer of the 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

STUDENT MISSIONS PROGRAM/ 
TASK FORCE POSITIONS 

Any student desiring to serve as a Student Missionary or in a Task 
Force position needs to work with the Chaplain's Office. The General 
Conference policy requires the completion of the course, Student 
Missions Orientation Class, RELP 099, prior to placement in a 
volunteer position. The orientation class is taught the last nine weeks 
of the second semester. Students who register for RELP 099 will not 
receive any academic credit hours. 



28 



Expenses 

Those students who desire deferment on their student loan payments 
during their mission service placement must enroll in: NOND 227 
Christian Service I, 6 hours, and NOND 228 Christian Service II, 6 
hours. 

To receive 12 hours of academic credit, the student must complete 
a full academic year of service. Students enrolled in NOND 227 and 228 
must have taken RELP 099 as a prerequisite. A maximum of 12 hours 
is available during the year of service. Tuition is charged at 10 percent 
of the current rate. Specific details regarding academic assignments 
may be obtained from the Chaplain's Office. 

Before final authorization may be obtained, all students going as 
Student Missionaries or Task Force workers must be cleared by the 
Student Finance Office. 

POST GRADUATE TUITION PLAN 

A Post Graduate Tuition Plan has been established for the purpose 
of assisting students who have graduated from an accredited college/ 
university and have an earned bachelor's degree. This plan becomes 
effective May 1, 1993. The plan allows eligible students to enroll in 
classes for one-half tuition. Tuition rates are as follows: 

1-11 Semester Hours $169.00 

12-16 Semester Hours , . . . $1,997.00 

17+Hours (in excess of 16 hours) $126.00 

The provisions that apply are: 

1. To be eligible for the Post Graduate Tuition Plan, a student must 
have graduated with a bachelor's degree at least two years before 
entering the program. 

2. Applicants must have a clear financial SC account and all loan 
payments must be up-to-date at the time of registration before the 
Post Graduate Tuition Plan is approved. To continue to partici- 
pate in the plan, students must reapply each semester. If a 
participant's account or loan payment becomes delinquent, that 
student will lose his/her Post Graduate Tuition Plan privileges 
and cannot be reinstated. 

3. Regular readmission criteria apply to this program. Completed 
applications and other college transcripts must be on file in the 
Admissions Office no later than four weeks prior to the beginning 
of the semester for which the graduate is applying. 

4. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Student 
Finance Office. 



29 



Expenses 

5. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and 
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The Post 
Graduate Tuition Plan does not include private music lessons, in- 
dependent study, directed study, student teaching, internships, 
A.S. nursing, the fifth year of a five-year degree program, or a 
program where a tuition discount is already in effect. 

6. Since the Post Graduate Tuition Plan offer is for tuition only , it 
does not apply to lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, 
dormitory charges, books, or cafeteria charges. 

7. This program is open to a limited number of students. Southern 
College reserves the right to discontinue or amend this special 
tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration. 

SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION PLAN 

Persons over 65 years of age may audit any regular college course 
free of charge, provided there is space available and sufficient 
enrollment of students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab 
fees will be charged where required. 

They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular 
rate, provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of 
students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be 
charged where required. 

They may enroll in seminars, workshops, other courses offered out- 
side the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price. 



FINANCIAL AID 

Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial 
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national 
origin, or ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established 
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent 
treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Student Finance Office, RO. Box 
370,Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, (1-800-SOUTHERN), for infor- 
mation about and applications for financial aid. Applications received 
by May 1 will be given preference. Applications received after May 1 
will be processed as long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one 
academic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take 
at least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and demon- 
strate financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the 
Student Finance Office. Recipients of government aid must hold ILS. 



30 



Financial Aid 



citizenship or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must be 
submitted with aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply 
each year, have a GED or high school diploma on file in the Records 
Office, and continue to make satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree to receive financial aid. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, 
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree. (Satisfactory academic progress is defined in the following 
section.) If a student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress 
or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or 
take required examinations, financial aid will be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic 
Progress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid 
from institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is admin- 
istered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and 
philosophy which is, that the parents are the primary and respon- 
sible source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. 

Financial aid is available to help fill the gap between the student's own 
resources (parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and 
the total cost of attending Southern College. The amount of parental 
contribution is based on the family's net income, number of 
dependents, allowable expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family 
Financial Need Analysis from the American College Testing Program 
or College Scholarship Service is used in determining a student's 
eligibility for financial aid. 

Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships 
awarded on the basis of academic achievement 



SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS 
FOR FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

According to the 1986 Higher Education Amendments, all financial 
aid recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree, both in a qualitative and a quantitative measure, in order to 
continue to receive financial aid. 

A financial aid recipient's progress at Southern College will be based 
on the student's enrollment status which is determined by the 
number of hours attempted. Academic progress will be measured by 
the number of hours the student has successfully completed during the 
semester. 



31 



Financial Aid 



A financial aid recipient will be expected to complete not less than 
the minimum hours required by his enrollment status of: 

1. Full time 12 hours or more 

2. 3/4 time 9-11 hours 

3. 1/2 time 6-8 hours 

This would allow a student the equivalent of 10 full-time semesters 
to complete a four year degree; and the equivalent of six full-time 
semesters to complete a two year degree. 

The formula for academic progress is: enrollment status (as outlined 
above) x 12 hours (full time equivalent) = hours needed for progress. 

For the purpose of this policy, a student must also maintain a 
cumulative and resident grade point average above the suspension 
levels as stated in the following schedules: 



Cumulative 

Semester Hours 

6- 48 


Required GPA Level 
(Includes Resident and Cumulative GPA) 
1.50 


49- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 93 


1.85 


94 - 119 


1.95 


120 up 


2.00 


A student's financial aid will be suspended if s/he does not maintain 
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above. 



Financial Aid Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress" 
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester. 
The recipient must see a financial aid counselor before aid will 
be released for the probationary semester. This aid is subject to 
adjustment or cancellation. 

2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in 
the requirements above must be attained by the end of the 
probation semester or financial aid will be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress 
Committee describing the circumstances which contributed to their 
failure to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an 
outlined program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory 
academic requirements. 

When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements. 

32 



Financial Aid 



Provisions for Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all 
hours they have attempted. Students with a GPA below the policy stated 
above will be on financial aid probation provided that they were eligible 
for continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred. 

If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they 
must follow Southern College's procedure for appeal and reinstatement 
of financial aid. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must 
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid 
programs: 

1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College 
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College 
Scholarship Service. 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid (Form B). 

3. Southern College Admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who 
attended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern 
College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from hometown lender. 
(Southern College has arranged for last-resort lenders for 
students whose hometown lenders do not participate in the GSL 
program or for any reason refuse to make the loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be 
obtained by contacting Southern College Student Finance Office. Stu- 
dents are urged to complete applications as early as possible after the 
family income tax returns have been completed. Income tax returns 
only have to be completed, not necessarily mailed to the IRS before sub- 
mitting the financial aid application. 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

An official Offer of Financial Aid will be sent to each applicant. To 
confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must return the 
signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt. 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds 
are available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. 
The financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) 
loan, 3) grant or scholarship. 

33 



Financial Aid 



Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each 
semester. To have funds released to statements, students must sign 
vouchers, and other required documents at the Disbursement Office in 
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this 
procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not 
included in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the 
Student Finance Office. Federal regulations prohibit "overawards," 
therefore, when the total of all resources exceeds the allowable student 
budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial aid 
funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any 
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 



STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

The tuition refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is 
outlined on page 25. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct 
educational costs (tuition, fees, board, and books), when a student 
withdraws from all classes and under the refund policy receives a 
refund of tuition, fees, dormitory rent, and other charges, the refund 
will be used to reimburse financial aid credited to the student account. 
The amount that must be repaid to Federal Title IV funds is 
determined by applying the following formula: 

Total Amount of Title IV Aid Awarded for Period (excluding CWSP) 
REFUND X Total Amount of All Aid Awarded for Period (excluding employment) 

According to Federal regulation, refunds due to Title IV programs 
must be allocated in the following order: 

1. Outstanding balances on Federal Family Education Loan 
Programs— Stafford Loans, Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, 
Supplemental Student Loans, Parents Loans 

2. Outstanding balances on Federal Perkins Loans 
3 Federal Pell Grant Program 

4. Federal SEOG Program 

5. Other Title IV Programs 

6. Student/Parent 






34 



Financial Aid 



Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and 
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An 
example would be the student who received a Stafford Loan and did not 
use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a repayment 
to any federally funded student aid program cannot receive any type of 
federal student aid for future enrollment periods until repayments have 
been made. 

VETERANS 

Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an 
accredited training institution. VA. benefits are not available to 
students on the Orlando Campus and may not be available for students 
enrolled in classes offered off the Collegedale campus. Those who 
qualify for educational benefits should contact the nearest Veterans' 
Administration Office. 

Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in 
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is 
required to report promptly to the VA. the last day of attendance when 
an eligible student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not 
fulfill requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, 
non-credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and 
correspondence work cannot be certified. 

TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

General Institutional Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a 
variety of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are 
achieving academically, and are working part time. These awards 
usually range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the 
student's need and availability of funds. 

If the student's grade point average (GPA) falls below the required 
level, the SC scholarship will be deferred or canceled. The amount of 
the SC scholarship will be reduced by the amount the student receives 
in funding from other resources that exceeds the total budgeted 
expenses for the school year subject to federal regulations. 

The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students 
regardless of financial need: 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary 
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern 
College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

35 



Financial Aid 



For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA 
of 3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 28 or above, a high 
academic scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two 
thousand dollars will be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for 
each of the following three years. The student must maintain an SC 
GPA of 3.50 and carry not less than 14 semester hours of class work 
each semester enrolled. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who have served as S.A. President, S.A Vice-President, S.A. Spiritual 
Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, and School 
Paper Editor, provided they enroll at Southern College for a minimum 
of twelve semester hours. 

NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to 
finalists in the National Merit contest. Finalists receive tuition-free 
scholarship for four continuous years at Southern College. They must 
maintain an SC GPA of 3.50 and enroll each semester for not less than 
15 semester hours. 

ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score 
of 26-30 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA 
of 3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern 
College. Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 31-36 are eligible 
for an $850 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester 
of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must 
enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in 
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 50 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement upon enrollment of a minimum of 12 semester 
hours. Funds will not be matched for past due accounts for prior years. 

STUDENT MISSIONARY/TASK FORCE SCHOLARSHIPS — 

Students who were approved by Southern College to serve as Student 
Missionaries or Task Force Workers may upon the completion of a year 
of service apply for a $1,000 scholarship through the Chaplain's Office 
if they are enrolled at SC for a minimum of 12 hours. 

CHURCH AND/OR CONFERENCE MATCHING PLAN — Southern 
College will participate in a matching plan, matching one-third of the 
total scholarship funds received from a church or conference. The 

student must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 hours. Funds will not be 
matched for past-due accounts for prior years and will not exceed 
$1,000 per student per year. The participating church and/or con- 
ference must complete and sign the matching application form certify- 
ing that their appropriation came from local church funds, not from the 
student, his parents, or his relatives, and is not for wages or pay for 
services rendered by the student. These forms may be obtained from 
the Student Finance Office. 



36 



Financial Aid 



Grants 

THE FEDERAL PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program 
which provides grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree 
undergraduate students. A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based 
on a congressionally-approved formula which considers family financial 
circumstances. Pell Grant recipients may receive funds on a yearly 
basis to a maximum of five years. 

FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY 
GRANT — Limited funds are available to students with exceptional 
financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, 
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, 
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, 
Tennessee, Vermont, Washington, and West Virginia. Students should 
check with their states' grant agencies for additional information. 

Loans 

FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student 
Loan) — Under this program students can borrow money from the 
federal government through the school. Repayment and five percent 
interest begin nine months after a student graduates, leaves school, or 
drops below half-time enrollment. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing 
students only. Repayment and five percent interest begins nine months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time 
enrollment. 

FEDERAL STAFFORD LOANS (Formerly Guaranteed Student 
Loans) are available through lending agencies in each of the states. A 
student may borrow from a bank, savings and loan association, credit 
union, or other lender, and the state agency will guarantee the loan. 



Category 


Annual 


Aggregate 


of Borrower 


Loan Limits 


Loan Limits 


Freshman 


$2,625 




Sophomore 


$3,500 




Junior 


$5,500 




Senior 


$5,500 


$23,000 



If you have a need-based Federal Stafford Loan, the federal 
government pays the interest on the loan while you're in school or in 
deferment. These types of loans are called "subsidized" Stafford Loans 
because the government pays the interest and therefore subsidizes or 



37 



Financial Aid 



supports these loans. If you have a non-need-based Stafford, you have 
an "unsubsidized" Federal Stafford Loan, and you'll be responsible for 
the interest during in-school and deferment periods. (The organization 
holding your loan may let the interest accumulate until you're out of 
school or until your deferment ends. Note, however, that this will 
increase the amount of your principal.) 

If your loan was first disbursed on or after October 1, 1991 and, on 
the date you signed your promissory note* you had no Federal 
Stafford Loan, Federal PLUS loan, Federal Supplemental Loans for 
Students loan, or consolidation loan* outstanding (unpaid), your 
interest rate will be variable, but no higher than 9 percent. From 
October 1, 1992 through June 30, 1993, the interest rate for a Federal 
Stafford Loan is 6.94 percent. Variable interest rates are set each June. 
The organization holding your loan will notify you of later interest rate 
charges. If you're not in the category above, check with the 
organization that holds your loan for the interest rate. 

Federal PLUS are for parents who want to help pay for their 
children's education; Federal Supplemental Loans for Students (SLS) 
are for student borrowers. Both loans provide additional funds for 
education expenses and, like Federal Stafford Loans, are made by a 
lender such as a bank, credit union, or savings and loan association. 

Federal PLUS loans enable parents with good credit histories to 
borrow for each child who is enrolled at least half-time* and is a 
dependent student. For PLUS loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 
1993, the annual loan limit is the child's cost of education* minus 
any estimated financial aid received. 

You can get a Federal SLS if you're an independent undergraduate 
and you're enrolled at least half-time. 

Note: Deferments do not apply to interest, although the lender may 
let the interest accumulate until the deferment ends. 

For PLUS or SLS loans first disbursed on or after October 1, 1992, 
the interest rates will be variable, but not higher than 10 percent for 
PLUS and 11 percent for SLS. From October 1, 1992 through June 30, 
1993, the interest rate for a PLUS or SLS is 7.36 percent. Variable 
interest rates are set each June. The organization that holds the loan 
will notify the borrower of later interest rate changes. Those who 
borrowed before October 1, 1992, should check with the organization 
holding the loan for the interest rate. 

Work 

FEDERAL COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the 
work-study program, the employer pays a small part of the student's 
wages, and the government pays the rest. Most work-study positions 
are on campus. Students can work part-time while they are in school; 



38 



Financial Aid 



they can work full time during the summer and other vacation periods. 
The basic pay rate is usually the current minimum wage. This may 
vary depending on the skill and experience needed for the job. 

OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to 
students meeting the above requirements or having exceptional aca- 
demic achievements. Details concerning amounts and qualifications for 
recipients of these funds can be obtained from the Student Finance 
Office. 

Dorothy Ackerman Vocal Scholarship Endowment Fund 
George Alden Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from 

Massachusetts 
Frances Andrews Journalism Scholarship Fund 
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from the 

Appalachian Mountain region 
Berner Scholarship Endowment Fund for Religion or Education 

Majors 
Birmingham First SDA Church Scholarship Fund 
Colonel George J. Bogovich Physics Scholarship Endowment Fund 
V Robert Bottomley, M.D., Memorial Scholarship Endowment 

Fund 
Theresa Brickman Scholarship for office administration majors 
Burdick Scholarship for religion, behavioral science or science 

majors 
Business Administration Scholarship for business majors 
Caldwell Nursing Loan for nursing students planning to serve the 

Chattanooga community 
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan 
Cashman-Offer Scholarship Fund 
Merle Peabody Chapman Scholarship Fund 

Chatlos Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Drs. Tony Y.T and Delma AQ. Chen Scholarship Endowment 

Fund 
Lucille Coppock Education Scholarship Endowment Fund 
John Christensen Scholarship for chemistry majors 
Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship for nursing students 

(Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic origin) 
Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan for junior or senior biology or 

natural science majors 
Otto Christensen Loan for potential Bible instructors or theology 

majors 
Class of 1951 Scholarship Endowment Fund 



39 



Financial Aid 



Class of 1969 Loan for juniors and seniors 

Cecil R. Coffey Journalism Scholarship Endowment Fund for 

Journalism and Communication Majors 
Nanette McDonald Coggin Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Florence Cloutier Memorial Scholarship Endowment Fund 

Communication Scholarship 
Frankie Collins Loan for ministerial students 
Conger Memorial Scholarship for education majors or minors 
Edythe Stephenson Cothren Vocal Music Scholarship for junior/ 

senior voice majors or minors 
Wilfred and Kathryn Cowdrick Scholarship Fund 
K. R. Davis Scholarship Endowment for sophomore through 

senior Student Association officers 
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship for education majors * 
Duge Family Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Paul Fisher Scholarship 
Harry if. Goggans Scholarship 

K. W. Grader Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship 
Edgar 0. Grundset Scholarship Fund 
Haynes Family Scholarship Endowment Fund for Secondary 

Education or Pre-Pharmacy Majors 
Hearst Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from the 

Appalachian region 
Henson Mathematics Scholarship for math majors 
Dr. James W Hickman Scholarship Fund 
D. W Hunter Scholarship for theology students 
Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship 
William lies Scholarship 
Johnston Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from 

North Carolina 
Jonathan Lincoln Art Scholarship for art majors or minors 
Irad C. Levering Loan for elementary and secondary education 

majors 
Lions Club Nursing Scholarship Fund 
Luddington Memorial Scholarship 
Nellie Henderson Maddox Scholarship for music major or minor 

with keyboard emphasis 
Manor Care Scholarship for office administration majors 
McClarty Family Scholarship Fund for Music or English majors 
McClusky Scholarship Fund for biology majors 
McKee Latin American Scholarship 



40 



Financial Aid 



Ruth McKee Memorial Scholarship Fund 
Marvin Midkiff Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Mitzelfelt Band Scholarship for members of the band 
Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship for junior and senior 

history majors 
Carolyn Niemeyer Scholarship for nursing majors 
Nursing Magazine Scholarship for nursing majors 
Nutrix-Primus Nursing Scholarship for nursing majors 
Odom Scholarship Fund for religion, theology, or education 

majors 
Eva Pangborn Memorial Scholarship 

Donald R. and Betty Phillips Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Stephen C. and E. Marie Poch Scholarship Fund 
John Hunter Rauch and Lilian Hanson Rauch Scholarship 

Endowment Fund for majors in Health Care areas 
Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan for nursing students 
A F Ruf Family Scholarship for English and history majors 
So-Ju-Conian Anonymous Birthday Scholarship for descendants of 

Southern Junior College students 
Southern College Symphony Scholarship Fund 
Linda Beardsley Stephens Memorial Loan for nursing students 
Daniel W Stephenson Graphic Arts Scholarship 
Stover Scholarship Fund 

Sudduth Memorial Scholarship for potential teachers 
Ambrose Suhrie Scholarship for elementary education majors 
Anion Julius Swenson Loan 
Tait-Curry Family Scholarship for nursing, business, or chemistry 

majors 
Mollie Tamer Scholarship 

Dennis and Joan Taylor Scholarship Fund for Physics majors 
William Taylor Scholarship for students from Southeast Asia College 
John C and Sue Dale Thompson Scholarship 
Sanford and Martha Ulmer Scholarship 

Wayne VandeVere Scholarship for business and accounting majors 
Mattie Vroman Memorial Revolving Loan Fund 
WK.B.G. Families Scholarship Endowment for student missionaries 
Everett Watrous Scholarship 
E. 0. White Ministerial Scholarship 
Drs. John B. and Alice L. Wong Scholarship Fund 
Scott Jeffery Yankelevitz Memorial Scholarship 
Young Alumni Presidential Consultants Scholarship Endowment 

Fund 



41 



Student Life 
and Services 



A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of 
association. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if 
students develop their interests and meet their needs through partici- 
pation in the nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged 
to take advantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their 
cultural, social, and spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" 
prepares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for 
the rights and opinions of others, and offers first-hand experience in 
adjusting to a social group. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires 
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork 
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with 
their parents or other approved relatives in the vicinity, to reside in 
one of the residence halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for 
Students with Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and 
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. 
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for 
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office 
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive 
information concerning all features of campus life and can share with 
the college officials any information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern 
College provides a complete vegetarian cafeteria service, organized to 
serve the students' needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center 
of social and cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria 
staff is available for the many student and faculty social functions. 
Auxiliary dining rooms are available for meetings of various student or 
faculty organizations. Two vegetarian fast-food shops are also operated 
on the campus by the Food Service Department. K.R/s Place is 
conveniently located in the Student Center and the Campus Kitchen is 
at nearby-by Fleming Plaza. 



42 



Student Life and Services 



CHAPLAIN'S OFFICE 

Any student of Southern College has the opportunity to enrich 
his/her personal relationship with Jesus through Campus Ministries 
activities. Through the programs coordinated from the Chaplain's 
Office, students can engage in a wide variety of spiritual activities both 
on campus and off campus. 

C.A.R.E. ministries is the acronym for Collegiate Adventist Reaching 
Everyone. Student leaders working the campus chaplain direct outreach 
activities such as Campus Ministries, CABL (Collegiate Adventist for 
Better Living), Destiny Drama Company, Collegiate Missions, and 
numerous religious programs. 

Southern College enjoys a reputation of having a strong commit- 
ment to mission service. There are opportunities for short-term mission 
projects as well as traditional student missionary positions or volunteer 
taskforce positions. The "Call Book" which is published by the General 
Conference Youth Ministries Department is available in the Chaplain's 
Office located in the Student Center on the third floor of Wright Hall. 
Students interested in any mission or taskforce position may work 
through the Chaplain's Office for information and placement in mission 
positions. 

The campus chaplain serves as a pastor for the college campus. The 
chaplain is available for spiritual counseling, personal and relationship 
concerns, or any situation in which students desire personal and 
professional counseling. It is the desire of the Chaplain's Office to 
provide a safe, confidential setting for students to discuss personal 
issues. 

Since many college students choose a life partner while here at the 
college, the Chaplain's Office provides various pre-marital inventories 
and counseling programs to aid in the establishment of healthy 
Christian relationships. 

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser 
who will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on 
academic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek 
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member 
of the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a pro- 
fessional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student 
Services or Director of Testing and Counseling. Personnel trained in 
psychology and counseling are available to those with serious social and 
personal problems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling 
service in providing guidance information to both students and 



43 



Student Life and Services 



counselors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service 
as a means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or 
occupation. 

HEALTH SERVICE 

The Health Service is administered by a nurse director in coopera- 
tion with a college physician and the Vice President for Student 
Services. The director uses the physician's standing orders and 
maintains regular office hours. The college physician holds regular 
clinic hours each weekday morning. 

An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night on 
an on-call basis by live-in registered nurses who are continuing for 
their B.S. degrees. 

The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all 
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge for 
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to 
cover costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given 
are charged by the pharmacy. 

All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the Student 
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of adequate cover- 
age by another policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than 
eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing 
complete benefits and terms is given to each student at registration. In 
case of major illness, students may be referred to off-campus hospital 
facilities. 

ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the 
student desiring a college education. There is much that the student 
must do to get acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life 
of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College 
Student Handbook. Instruction and counsel are given which will help 
the student better understand the college program and what is 
expected of him/her as a citizen of the college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration 
for the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in 
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, 
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new fresh- 
man students are required to attend the orientation program. 



44 



Student Life and Services 



STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his/ 
her educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the 
college to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to 
work, is physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his 
class schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should 
be able to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employ- 
ment should contact the Personnel/Student Labor Office. 

SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE 

One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting 
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service 
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of 
prospective employers. The offices of Student Services and Testing and 
Counseling serve as the liaison sources in bringing graduates and 
employers together. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more 
semester hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association 
with voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for 
leadership development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives 
of Southern College are afforded by the Association. The Association 
assists the college administration and faculty in the implementation of 
policies and assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus 
activities entrusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated 
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. 
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, Southern 
Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the weekly announcement 
sheet, Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty pictorial directory, 
Joker. 

The activities and responsibilities of the officers and the detailed 
organization of the Student Association are outlined in the Student 
Association Constitution and Bylaws. 

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 

Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than 
thirty campus organizations provide opportunities for enrichment, 
leadership training, and enjoyment. They include church-related 
organizations — Campus Ministries, Student Ministerial Association, 
Collegiate Adventists for Better Living, and the Literature Evangelists 
Club; clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the departments; 



45 



Student Life and Services 



social clubs — Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi (women's 
residence hall), and Upsilon Delta Phi (men's residence hall); and 
special interest or hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the 
previous semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists, 
lecturers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally in 
connection with the weekly assembly program. The cost of admission 
for students is included in the tuition. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of 
behavior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine 
Christian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and 
social integrity appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. 
Admission to Southern College is a privilege that requires the 
acceptance of and compliance with published and announced regula- 
tions. Only those whose principles and interests are in harmony with 
the ideals of the college and who willingly subscribe to the social 
program as ordered are welcomed. It therefore follows that since 
students at Southern College receive an education subsidized by the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church, those who engage in activities designed 
to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will not be knowingly 
accepted or retained. 

A student who is out of harmony with the social policies of the 
college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitude gives evidence of an 
unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific 
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of 
drugs, movie theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or 
vulgar language, hazing, and improper associations are to be avoided. 

Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of 
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The 
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A 
copy may be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student 
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are 
of equal force with those listed in official publications. 

ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination 
of residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first 



46 



Student Life and Services 



step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. 
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student 
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an 
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private 
education such as is found at Southern College. The religious emphasis 
weeks and the weekend church services assist in the spiritual growth 
of the students. Students are required to attend these services 
regularly. Failure to do so will jeopardize the student's current status 
and readmission privileges. 



47 



Academic Policies 

PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning for college, students should consider in detail the 
course of study which will lead to their desired professions or occupa- 
tion. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made 
before entering college, students may take a general program of study 
exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This 
approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Arts, Associate of Science, 
and Associate of Technology degrees, various preprofessional curricula, 
and a one-year occupational certificate program. 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint them- 
selves with the programs of study and graduation requirements out- 
lined in this CATALOG. Freshman students may consult faculty 
members during the summer months before the beginning of the fall 
term. Students planning to teach should consult the Department of 
Education and Psychology so as to include teacher education courses 
as a part of their program in order to qualify for denominational and 
state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree 
requirements. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any 
one catalog in effect during the period of residency. If students 
discontinue their education for a period of twelve months or more, they 
must qualify according to the catalog in force subsequent to their 
return. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 
Baccalaureate Degree 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 
follows: 

♦ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 11). 

♦ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumu- 
lative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students 
earning the Bachelor of Music degree will take 132 semester 
hours. 

♦ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at 
least 14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree 
and at least 18 upper division hours in the major for all other 



48 



Academic Policies 



♦ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a 
B.A. degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a 
cumulative grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* comple- 
tion of the general education requirements, and electives to 
satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses 
completed with grades lower than a "C-" will not be applied on 
a major or minor. Grades of "C" or better are required for the 
Nursing major and grades of "C-" or better are required for 
Nursing cognate courses. 

♦ More than one major may be earned provided all courses re- 
quired for each major and its cognates are completed. Each 
major must include a minimum of 20 semester hours that do 
not overlap with any other major or minor. 

More than one minor may be earned provided all courses 
required for each minor are completed. Each minor must 
include a minimum of 12 semester hours that do not overlap 
with any other major or minor. 

♦ Completion of an examination as required by the department. 

♦ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to 
complete, beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a mini- 
mum of 30 hours, including 16 hours upper division, and a 
new major. 

♦ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out 
in the "General Education Requirements" section of this 
CATALOG. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

♦ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumula- 
tive grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors 
need 69 semester hours. 

♦ Completion of a major, the general education requirements, 
and electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for 
graduation. Courses completed with grades lower than "C- H will 
not be applied on a major. 



♦For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 must be met 
both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary education, a GPA of 2.50 is 
required in the major and in required non-major subjects. The music major requires a GPA of 
2.25 both in applied music and other music courses. The nursing major requires a GPA of 2.25 
in cognate courses as well as in the major. The medical technology major requires minimum 
grades of C- and a minimum average of 2.25 in the major and cognates. 

49 



Academic Policies 



♦ Students who have completed one associate degree and who 
wish to obtain another associate degree may do so upon 
completion of the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. 

The work completed for the second degree must include at 
least 24 hours in residence over and above the number of 
hours earned for the first degree. If the second associate 
degree is earned subsequent to the first associate degree, 
the requirements for the second degree will be governed by 
the provisions of the CATALOG in effect at the time the 
student re-enters the college for work toward the second 
degree. 

♦ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time 
they receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees 
are in different fields. If requirements for an associate and a 
baccalaureate degree in the same field are completed at the 
same time, only the higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

♦ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the require- 
ments of a specific one-year program. 

♦ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or 
above. Grades in the technical area below M C- H will not be 
accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

♦ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be 
upper division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94 semester hours 

Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a 
good citizenship record. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student may become a degree candidate when 
s/he enters upon the school term during which it will be possible to 
complete all requirements for graduation. Formal application for grad- 
uation must be made during the fall registration of the senior year. 



50 



Academic Policies 



Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year; 

(b) the last day of the semester for those finishing first semester; and 

(c) for others, the last day of the month in which graduation 
requirements are met. A commencement service occurs at the end of 
the second semester of each school year. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, tran- 
scripts of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at 
the Office of Records. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to 
participate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all 
the courses they need for graduation or if they submit approved plan 
for completing their courses during the summer. 

Prospective Summer Graduates: A $200 fee is charged to students 
who are listed on the May graduation program as prospective summer 
graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree requirements are 
completed by August 31. Criteria for students to be listed on the 
graduation program as prospective summer graduates are as follows: 

1. They must lack no more than six hours of regular coursework 
or eight hours of internship. 

2. They must submit a plan showing how they can complete the 
hours they lack in the summer. 

3. They must have all Incomplete grades made up, challenge 
examinations completed, etc. at the same time as the May 
graduates — three to four weeks prior to commencement. 

4. They must meet the minimum GPA standards at Southern 
College, overall, and in the major as of midterm of the second 
semester. 

Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate 
under the requirements of the CATALOG of the year in which they 
enter the college, or of any subsequent year in which they are in 
attendance, provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve 
months or more. Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree 
and fail to graduate within six calendar years (four years for an 
associate degree), must plan to conform to the current CATALOG. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty of the thirty-six semester hours 
completed immediately preceding the conferment of the baccalaureate 
degree must be taken in residency. The total hours taken in residence 
must include fifteen in upper division, of which nine must be in the 
major and three in the minor fields. 



51 



Academic Policies 



Associate Degree: Thirty of the thirty-six semester hours completed 
immediately preceding the conferment of the associate degree must be 
taken in residence. The total hours taken in residence must include 
fifteen in the major field of study and three in the minor if a minor is 
taken. 

Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a 
one-year certificate. 

Transfer Credit: Prior arrangements must be made with the Records 
Office to take courses for transfer credit at another college or 
university during any session the student is simultaneously enrolled at 
Southern College and during any summer after initial enrollment. See 
department sections of the CATALOG for classes which must be taken 
in residence. 

PREREQUISITE FOR TAKING UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course 
(upper division). The English Composition and mathematics re- 
quirements in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General Educa- 
tion must be met before enrollment in upper division classes. 

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 

The Writing Across the Curriculum program at Southern College is 
one of the longest-running programs of its kind in the nation. The goal 
of the program is to assist students in developing writing skills suitable 
to various disciplines. Such skills will also make students more 
competitive in the job market. Thus, candidates for the bachelor's 
degree must complete three writing-emphasis classes as outlined in the 
general education requirements. These classes are carefully tailored to 
emphasize personal growth in writing skills through both spontaneous 
and planned writing exercises. Students should also expect writing 
requirements in courses other than those designated as writing- 
emphasis courses. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

While recognizing the validity of many different general education 
programs, the faculty of Southern College have designed the following 
sequence that provides development of academic skills and opportu- 
nities for self-fulfillment, and conveys basic values of both the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church and western civilization. Students may 
exercise considerable latitude when selecting courses to comply with 
General Education requirements. A comprehensive general education 
test is required of all four-year seniors. 



52 



Academic Policies 



GENERAL EDUCATION OBJECTIVES 
AND REQUIREMENTS 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 



AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern College can use the skills of reading, 
writing, and mathematics. 

Underlying all general education requirements are the basic 
academic skills of English and mathematics. It is important 
for a graduate to be able to discern an author's organization, 
arguments, and supports, and to write coherently, fluently, 
and grammatically. Graduates need numeric and symbolic 
computation skills to function successfully in our scientific 
and technological society. 

All English Composition and mathematics 
requirements in Area A must be completed 
before upper division work is undertaken. 
Upper division transfer students may take Area A 
requirements concurrently with upper division 
classes, 

1. English 

ENGL 101 and 102 are required for both the 
associate and the bachelor's degrees. 
Students with an Enhanced ACT English score 
below 1 7 must take ENGL 099 before enrolling 
in ENGL 101. 

2. Mathematics 

Students with a Mathematics ACT score below 22 
must take one mathematics course (100 level or 
above). MATH 080 is required of all students who 
meet none of the following criteria: 1) ACT 
Mathematics score of 16 or above, 2) ACT Mathe- 
matics Elementary Algebra subscore of 8 or above, 
3) Completion of high school Algebra II with a 
grade of C or better. 

3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree must complete 
three writing-emphasis classes. These classes are 
identified by a H (W)" following the course name, 
[e.g., History of the South (W)] in the departmental 
listings. One such class must be in the student's 
major field and one must be outside the major field. 
The third may be chosen from any area. 

AREA B. RELIGION 

A graduate of Southern College has a knowledge of the Bible 
and a sense of Christian community based on the teachings, 
beliefs, and history of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 
A correct understanding of the human condition results from 
a knowledge of the Bible as God's word, a commitment that 
springs from that truth, and a system of values derived from 
such knowledge and insight. 






6-9 6-9 



0-3 



0-3 



6 12 



53 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA B. RELIGION, cont. 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each year 
or part thereof in attendance at an SDA college 
with a minimum of 6 hours. Bachelor's degree 
students must take at least three hours from each 
of the sub-areas and include one upper-division 
class. 

1. Biblical Studies 
All RELB courses. 

2. Religion 

All KELT courses. (Only one of KELT 317, 318, 
424, will apply.) 

AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL 
AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 

A graduate of Southern College has knowledge of history and 
the skill to analyze political and economic systems. It is 
essential that one have an historical perspective in a 
society that allows its members a voice in shaping its 
political, social, and economic institutions. 

Students with less than one secondary school 

credit for World History must include one of the 

following: HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 

386 or 389, 

1. History 3 6 
All HIST courses except 490. 

2. Political and Economic Systems 3 
All PLSC courses; GEOG 306; ECON 213, 

224, 225. [Students studying for licensure 

in elementary education and Modern Languages 

may take GEOG 204 for G-2 credit.) 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, 

FINE ARTS 3 9 

A graduate of Southern College can recognize the impact of 
arts and humanities on life and integrate such knowledge 
into personal experience. 

Language, literature, speech, and the fine arts convey ideas, 
values, and emotions. An acquaintance with these modes of 
communication enhances the ability to express oneself and 
fosters an appreciation of the cultural heritage of world 
civilization and the complexities of human existence. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at least 

2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas. Students entering 

Southern College who have less than two secondary 

school credits of foreign language and who are 

pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete 

the elementary level of a foreign language. 



54 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, 

FINE ARTS 3 9 

1. Foreign Language 

FREN 101-102, 207-208; GRMN 101-102, 
207-208; SPAN 101-102, 207-208; 
RELL 271-272, 311-312, 471-472. 

2. Literature 

All literature courses offered by the English 
Department and ENGL 326. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 320, 321, 322, 323; 
MUCH 215; ART 218/318, 344, 345. 

4. Speech 

SPCH 135, 136, 236. 

AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 3-6 6-9 

A graduate of Southern College comprehends the basic 
concepts of science and can apply the scientific method 
to problem solving. 

A study of the sciences develops an inquiring attitude 
toward one's environment. It provides individuals with 
empirical and rational methods of inquiry and an awareness 
of both the potential and the limitations of pure and applied 
science in solving problems. 

Bachelor's degree students must take at least 3 

hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only one of the 

following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 317, 318. 

Students who have less than two secondary school 

units in science, and a Science Reasoning ACT 

standard score less than 14, must take 3 hours of 

science above the usual requirements; e.g. associate 

degree students must take 6 hours and bachelor's 

degree students must take 9 hours. 

Southern Scholars must take a sequence of two 

classes from the same department. See the "Honors 

Studies Sequence^ section of the CATALOG for 

clarification. 
L Biology 
BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 151-152, 225, 226, 
314, 424. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 103, 111-112, 113-114, 151-152. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 137, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105. 



55 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc* Bachelor's 
AREA F. BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5 

A graduate of Southern College will have a knowledge of 

and be able to apply the dynamics of personal relationships, 

social interaction, and healthful living toward effective 

service. 

The basic social units significantly shape people's lives, 

and a knowledge of their workings is necessary to understand 

ourselves and others. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at 

least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas. 

1. Behavioral Science 

PSYC 124, 128, 217, 224, 233, 315, 349, 
367, 377, 415, 465; SOCW 211, 212, 233, 
375, 424, 465, 296/496; EDUC 217, 427; 
all SOCI courses except 201, 223, 365. 

2. Family Science 

BUAD 128; SOCI 201, 223, 233, 365; 
SOCW 233; PSYC 233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125; NRSG 265. 

AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 3 6 

A graduate of Southern College will understand how to live 
a balanced life by following the principles of wellness 
and using leisure time wisely. The Seventh-day Adventist 
philosophy stresses the balanced development of the whole 
person. Toward this goal, education in the use of leisure 
time is important, particularly in creative, recreational, 
and practical skills. Associate degree students may take 
a maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; bachelor's degree 
students may take a maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. 
All students must take at least 1 hour from G-3. 
J. Creative Skills 

All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 109, 110, 

235; ENGL 314; JOUR 225, 315. 

2. Practical Skills 

ACCT 103, 221-222; BUAD 126; CPTR 104, 
105, 106, 107, 116, 120, 131, 132, 217; 
CPTE 245/345, 249/349; EDUC 250; 
ENGL 313; ENGR 149, 150; JOUR 103, 205; 
LIBR 125; OPAD 105, 115, 214, 218, 225, 
228, 245/345; TECH 145, 149, 154, 164, 
174, 223, 264/364. 

3. Recreational Skills 

All PEAC courses. Optional pass/fail grading 
is available for these courses. 



56 



Academic Policies 



SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program) 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their 
baccalaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual 
curiosity. Special projects, interdisciplinary studies, and designated 
honors courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating 
educational experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in 
this experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate 
studies. 

The program is administered by an Honors Committee. This com- 
mittee admits students to the program and discontinues honors status 
of those who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its mem- 
bers also advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor 
their progress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 
3.70 or higher. Other students must have completed at least 31 and at 
most 62 semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a 
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each 
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence 
courses, receive a B (3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence 
courses and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors 
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless 
extenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors 
committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in 
residence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee 
in the case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern 
College who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution 
must secure prior approval from the honors committee. 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern 
Scholars may receive a waiver for the cost of auditing one class each 
semester that they remain in the program. Upon successful completion 
of the program students will receive a tuition refund equivalent to four 
three-hour classes. The "per hour" rate for a 16-hour class load will be 
the basis for calculating the refund. Southern Scholars also receive a 
100 percent tuition waiver for Honors Seminar, HMNT 451, 452, calcu- 
lated according to the tuition waiver policy explained on pages 24 and 
25. 



HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 



57 



Academic Policies 



HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE, cont. 

1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: RELT 
317, 318, 424, or 467. 

2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5. Area E. MATH 181 or MATH 215 and one of the following 
science sequences must be selected: BIOL 151*152; 

CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each 
month, September through April. Taken during the junior or senior 
year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 

A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an under- 
standing of the relationship between the student's major field and 
some other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special 
performance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors 
committee expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to 
justify public presentation. The project must be approved by the 
honors committee in consultation with the student and his 
supervising professor. 

STUDENT MISSION/TASK FORCE CREDIT 

Students may earn twelve hours of elective credit while partici- 
pating in the Student Mission/Task Force programs. Details are 
available in the office of the College Chaplain. Students who wish to 
serve as student missionaries or task force workers must plan their 
programs a year in advance to fulfill necessary prerequisites. 

GRADUATION WITH HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will 
have the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, 
magna cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate 
designations will appear on the diploma. Students completing the 
honors program will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated 
as Southern Scholars. 

HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who 
have carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained 
the following grade point averages will be included in the honors group 
indicated: 



58 



Academic Policies 



HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST, cont. 

3.25 Honor Roll 
3.50 Dean's List 
3.75 Distinguished Dean's List 

MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Southern College offers 37 majors and 29 minors for students wish- 
ing to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty 
hours or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a minimum 
of fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all other 
bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester 
hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of 
Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social 
Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen. 

All minors consist of at least eighteen semester hours. Six hours of 
a minor must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under 
the respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study." 

DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work 
that places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal 
arts education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is 
required. A foreign language component is required. 

The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course 
work that places the student's major field of study in the context of a 
liberal arts education. The degree permits somewhat greater concentra- 
tion in the field of study. No minor or foreign language study is 
required except as specified for certain majors. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a profes- 
sional degree consisting of a four-year program with concentrations 
available in various fields of business. Requirements for this degree are 
outlined in the Business and Office Administration Department section. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting 
of four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students 
wishing to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree 
are outlined in the Music Department section. 

The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree con- 
sisting of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of 
students wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements 
for this degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department 
section. 

The Associate of Arts degrees is a two-year program designed to 
meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies 
program. 

59 



Academic Policies 



The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed 
to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational 
or pre-professional program. 

The One-Year Certificate is available for students desiring 
training in Auto Body Repair. Requirements for the certificate are 
outlined in the Industrial Technology Department section. 

Pre-Professional Curricula are programs designed to prepare 
students to enter professional schools. In some cases pre-professional 
curricula will lead to an associate degree. 



Curriculum Chart 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Minor 


Allied Health 


BS 


Medical Technology 


; 




AS 


Pre-Cytotechnology 






AS 


Pre-Dental Hygiene 






AS 


Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 






AS 


Pre-Occupational Therapy 






AS 


Pre-Physician Assistant 






AS 


Pre-Physical Therapy 






AS 


Pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology 




AS 


Pre-Surgeon's Assistant 




Art 






Art 


Behavioral 


BS 


Beh Sci-Family Studies 


Behav Sci 


Science 


BSW 


Social Work 


Sociology 


Biology 


BA 


*Biology 


Biology 




BS 


* Biology 




Business 


BBA 


Accounting 




& Office 


AS 


Accounting 




Administration 


BS 


Business Admin 


Business Admin 




BBA 


Computer Info Systems 






BS 


Long-Term Health Care 






BBA 


Management 






BBA 


Marketing 






BS 


*Office Admin 


Office Admin 




AS 


Office Admin 






AS 


Pre-Health Info Admin 




Chemistry 


BA 


""Chemistry 


Chemistry 




BS 


*Chemistry 




Computer Science BBA 


Computer Info Systems 




& Technology 


BA 


Computer Science 


Computer Science 




BS 


Computer Science 






AS 


Architectural Studies 






AS 


Computer Applications 






AS 


Computer Science 





60 



Academic Policies 



Education & 
Psychology 


BA 
BA 
BS 
BS 


Education 
Psychology Psychology 
Psychology (Elem Ed K-8) 
Soc/Lang Arts (Elem Ed 1-8) 
Soc/Natural Science (Elem Ed 1-8) 
Secondary Teaching — see *asterisked majors 


Engineering 
Studies 


AS 


Engineering Studies 




English 


BA 


♦English 


English 


General Studies 


AS 


AA 

General Studies 


General Studies 


Health, PE, 
& Recreation 


BS 
BS 
BS 


♦Health, PE, Rec 
Health Science 
Corp/Com Wellness Mgmt 


Hlth, PE, Rec 


History 


BA 


* History 


History 

Political Economy 


Industrial 
Technology 


Cert 
Cert 


Auto Body Repair 
Auto Mechanics Technician 
Graphic Arts Prep 
Technical Plant Services 


Technology 



Journalism 



Mathematics 



BA 
BA 
BA 



BA 
BS 



Broadcast Journalism 
Journ (News Editorial) 
Public Relations 



♦Mathematics 
♦Mathematics 



Advertising 
Broadcast Journalism 
News Editorial 
Public Relations 
Sales 

Mathematics 



Modern Languages 



(1 year abroad req) 
BA ♦French 

BA ♦German 

BA ♦Spanish 

BA International Studies 



(1 semester abroad req) 
French 
German 
Spanish 



Music 



BA Music 

BMus + Music Education 



Music 



Nursing 
Physics 

Religion 



AS Nursing 

BS Nursing 

BA ♦Physics 

BS ♦Physics 

BA Religious Studies 

BA Theology 

BA ♦Religious Education 



Cert » One-year certificate program 

•Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 



Physics 



Practical Theology 

Religion 

Biblical Languages 



61 



Academic Policies 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs 
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to 
professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. The following 
pre-professional curricula are offered at Southern College: 

Anesthesia Osteopathic Medicine 

Dental Hygiene Pharmacy 

- Dentistry Physical Therapy 

Law Radiology Technology 

Medical Technology Medicine Respiratory Therapy 

Occupational Therapy Veterinary Medicine 

Optometry 

An A.S, degree in Allied Health is available to students who fulfill 
pre-professional requirements in the allied health fields of Dental 
Hygiene, Health Information Administration, Occupational Therapy, 
and Physical Therapy. Pre-professional and technical admission 
requirements may vary from one professional school to another. The 
student is, therefore, advised to become acquainted with the admission 
requirements of the chosen school. 

Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are 
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental 
Programs" (See Index). 

REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is 
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration 
forms are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to 
participate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from 
the Director of Records, Students failing to register during the 
scheduled registration periods will be charged a late registration fee. 
The course load of a late registrant may be reduced according to the 
amount of classwork missed. No student may register after two weeks 
of the semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration, students 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet 
their objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be 
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes, students must obtain the appropriate 
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining 
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, they must 



62 



Academic Policies 



return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and complete 
withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the voucher 
is filed at the Office of Records. A fee will be assessed for each change 
in program after the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one section to another of the same 
course without the approval of the instructor. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid- 
term and receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing 
from a class after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of 
classes will be assigned a grade of ,f W" or "WF" by the teacher. The 
grade for any withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester 
will automatically be "E" 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students 
may register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) 
for which they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of 
limited enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish 
to enroll for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is 
expected but examinations and reports may be omitted. With the 
approval of the instructor, a student may change a course registration 
from audit to credit or from credit to audit only during the first week 
of instruction. No credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one- 
half of the regular tuition charge. 

Canceled Classes. The Vice President for Academic Administration 
or a department may cancel a class for which fewer than six students 
enroll. This policy applies to ordinary classes but not to directed study 
courses, private lessons, and other special classes such as special 
methods of secondary teaching. Students enrolled in canceled classes 
should confer with their advisers to determine alternate means to 
complete their schedules. 

COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour 
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. 
Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and three- 
semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory period of 
two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. Students 
should expect to study up to two hours outside of class for each fifty- 
minute period the class meets. Ideally, a sixteen-semester-hour class 
load should require up to 32 hours of study each week by the student. 
Except by permission of the Vice President for Academic Administra- 
tion, a student may not register for eighteen or more semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer 

63 



Academic Policies 



term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take 
reduced programs of studies during the regular academic year. The 
typical class load during the summer is one three-hour class per 
session. 

Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the 
course load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During 
registration the student should confer with his adviser in planning the 
proper balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable study- 
work program, the following will serve as a guide: 

Maximum 
Course Load Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Southern College is committed to assist every student in the area 
of academic advisement. Every full-time student is assigned an 
academic adviser from his/her major field and is required to consult 
with the adviser before registering for classes. 

In planning the program of studies for each semester, the student 
should carefully follow the recommended sequence of course require- 
ments outlined in this CATALOG. The final responsibility for meeting 
graduation requirements is the student's. 

To avoid possible deficiencies or final curriculum conflicts, students 
should periodically check with the Records Office to determine whether 
all curriculum requirements are being met in an orderly and logical 
sequence. Seniors must file an application for graduation at the fall 
registration of their senior year. 

As early as possible in the process of curriculum planning, students 
who have chosen a career in teaching should consult the Teacher 
Certification Officer regarding the requirements for teaching 
credentials. 

FULL-TIME STUDENT 

Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students 
in the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses 
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will 
be classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more 
semester hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. 
Students receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance 

64 






: 



Academic Policies 



D 
D- 
F 
W 


1.0 grade points per hour 
0.7 grade points per hour 
0.0 grade points per hour 
Withdrawal 


WF 
AU 


Withdrew Failing 

(0.0 grade points per hour) 

Audit 


I 
P 


Incomplete 
Pass 



Office for the definitions of a full-time student set up by the various 
agencies which offer aid. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student 
and parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. 
Only semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. 
The following system of grading and grade point values is used: 

A 4.0 grade points per hour 

A- 3.7 grade points per hour 

B+ 3.3 grade points per hour 

B 3.0 grade points per hour 

B- 2.7 grade points per hour 

C+ 2.3 grade points per hour 

C 2.0 grade points per hour 

C- 1.7 grade points per hour 

D+ 1.3 grade points per hour 

A student may receive an "I" (Incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must 
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the applica- 
tion with the teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge of 
$7.50 for processing grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which is 
not removed by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) will automatically become an "E" 

A course may be repeated before the student takes a more advanced 
course in the same field. Only the last grade will be counted on 
repeated courses. No course may be repeated more than once without 
permission from the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number 
of grade points earned by the hours attempted. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the 
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations 
of the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only 
directory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone 
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in 
officially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees 
and awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency 
or institution attended, may be released by the institution without 
consent of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold 
such information. 



65 



Academic Policies 



Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are 
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also 
provides for the release of information to college personnel who demon- 
strate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in 
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), 
and certain federal and state government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to 
challenge the content of records. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the 
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and 
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, 
parents, or interested parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to 
maintain high, ethical Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 

2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they 
state otherwise. 

Student Responsibilities: 

1. Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning 
the proper procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, informa- 
tion, or ideas. Otherwise students might innocently misrepresent 
others' material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should 
confer with their teachers. 

3. Students are to assume that all course work is "no collaboration" 
unless stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Departmental Policies: 

Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have 
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those 
published here. Such policies will be presented to students before 
implementation. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such 
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student 



66 






Academic Policies 



with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the 
situation, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice 
President for Academic Administration must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual 
procedures for the teacher to follow will be to: 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or 
project if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing 
the class. 

b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the 
exam, assignment or project would constitute failing the class. 
The teacher will then write up the incident and state the 
penalty administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President 
for Academic Administration and the student. 

3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to 
be dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the 
action through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the 
"Grievance Procedure" section of this CATALOG. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative 
GPA falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic probation 
and restricted from holding office in any student organization or being 
a member of any touring group. Those on academic probation will not 
be allowed to participate in academic activities causing class absences. 

Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 
2.25 in his/her major will also be placed on academic probation. 
Candidates for an associate of science degree must have a GPA of at 
least 1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 
after attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year 
certificate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second 
semester of enrollment. No more than one additional semester of 
enrollment will be permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not 
then reached, the student will be dismissed. 

Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 
in order to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College. 

A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern 
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels 
indicated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee, 
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the 
student in writing of the committee's decision. 



67 



Academic Policies 



ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL, cont. 


Semester Hour* Attempted 


G.RAJSubject to Diamusal 


6- 48 


1.50 


49- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 93 


1.85 


94 - 116 


1.95 


117 - up 


2.00 



A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two j 
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have 
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college-level I 
work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity and 
motivation. 

Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic 
progress policy set by the federal government. For further explanation 
see page 31, "Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and 
Institutional Student Financial Aid." 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance | 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the CATALOG may 
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for 
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of 
the department chair of their major. The petition must contain a state- 
ment of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be notified 
in writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration of the 
action on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are 
available from the Records Office. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their 
academic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of 
their cases. They should do the following to effect a solution: 

1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chair. 

3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to 
the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, 
chaired by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his 
designee and including three other faculty members and two 
students selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. Both the 
student and the teacher involved in the case are entitled to 



68 






Academic Policies 



GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE, cont. 
4. cont. 

appear before the committee or to present a written statement of 
the case. The decision of the committee shall be presented in 
writing to the individuals involved within three days of the 
committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both 
parties. The decision of the committee is binding and will be 
implemented by the teacher involved or the Vice President for 
Academic Administration. 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is expected. 
Teachers prepare an absence policy for each class, which includes an 
explanation of penalties, if any, for absences, and the procedure for 
making up work, if such is allowed. It is the responsibility of teachers 
to publish their policies for each class at the beginning of each 
semester, but it is the students' responsibility to familiarize themselves 
with the practices of each teacher from whom they are taking classes. 
Generally speaking, teachers will not excuse absences for reasons other 
than illness, authorized school trips, or emergencies beyond the 
students' control. 

Students are not penalized if they incur absences while participating 
in school-authorized activities, but they are held responsible for work 
they miss and it is their responsibility to initiate arrangements to make 
up their assignments. One and one-half absences are given for missing 
a 75-minute class, two for missing a 100-minute class, etc. 

Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and 
fairness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official 
examinations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health 
Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, three examina- 
tions scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more examinations 
scheduled in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval 
by the teacher and the Vice President for Academic Administration. 
The rescheduled examination will be given at a time convenient to the 
teacher. 

When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled 
consecutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the 
day will normally be the one rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled for 
any reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $63 per 
examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form available 
at the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 



69 



Academic Policies 



Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During 
weeks of spiritual emphasis, assemblies are held on Tuesday as well. 
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at 
10:30 a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 assem- 
blies each semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement may 
result in suspension of registration. Exceptions to the assembly 
attendance requirement are made by the Office of Student Services 
only for legitimate direct work or class conflicts with scheduled 
assemblies. Any excuses for absences from assembly must be approved 
by the Vice President for Student Services. 

A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the 
fourth summer session. 

LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE 

Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. 
Information disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning 
is the primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not 
expect to enter such gatherings freely. To attend classes visitors must 
be official guests of the institution with legitimate business in a 
classroom or have the permission of the instructor. 

Visitors who attend classes may not exercise the right to engage in 
the discussions of a class unless invited to do so. Classes are gatherings 
at which college employees organize learning experiences about pre- 
arranged topics as listed in the catalog rather than public forums. 
Registrants who pay tuition can expect their class rights to be 
protected from the intrusion of anyone who has not similarly paid for 
the course. 

Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate 
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the 
class by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom. 

Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on 
the Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy 

WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chair and the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of 
curricular requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive 
examination — written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined 
by the department involved. A fee of $48 per examination is charged. 

NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, 
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge 
examinations and correspondence courses. 



70 



Academic Policies 



The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting 
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral 
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, 
most college credits should be earned through class participation. 
However, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit 
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types 
of examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a 
department which must be passed at M B" level or above, approved 
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations 
which must be passed at the sixty-fifth percentile or above, and the 
Advanced Placement Examinations which must be passed with a score 
of three or better. 

Not all classes listed in the catalog are open to challenge 
examinations. Students must obtain clearance from the department 
chair for the class they propose to challenge before petitioning to earn 
credit by examination. Students must also furnish evidence of adequate 
preparation to challenge a class before the department chair assigns a 
teacher to prepare a challenge examination. A student may challenge 
a given course by examination only once. No CLEP or challenge exam 
may be attempted after the student has been enrolled in that course 
beyond the second week of a semester. No course may be challenged 
as part of the last thirty hours of any degree. Grades are recorded 
for depart-mental challenge examinations and scaled scores are 
recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a 
challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from both 
the department chair and the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 

Students may earn a maximum of twelve hours of credit by exam- 
ination in courses that do not appear in the college catalog if the 
evaluating tests are approved by the Academic Affairs Committee. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be 
placed on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not trans- 
ferable until that student has successfully completed twelve semester 
hours in residence at Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this CATALOG. 

Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be 
obtained from the Office of Records or the Testing and Counseling 
Center. 






71 



Academic Policies 






Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspon- 
dence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree 
program and eight hours toward an associate degree. 

Griggs University, a department of Home Study International, 
Washington, D.C., is the officially recognized correspondence school. 
Southern College recommends Home Study International for those 
students needing correspondence credit and accepts all such credits 
when the study program is approved by the college prior to enrollment. 
The college accepts credits from correspondence schools which are 
accredited by NUCEA (National University Continuing Education 
Association) on the basis that credits are accepted from other regionally 
accredited colleges. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college. 
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during 
the summer, must be approved in advance by the college. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require- 
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned 
to apply on the lower division requirements for a major. A course in 
which the student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may 
not be repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be 
entered on the student's record until s/he has earned a minimum of 
twelve hours in residence with an average of at least "C." Official 
transcripts must be in the Office of Records before a diploma will be 
ordered. The graduation date will be the last day of the month after the 
official transcript is received. 

EXTENSION CLASSES 

Extension classes are college classes offered on the campuses of 
Southern Union academies as an opportunity for seniors to earn college 
credit in skills areas that will fulfill part of the General Education 
requirements at Southern College. Instructors are academy teachers 
who are qualified with appropriate credentials and experience. 

To enroll in an extension class students must be members of the 
senior class with a grade point average of 3.00 or above during the 
years of their secondary education. The classes that Southern College 
recognizes are: 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 hours 

MATH 120 College Algebra 3 hours 

MATH 121 Trigonometry 2 hours 

The extension classes must duplicate as nearly as possible their 
college counterparts in content, degree of difficulty, testing, and 
grading. Students who successfully complete any of the above classes 
will receive credit in Area A of the General Education requirements. 



72 



Academic Policies 



TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained 
by the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The 
request must include the student's signature and payment of $3 in 
cash, check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Twenty-four 
hour service is available for $6. Because of legal difficulties, telephone 
requests from students and telephone or written requests from other 
members of the student's family cannot be honored. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative 
purposes without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. 
Official transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student 
Copy." No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not 
paid in full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No 
exceptions will be made. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is a prerequisite 
to a course for which s/he has already received credit. 



73 



Academic 
Enrichment Services 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the 
business curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of 
E. A. Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the 
student a broader understanding of the business world. The public is 
invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, for a fee, con- 
tinuing education credit is available. Lectures are presented at 8 p.m. 
in the E. A. Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock Hall, Room 338. 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON 

HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to 
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are 
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected 
performances are broadcast internationally on the American Public 
Radio Program, "Pipe Dreams." The series is made possible through the 
generosity of Eugene A. Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the educa- 
tion and enjoyment of the students and the public. Because of its 
uniqueness, this series attracts organists and other fine arts 
enthusiasts from all areas of the country. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was 
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 
13 stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John 
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Oregon. 

FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh- 
day Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field 
on campus to address the professional community. Southern College 
believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process and is committed to 
providing professional nurses with continuing education opportunities, 
as well as exposing student nurses to the importance of self-initiated 
education. 

This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is 
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson. 



74 



Academic Enrichment Services 



CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the 
Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three artists and/or 
ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for students, 
faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fashion that 
over a four-year period a student can become acquainted with solo and 
ensemble music of many style periods. Master classes are often 
scheduled in conjunction with a concert. 

STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES 

The Thomas E Staley Foundation provides the Department of 
Religion with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This 
individual is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk 
session during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest 
lecturer at several religion classes. 

CLASSIC FILM SERIES 

Christian education involves the difficult challenge of learning to 
live in a secular society while remaining critical of its values. To this 
end, the Classic Film series, sponsored by Student Services and the 
History Department, seeks to present films that are historically 
significant but also informative and entertaining. They are intended to 
augment the educational and cultural experience of students at the 
college level and encourage the application of critical thinking to 
popular culture. Critical notes are provided to aid in deciphering the 
film's latent content from its manifest content. 

E. O. GRUNDSET LECTURE SERIES 

The E. O. Grundset Lecture Series is jointly sponsored by the 
Southern College Chapter (Kappa Phi) of the Beta Beta Beta National 
Biological Honor Society and the Biology Department. Five or more 
lectures are presented each semester by guest speakers. The general 
public is invited. 

The lectures are divided into two categories. The Technical Research 
Seminars are designed to update students, faculty, and the community 
on current biological research as well as to illustrate to students how 
biological knowledge is acquired through research. The Natural History 
Lectures are less technical and provide a general understanding of 
organismic and ecological biology, either by a description of the plants 
or animals in a certain region or an account of the behavior, habits, or 
ecology of certain species. 



75 



Academic Enrichment Services 



ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The Robert H. Pierson Lecture Series brings to the Department of 
Religion recognized speakers to address faculty, students, and the 
community on topics of interest in the religious world and in the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

The selected individual usually speaks at a Friday evening and 
Sabbath morning service in the Religion Chapel, and holds a discussion 
session Sabbath afternoon. 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

The Instructional Media Service provides audio-visual services to the 
college administration, faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff 
includes a director, secretary, and service technician. 

LIBRARIES 

McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational 
materials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, 
pleasant areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large 
microform collection contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special 
collections in the library include the Seventh-day Adventist Heritage 
Collection: books and materials by SDA authors and about the Seventh- 
day Adventist Church; and the Dr. Vernon Thomas Memorial Civil War 
and Abraham Lincoln Collection: books, letters, manuscripts, news- 
papers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, maps, and artifacts of this 
period in American History. 

The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is 
well-known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing 
material resource center. 

The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately 
200,000 items. Approximately 900 periodicals are currently received 
which include a large number of titles kept permanently on microform. 
McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog as well as a 
computerized magazine index. Various databases are available on 
CD-ROM. The library is a member of Ohio College Library Center and 
charter member of the Southeastern Library Network automated 
systems. 

The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400, 
including 300 individual study carrels. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern College is affiliated with two marine biological stations to 
enrich and supplement itson-campus programs. One of these facilities, 
the Bahamian Field Station, is located on the island of San 



76 



Academic Enrichment Services 



Salvadore, Bahamas, and provides the opportunity for students to study 
tropical ecology, both terrestrial and marine. This station provides 
lodging, classroom, and laboratory facilities for studying coral reef, 
sandy beach, rocky shore, and mangrove swamp biomes. 

The affiliation with Walla Walla College's Rosario Beach Marine 
Biological Station on Fidalgo Island in the Puget Sound provides 
students with opportunities to study some of these similar habitats in 
a temperate climate. This station in the state of Washington also 
furnishes facilities for summer classwork and research. Its close 
proximity to biomes ranging from sea bottom to Alpine tundra provides 
an excellent opportunity for instruction and investigation. 

WSMC FM90.5 

WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio 
station licensed to Southern College. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. 
The station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air 
announcers, or production assistants. The station is an excellent way 
for the student to receive hands-on experience in the field of 
broadcasting. 

WSMC represents the college to the Greater Chattanooga 
community, with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of 
Chattanooga. Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts 
station in southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station 
in a seven-state region to receive satellite capability. The station also 
exists as an outreach of the college-striving to enhance the quality of 
life in the community. 

The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educa- 
tional, and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with National 
Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press, and the 
Adventist Radio Network. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility 
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, 
and on-air studios. 



77 



Departmental 
Courses of Study 



COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

HIST 354 , Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 
(^-Developmental (no credit) 
l~freshman level (lower division) 
2--sophomore level (lower division) 
3--junior level (upper division) 
4--senior level (upper division) 

Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course 
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not 
necessarily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in 
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second [e.g.. 
ENGL 101-102. College Composition]. However, credit is given for the 
first semester when taken alone. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma [e.g., 
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions] represent complete 
units, either one of which is counted for graduation without reference 
to sequence. 

Designation in brackets following course titles, [e.g., MATH 103. 
Survey of Mathematics (A-2)1 indicates the General Education area and 
sub-area that the class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are 
writing classes for General Education credit. 

Students may earn credit for a cross-listed course from only 
one department [e.g. HIST 356 and SOCI 356]. 

COGNATE COURSES 

Required courses related to the major which are not a part of the 
major are called cognate courses [e.g., students majoring in Nursing are 
required to take Microbiology as a cognate course]. 



78 



Allied Health 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, William Hayes, Henry 

Kuhlman 
Adjunct Faculty: John Lechler 

Medical Technology: Lee Alan Forsythe, Rodney Holcomb, 
R. A. Ramkissoon, Patricia Rogers 



The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of speciali- 
zation within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and 
pay scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The 
department offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and an AS. 
degree in Allied Health (Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational 
Therapy, Pre-Physical Therapy). 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Adviser: Henry Kuhlman 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology 
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 
12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology pro- 
gram accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. Hospital 
programs affiliated with Southern College include Florida Hospital 
Medical Center and Hinsdale Hospital. Internship in other CAHEA- 
accredited programs requires prior college approval. 

The Medical Technology degree qualifies a person to take a number 
of national certifying examinations, including those offered by the 
Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists 
(ASCP) and the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in 
hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices, public health agencies, private 
laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet 
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have 
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or 
advisers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and grad- 
uating seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified 
Medical Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to 
fulfill the requirements of the college and the hospital program. 



79 



Allied Health 



During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student 
must complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning 
the clinical year. The overall grade point average must be acceptable to 
the college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept 
students with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. 
Although hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they 
are conditional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission 
criteria. 

Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based 
medical technology programs is available through the college medical 
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance 
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, 
tuition for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each 
affiliated hospital. Southern College charges a $55 recording fee for the 
clinical year. 

• MAJOR 2 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with the 
profession. The history and standards of medical technology and employment 
opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratoiy procedures will be 
taught and laboratoiy tours will be conducted. 

• COGNATES 42 

BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330, 340 17 

*CHEM including 151-152, 311-314, 16 

CPTR 120 or 131 3 

MATH 120 3 

BUAD 334 3 

♦These must be courses which could apply to a Chemistry major. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

AREA A 1. ENGL 101, 102 6 

2. (See Cognates) 

AREA B Religion 9 

AREA C History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

AREA D Language, Literature, and Fine Arts 6 

AREA E (See Cognates) 

AREA F Behavioral, Family, or Health Sciences 3 

AREA G Activity Skills 5 

• Grades of C- and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum 
GPA of 2.25 must be earned on the major and cognates. 

Twenty hours of upper division credit, including two writing (W) courses are 
required. One (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a noncognate area. 



80 



Allied Health 



ELECTIVES 14 

Recommendations include: 

BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 

CHEM 315, 321, 323 

MATH 215 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 
TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their 

specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given 

in the twelve to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in 

affiliate programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematology, 
Hemostasia, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Microbiology, 
Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Biochemistry, 
Instrumentation, Research. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 


♦General Biology 


4 4 


CHEM 311,312 


•Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


CHEM 151-152 


•General Chemistry 


4 4 


CHEM 313,314 


•Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


ENGL 10M02 


College Composition 


3 3 


BIOL 330 


•Gen Microbiology 


4 


HIST 174, 175 


Survey of Civ 


3 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


MATH 120 


•College Algebra 


3 




Elective 


2 


MDTC 225 


•Intro to Med Tech 


2 






15 16 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 








RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 
Literature $ 
Area G, Act Skills 


3 
3 

2 1 
15 16 


YEARS 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Clinical \ear 




BIOL 315 


'Parasitology 


3 








BUAD 334 


•Principles of Mgmnt 3 








GPTR 131 


•Fund of Prog I 


3 








BIOL 340 


•Immunology 
Biology Elect i vest 


2 
3 










Area B, UD Religion 3 










AreaD, 












Lang/Lit/F.Art 


3 










Electives § 


_6 JS 









15 16 



•An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement. 

t Recommended Biology courses: BIOL 316, 415, 417. 

§ Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211-212, 213-214) 

20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 
93 total hours must be completed prior to the clinical year. 



81 



Allied Health 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions 
prepares the student for admission to professional programs at Loma 
Linda University, Andrews University, or other universities. Admission 
to any professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and 
prerequisite requirements of the individual school. Students desirous 
of admission to professional programs other than the ones specifically 
outlined in the following pages, should check the bulletin of that school 
to ascertain the entrance requirements. 

Students who plan to graduate from Southern College with an 
Associate Degree in Allied Health must meet the AS. degree general 
education requirements of SC as well as the entrance requirements of 
an accredited clinical program to which they will be applying. 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied 
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the 
final year at Southern College. The lowest acceptable grade for courses 
to be transferred is C. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is 
required for the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but 
grade point averages between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for 
entrance to the junior year of most clinical Allied Health programs. 
Some programs require the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test 
(AHPAT). 

The major Allied health areas in which a two year Associate Degree 
may be earned at Southern College are: 

pre-Cytotechnology 

pre-Dental Hygiene 

pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 

pre-Occupational Therapy 

pre-Physical Therapy 

pre-Physician Assistant 

pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology 

pre-Surgeon's Assistant 

The department also offers one-year curricula to meet requirements 
for entrance into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma 
Linda University and most other university programs: 

Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 
Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 
Radiologic Technology (Associate in Science and Bachelor of 

Science Degrees) 
Respiratory Therapy (Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science 

Degrees) 



82 



Allied Health 



For details on these or other programs not listed here and for 
Southern College curricula for entrance into them write: 

Chair, Allied Health Department 
Southern College of SDA 
EO. Box 370 

Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

PRE-CYTOTECHNOLOGY 

Cytotechnologists are specially trained laboratory technologists who work with 
pathologists to detect changes in body cells that may be important in the early 
diagnosis of cancer and other diseases. Using special techniques, cytotech- 
nologists prepare cellular samples for study under the microscope and assist in 
the diagnosis of disease by examination of the samples. Using the findings of 
cytotechnologists, a physician is then able, in many instances, to diagnose 
cancer and other diseases even before they can be detected by other methods. 
Most cytotechnologists work in hospitals or in private laboratories, while some 
prefer to work on research projects or to teach. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools) 

Area A 
Area B 
Area C 
AreaD 
Area £ 
Area F 
Area G 
Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



ENGL 101-102; MATH 120 

KELT 138, 268, or 373, 6 hours 

HIST, 3 hours 

Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 

BIOL 101-102, 151-152, 225; CHEM 111-112, CHEM 113-114 

HLED 173*; PSYC and SOCI, 8 hours** 

PEAC, 3 hours; CPTR 120 



•Waived if high school health course taken. 

•♦May include PLSC 254, ECON 213 or 224 for LLU requirements. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-CYTOTECHNOLOGY 



YEARl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Phys 


3 3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 4 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


3 3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 


CPTR 120 


Computer Based Sys 


3 


PSYC 


Psychology 


3 


HLED 173 


Health & Life* 


2 


KELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


PLSC/ECON 


Pol Sci/Eoonomics 


3 


SOCI 


Sociology 


3 




Area B, Religion** 


3 






16 16 




Area C, History 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area D, Forgn Lang/Lit, 
Fine Arts 


3 
1 2 

t 

3 



16 16 



•Waived if high school health class taken. 

**RELT268or373. 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 



83 



Allied Health 



PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Dental hygienists provide preventative dental care and encourage patients to 
develop good oral hygiene skills. In addition to carrying out clinical responsi- 
bilities such as cleaning and scaling teeth, hygienists help patients develop and 
maintain good oral health by explaining the relationship between diet and oral 
health. Although most hygienists work with individual patients, some develop 
and promote community dental health programs. In addition to career opportu- 
nities within dental offices, dental hygienists apply their skills and knowledge 
in other career activities including office management, business administration, 
dental hygiene education, research and marketing of dental related equipment 
and materials. 

Adviser: Stephen A, Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University.) 
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools.) 



Area A 



ENGL 101-102; 2 years of high school math with a C grade or better 
and 22 math ACT score* 
KELT 138, 268, or 373, 6 hours 
HIST, 3 hours 

Foreign Lang/Lit/Pine Arts, 3 hours; SPCH 136 
BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 
HLED 173**; PSYC 128; SOCI 125; 3 additional hours of PSYC, 
PLSC, or ECON 

PEAC, 3 hours; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour 
to make a total of 64 hours 



*MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below i 
•♦Waived if high school health class taken. 



Area B 


Area C 


Area D 


Area E 


Area F 


Area G 


Electives 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 



YEAR 1 

ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
MATH 103 
PSYC 128 
SOCI 125 
KELT 138 
SPCH 136 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

College Composition 3 3 

Anatomy & Physiology 3 3 
Survey of Math* 0-3 

Developmental Psych 3 
Intro to Sociology 3 
Adventist Heritage 3 

Interpersonal Comm 3 

Area G-3, PE Activity 1 1 

Area C-l, History 3 
Electives IM) 

16 16 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 111-112 
CHEM 113-114 
BIOL 225 
HLED 173 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Survey of Chemistry 
Survey of Chem Lab 
Basic Microbiology 
Health and Life** 
Area B, Religion*** 
Area D, Forgn Lang/ 

Lit/Fine Arts 
Area G-l/2, Creative/ 

Practical 
Area G-3, PE Activity 
Psychology, Political 

Science or Economics 
Electives 



3 
16 



•MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 

** Waived if high school health class taken. 

•••KELT 268 or 373. 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is required. 



84 



Allied Health 



PRE-NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 

Dietitians and nutritionists use their knowledge of the principles of nutrition 
to help people develop healthy eating habits. Dietitians may be involved in 
setting up and supervising food service systems for institutions such as 
hospitals, prisons, and schools; and promote sound eating habits through 
education and research. Clinical dietitians provide nutritional services for 
patients in hospitals, nursing homes, clinics, or doctors' offices. Community 
dietitians counsel individuals and groups on nutritional practices designed to 
prevent disease and promote good health. Management dietitians are responsi- 
ble for large scale meal planning and preparation in such places as hospitals, 
nursing homes, company cafeterias, and schools. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better and 

22 math ACT score* 
Area B RELT 138, 268, or 373, 6 hours 
Area C HIST, 3 hours 

Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 
Area E BIOL 10M02, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 
Area F FDNT 125; HLED 173**; PSYC 124; SOCI 125 
Area G PEAC, 3 hours, Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour 
Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



•MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below \ 
♦•Waived if high school health course taken. 



Tvpi ca l Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 



YEARl 


Semester 
ltf 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Sen 

M 


neater 




. 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


MATH 103/120 


Surv Math/Coll Alg* 3 




CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


HLED 173 


Health & Life** 


2 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 






Area B, Religion *** 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Area G-l/3, Creative/ 






Area C, History 


3 




Practical 


1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 


1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




16 


16 




Area D, Forgn Lang/Lit/ 










Fine Arts 


3 










Electives 


4 3 
16 16 



♦MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 

** Waived if high school health class taken. 

***RELT268or373. 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 



85 



Allied Health 



PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

An occupational therapist works with people whose lives have been disrupted 
by physical injury or illness, developmental problems, the aging process, and 
social or psychological difficulties. Occupational therapists use selected 
educational, vocational and rehabilitative activities to help individuals reach the 
highest functional levels possible, become self reliant and build a balanced 
lifestyle of work and leisure. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools.) 



Area A 



Area B 


Area C 


Area D 


Area E 


Area F 


Area G 


Electives 



ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better and 
22 math ACT score*; MATH 215 
KELT 138, 268 or 373, 6 hours 
HIST, 3 hours 

SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 
BIOL 101-102; CHEM 111, 113; PHYS 137 

HLED 173**; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125, Cultural Anthropology***; 
PSYC 233, SOCI 223, or SOCI 233, 3 hours 

PEAC, 3 hours; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour, recommended: 
ART 235, TECH 154 
to make a total of 64 hours. 



A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) 
in an occupational therapy department is required. 



•MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 
••Waived if high school health course taken. 

•••Not offered by Southern College— may be taken at a state university, correspondence course, or during the 
clinical program at LLU. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 



YEARl 

ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
MATH 103/120 
SOCI 125 
PSYC 124 
KELT 138 
SPCH 135 



College Composition 
Anatomy & Physiology 
Surv Math/Coll Alg* 
Intro to Sociology 
Intro to Psychology 
Adventist Heritage 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area C, History 
Area Q-3, Rec Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
3 



3 

3 

_1 

16 



•Math 103 or 114 is required by Southern College 

of students with ACT math scores below 22. 
••Waived if high school health class taken. 
***RELT 268 or 373. 
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 



YEAR 2 

ART 235 
CHEM 111 
CHEM 113 
HLED 173 
MATH 215 
PHYS 137 
PSYC 128 
TECH 154 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Ceramics (elective) 3 
Survey of Chemistry 3 
Survey of Chem Lab 1 
Health & Life" 2 

Statistics 3 

Intro to Physics 3 

Developmental Psych 3 

Woodworking (elective) 3 

Area B, Religion*** 3 
Area F-l, Beh Sci 3 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 

Area D, Forgn Lang/ 

Lit/Fine Arts 3 

Electives _1 

16 16 



86 



Allied Health 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Physical therapists work to improve the mobility, relieve the pain, and prevent 
or limit the permanent disability of patients suffering from injuries or disease. 
Their patients include accident victims or handicapped individuals with such 
conditions as nerve injuries, amputations, low back pain, arthritis, and heart 
disease. Some physical therapists treat a wide variety of problems and others 
specialize in such areas as pediatrics, orthopedics, and sports physical therapy. 
The working environment of physical therapists varies from specially equipped 
facilities in hospitals or clinics to schools, private offices, and private homes. 

Adviser: David Ekkens 

Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT); MATH 215 

Area B RELB or RELT, 3 hours; KELT 255 or 225 

Area C HIST 174 or 175 

Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212, 213-214 

Area F PSYC 124, 128; GEOG, PLSC, or ECON, 3 hours 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours; CPTR 120 

Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hours 



•HIST 154 required if not taken in high school. 

BIOL 151-152 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102. Recommended electives are FDNT 125, ECON 213, 

ACCT 103. 

Andrews University requires 3.00 GPA in science prerequisites and total 
credits. C is the lowest acceptable grade for science and cognate courses. Also 
required is the Nelson-Denny Reading test and 80 hours of observation or work 
experience with a Registered Physical Therapist. This 80 hours must include 
at least 16 hours in each of two physical therapy settings plus 20 hours in a 
general acute care hospital. The settings to choose from are: home health 
agency, pediatric therapy, outpatient clinic, rehabilitation center, nursing 
home, and specialized clinic. 

Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120, 215 

Area B RELT 138, 225 or 373, 6 hours 

Area C HIST 174, 175, 154, or 155 

Area D Fine Arts*, 3 hours; SPCH 135 

Area E BIOL 151-152, (or BIOL 101-102), 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211- 

212, 213-214 (see note at end of section) 
Area F PSYC 124, 128; HLED 173** 
Area G PEAC, 3 hours 
Cognates SPCH or CPTR course and an ECON/POL SCI/SOCI course 

Loma Linda University requires a 3.00 GPA in science prerequisites and for 
total credits. Also required is a minimum of 80 hours work experience 
(volunteer or employee) in a physical therapy department, 20 of which are in 
a general, acute-care hospital. 



87 



Allied Health 



*MUHL 115 or ART 218 may be selected. 

**Not required if health class was taken in high school (C grade or better). 



Topical Sequences of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will 
depend on the college selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma 
Linda University are outlined below. Students who complete one of these 
programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern College. 
Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their 
requirements. 

ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




M 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology* 3 


3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


HIST 175 


World Civ*** 


3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 






or 




PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


RELT 225 


Last Day Events 




MATH 103 


Survey of Math** 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


RELB 


Religion 3 




CPTR 120 


Computer Based Syst 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Area D-3, Music or 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 






Art Appreciation**** 


3 




Elect ivee 


1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




16 


16 




Pol Sci, Geog, or Econ 
Electives 


3 
1 3 

16 16 



Note: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is offered at 
Andrews University immediately preceding their first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester 
hours at SC, will fulfill this requirement. 

♦BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted. 

**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher. 

***American History required only if not taken in high school. 

****A two-semester sequence in a music organisation may be substituted. 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 


ENGL 101-102 


1st 

College Composition 3 


2nd 
3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


1st 2nd 

4 4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 


4 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 




or 




HLED 173 


Health & Life* 


2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


CPTR 120 


Computer Based Syst 


3 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psych 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 




Area B, Religion*** 


3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 3 






Area C, History 


3 


RELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 3 






Area D, Fine Arts** 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


2 1 




Electives 

16 


3 
16 






16 16 




(15K15) 









•Not required if health class was taken in high school (C grade or better). 
**MUHL 115, ART 218, or HMNT 205. 
***RELT 268 or 373. 



88 






Allied Health 



NOTE: A total of 66 semester hours is required for admission. Other entrance requirements are 
the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours work experience 
(volunteer or as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C is the lowest acceptable 
grade for a course. 

NOTE: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is 
offered at La Sierra University immediately preceding first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 
213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, will fulfill this requirement. PHYS 111, 3 semester hours 
at SC, fulfills the first half of this requirement. 

PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 

Physician assistants are trained to perform many of the essential tasks involved 
in patient care. They take medical histories, perform physical evaluations, order 
laboratory tests, make preliminary diagnoses, prescribe appropriate treatments, 
and recommend medications and drug therapies. They also treat minor prob- 
lems such as lacerations, abrasions, and burns. Physician assistants work in a 
variety of practice settings and specialty areas. The most important practice 
setting is in a physician's office. They also work at hospitals and clinics. 
Specialties using PA's are family practice, internal medicine, general and 
thoracic surgery, emergency medicine, pediatrics, and various medical sub- 
specialties. 

Adviser: Stephen A* Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Trevecca Nazarene College, 

Nashville) 

(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 or 120 

Area B RELB 125, RELT 255 

Area C HIST 174, 175 

Area D SPCH 135, ENGL 216 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152 

Area F PSYC 124, 128 

Area G PEAC, 1 hour; OFAD 316; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 

Work or volunteer service in a health care setting is highly recommended. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 



YEAR 1 


! 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 


4 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HIST 174/175 


World Civ 


3 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




MATH 103/120 Surv Math/Coll Alg 


3 


HELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 




3 


OFAD 316 


Medical Terminology 


3 




Area G-l/3, Creative/ 






PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 




Practical Skills 




1 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Electives 


3 
16 


1 
16 




Electives 


4 

16 16 



89 



Allied Health 



PRE-SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY & AUDIOLOGY 

Speech language pathologists identify, assess, and treat persons with speech 
and language disorders while audiologists assess and treat hearing impaired 
individuals. Because both occupations are concerned with communication, 
individuals competent in one area must be familiar with the other. The duties 
of speech language pathologists and audiologists vary. Most, however, provide 
direct clinical services to individuals with communication disorders. In speech, 
language, and hearing clinics they may independently develop and implement 
a treatment program. In private medical centers and other facilities, they may 
be part of a team that develops and executes a treatment plan. In schools they 
may help administrators develop individual or group programs, counsel parents 
on prevention of hearing disorders, and assist teachers with classroom 
activities. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools) 



Area A 



ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better 
and 22 math ACT score* 
KELT 138, 268 or 373, 6 hours 
HIST, 3 hours 

SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 
BIOL 101-102; PHYS 137 

HLED 173**; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125, 223 or 233 
PEAC, 3 hours; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour 
to make a total of 64 hours. 



♦MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 
** Waived if high school health class taken. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY & AUDIOLOGY 



AreaB 


Area C 


Area D 


Area E 


Area F 


Area G 


Electives 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health & Life** 


2 




BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


PHYS 137 


Intro to Physics 




3 


MATH 103/120 


Surv Math/Coll Alg* 3 




PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




SOCI 


Sociology 


3 




BELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 






Area B, Religion*** 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Area G-l/3, Creative 








Area C, History 


3 




Practical 




1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 


1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Electives 


3 




Area D, Forgn Lang/ 








16 


16 




Lit/Fine Arts 




3 










Electives 


5 


8 












16 


16 



•Math 103 or 120 is required by SC of students with ACT math scores below 22; if waived, 3 additional hours 

of Math/Science required 

** Waived if high school health class taken. 

***RELT 268 or 373. 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 



90 



Allied Health 



PRE-SURGEON'S ASSISTANT 

The surgeon's assistant is qualified to assist the surgeon in his patient care 
activities. Functioning under the direction of the surgeon, the surgeon's 
assistant is capable of obtaining accurate medical history and physical examina- 
tion data, carrying out preoperative procedures to prepare the patient for 
surgery, assisting the surgeon during operations, participating in the care and 
evaluation of the patient in the postoperative period, assisting in the manage- 
ment of the traumatized patient, and caring for minor injuries. Surgeon's 
assistants may be involved with patients in any medical setting for which the 
surgeon is responsible including the operating room, recover room, intensive 
care unit, and the surgeon's office. 

Adviser: Stephen A, Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for University of Alabama at 

Birmingham) 

(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120 

Area B RELB, RELT, 6 hours 

Area C HIST, PLSC, 6 hours 

Area D SPCH 135; 6 hours of literature; 3 hours of Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 151-152, 330; CHEM 151-152 

Area F PSYC, SOCI, 6 hours 

Area G PEAC, 1 hour; Creative or Practical Skills, 2 hours 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. Recommended: Statistics, Cell Biology, 

Genetics, Histology 

Work or volunteer service in a health care setting is highly recommended. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-SURGEON'S ASSISTANT 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




Ut 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


BIOL 330 


General Microbiology 




4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 


4 


CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 


4 


4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 






Area C, History/Pol Sci 3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


3 




Area D, Forgn Lang/ 






Area D, Literature 


3 


3 




Pine Arts 


3 




Area P-l, Behav Sci 


3 






Area G-l/2, Creative/ 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Practical 1 


1 






17 


17 




17 


17 











91 



Art 



Chair: Robert Garren 

Adjunct Faculty: John Cline, John Petticord 



Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for 
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and 
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become 
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them system- 
atically to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether they are 
oriented commercially or aesthetically. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 
344, with not less than six hours in upper division courses. 



STUDIO ART 

ART 104-105* Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on the basic 
art elements and their functions in composition using various media. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 109. Publications Design (G-l) 3 hours 

Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures, and 
advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical elements to enhance 
the communicative potential of the print media. 

ART 110. Design Principles (G-l) 3 hours 

Problems in two and three-dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form, color, 
and texture. (Spring) 

ART 221-222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials applied 

to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 230. Introduction to Art Experiences 2 hours 

A course designed to give students hands-on experience with a variety of art media 
and materials. Study will be given to how artists use media in their expression of 
design and composition. (Spring) 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication from hand 1 
building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of glazes, and stacking I 
and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee is applied toward necessary 
supplies. (Fall) 



92 






Art 



ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be obtained. 
ART 495 is for majors and minors only. 

The course is designed for students who wish directed study or for a group of 
students who wish a special course not taught under the regular class offering. 
Students taking the class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, 
design, drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had 
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered by the 
Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up to four 
times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 



ART HISTORY 

ART 218/318. Art Appreciation (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two hours 
per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in and New York City visit- 
ing major art museums. When offered in the first summer session, there will be one 
week of two-hour lectures and two weeks of travel and museum visits. There is an 
additional charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary paper. 
Students taking the class for upper-division credit will be required to write a 
research paper. 

ART 344, History of Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-1800*s with an 
emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and American arts. 

(Spring) 



(D-3) ( (G-l), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



93 



Behavioral Science 



Chair: Ed Lamb 

Faculty: Terrie Ruff, Larry Williams 

Adjunct Faculty: Sherri Craig, Ellen Gilbert, Judie Port 

The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational philoso- 
phy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this faculty 
embraces the following beliefs: 

(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also 
the ultimate Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious 
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) A loving God seeks to restore His image in humanity, thus 
preparing them for personal fellowship with Himself. 

We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of 
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, 
therefore, to achieving the following objectives: 

Spiritual 

Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the 
basic beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals, 
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to 
commit themselves to such ideals. 

Intellectual 

Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive 
themselves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of 
knowledge. We have designed course-related activities and investiga- 
tions to aid them in achieving intellectual and career goals, and in 
acquiring the necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral 
Science curriculum is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, 
perceptive discussion, intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness. 

Social 

Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive 
interpersonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making 
approaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the 
attitudes of acceptance, caring, patience, and service. 



94 



L 



Behavioral Science 



Physical 

Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic 
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our 
physical, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to 
establish balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and 
recreation. The faculty promotes such positive values and practices 
through example and instruction. 

Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or 
family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology of the family 
should consider a Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies 
emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in Social Work (BSW) is offered for 
those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalists 
baccalaureate practice positions. To achieve a complete preparation in 
these Fields, however, the student is encouraged to consider further 
training at the graduate level. 

PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

Major (B.S., Family Studies Emphasis): Forty-five hours, 
including PSYC 124, 128, 233, 315; SOCI 125, 201, 223, 424, 495, 349, 
365; SOCW 211, 212, 497. Cognate requirements: CPTR 105, CPTR 
106, CPTR 107; MATH 215; SPCH 135 or 136; three hours in Biology. 
Remaining course work will normally be chosen from the following 
courses: PSYC 377; SOCW 375. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

(Family Studies Emphasis) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 


SOCI 201 


Parenting 3 


PSYC 128 


Develop Psychology 




3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 2 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 3 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Soc Work 


3 




SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 3 




Area G, Act Skills 


2 


1 




Area D-4 Speech 2 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 3 




Area E-l, Biology 




3 




Area C-l, History 3 3 




Area A- 2, Math 




0-3 




Area D, Lang/Lit 




Minor or Elect ivee 


_1 


H. 




Fine Arts 6 






15 


16 




Electivee _3 _ 



17 17 



95 



Behavioral Science 



YEARS 


! 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


1st 
3 


2nd 


SOCW497 


Research Methods 


1st 2nd 

3 


PSYC 315 
SOCI 365 
SOCI 495 


Abnormal Psych 
Family Relations 
Directed Study 
Area B, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit 

Fine Arts 
Area E, Chem/Phys/ 

Earth Science 
Area G-3, Recreation 
Minor or Electives 


3 

3 

1 

JS 

15 


3 
3 

1 

4 

15 


SOCI 349 
SOCI 424 


Aging & Society 
Con temp Social Prob 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area Q, Act Skills 
Minor or Electives 
PSYC & SOCW Elect 


3 
3 

3 

2 

4 5 

6 

15 14 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



A student contemplating graduate study should take as many 
courses as possible in the area of his/her emphasis. 



Major (B.S.W., Social Work): Forty-five hours including SOCW 
211, 212, 213, 313, 314, 315, 424, 434, 435, 436, 497; PSYC 124, 128; 
SOCI 125. Cognate requirements: CPTR 105, CPTR 106, CPTR 107; 
PLSC 254 or ECON 213; MATH 215; RELT 373; SPCH 135 or 136; any 
human biology. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK 



YEAR 1 


1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENOL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 3 


PSYC 128 
SOCI 125 
SOCW 211 


Develop Psychology 
Intro to Sociology 
Intro to Social Work 


3 
3 
3 




SOCW 213 


Interviewing Skills 1 
Area D-4, Speech 3 
Area G, Skills 2 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area E-l, Biology 3 




Area A-2, Math 




0-3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area G, Skills 




2 




Area C-l, History 3 3 




Electivee 




8-5 




Area D, Lang/Lit/ 






16 


16 




Fine Arts 3 

Electives _2 _2 

15 16 



96 



Behavioral Science 



YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




SOCW424 


Contemp Soc Problems 3 


SOCW313 


HBSE 4 




SOCW434 


SocWelfl8Suee&R>l 3 


SOCW 314 


Social Work Meth I 3 




SOCW 435-436 


Practicum I, II 4 4 


SOCW315 


Social Work Meth II 


3 


SOCW 


Elective 1 


SOCW497 


Research Methods 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D, Lang/Lit 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 1 
Area Q, Skills 1 
Area B, UD Religion 3 




Fine Arte 


3 




Elective _1 JO 




Area E, Nat Science 3 






16 15 




Elective, Social Work 


3 








Elective _ 


_4 








16 


16 







See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor-Behavioral Science, Eighteen hours selected from any 
Behavioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 211, and 
SOCI 125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral 
Science classes. 

Minor-Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 365, and 
424. 



SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its values, and 
its fields of practice. 

SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical 
perspectives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting human need 
is also examined. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 221. 

SOCW 213. Interviewing Skills 1 hour 

Focuses on the development of interviewing and communication skills. Course is 
experientially based. 



SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 
See SOCI 233 for course description. 



3 hours 



97 



Behavioral Science 



SOCW 313. Human Behavior and the Social Environment 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101; SOCI 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCW 212 or permission 
of instructor. 

A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social environment. 
Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to provide students 
with a holistic view of human behavior. Includes such topics as systems theory, 
roles, reference groups, and social stratification. To be taken prior to or 
concurrently with SOCW 314. 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor. 

Provides students with theoretical framework for generalists social work practice. 

Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment, contracts, 

intervention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics. Work with 

individuals and families is emphasized in the first semester of a two-semester 

sequence. 

SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small groups 

and the community. Public policy development and implementation are also 

studied. 

SOCW 349. Aging and Society (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

SOCW 374. Criminology 3 hours 

See SOCI 374 for course description. 

SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family intervention. The 
family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis techniques designed 
to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. 

SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 424 for course description. 

SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of social 
services. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 222. 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to develop 
skills for generalists social work practice. Through participation in the social service 
delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency structures, functions, 
and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent working in an agency setting 
for each four hours of course work. A two-thirds tuition waiver appies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 



98 



Behavioral Science 



SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours 

This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and 
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

SOCW 465. Topics in Social Work (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary among 
such topics as child welfare, sex roles, income maintenance, social work ethics, etc. 
This course can be repeated once for credit. 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics of social 
work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. This course 
can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours credit. (Fall) 

SOCW 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation 
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture is taken every 
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 
A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy 
on pages 24 and 25. 

SOCW 497. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive and 
relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and completed 
project is expected of each student. (Fall) 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social world. 
Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society and social 
institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups including the family, 
its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SOCI 201. Parenting (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the family system in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of 
parentrchild interaction. Attention is given to family planning, the childbirth 
experience, child development, techniques for developing close relationships and 
communication between parent and child, understanding and relating to children's 
individuality, common child rearing problems, and methods of modifying behavior. 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the family in 
society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial conflicts. (Fall, 
Spring) 

99 



Behavioral Science 



SOCI 224, Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

See PSYC 224 for course description. 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the process of 
aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in contemporary society. 
Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. A balance between the 
theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring) 

SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 356 for course description. 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be given 
to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganization and 
reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be given to findings of 
recent family studies. (Spring) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenomenon, of 
criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and crime to other trends 
in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of crime. (Fall, odd years) 

SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural changes 
today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in bringing about 
group and mass adjustment. (Spring) 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 

Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary among 
such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change, Black America, 
the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. 
This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours 
credit. (Spring) 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation 
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture is taken every 
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 



(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

100 



Biology 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: John Azevedo, Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, William 
Hayes, Duane Houck 

Adjunct Faculty: Edgar Grundset 
Summer Faculty: Laura Nyirady 



The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and 
important fields of scientific investigation, since it provides a better 
understanding of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the 
casual observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course 
may derive a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as 
bird watching, shell collecting, or wildflower photography. 

More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point 
for numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With 
a B.S. degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to 
research in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, 
microbiology, cytology, etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, 
or employment in industry or government. The B.A degree is the 
degree of choice in preparation for high-school teaching, medicine, 
dentistry, optometry, careers in wildlife, forestry or zoo management, 
health education, public health, biostatistics, epidemiology, and envi- 
ronmental health, to name a few. 

The Biology Department makes available a number of experiences, 
both curricular and extracurricular, to enrich its students' academic 
programs. Being within relatively easy access to a number of major 
biome types, it offers courses which include field experiences in such 
places as the Bahamas, Smoky Mountains, and the Okefenokee Swamp. 
The newly constructed Tennessee Aquarium provides additional 
learning resources. The department is also affiliated with two biological 
field stations (see pages 76 and 77). 

Extracurricular opportunities include membership in the Beta Beta 
Beta national biological honor society, a yearly lecture series on natural 
history and research topics (see page 75), as well as a pre-medical 
preceptorship program (see page 290). 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

In order to help evaluate its teaching effectiveness and the academic 
achievements of its graduates, all seniors are required to take the ETS 
Major FieJd Achievement Test in Biology during their final semester. 
The results of these exams are used by the department staff to evaluate 
class offerings as well as program requirements. 

101 



Biology 



DEGREES IN BIOLOGY 
Core Courses: 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 

BIOL 316 Genetics 

BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 

BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science and Religion 

BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 

Areas: 

Botany: 

BIOL 408 
BIOL 409 
BIOL 419 



Ecology: 

BIOL 226 
BIOL 317 



Flowering Plants and Ferns 
Smolty Mountain Flora 
Plant Physiology 

Environmental Conservation 

Ecology 

Marine Biology Courses 

Zoology Field Courses: 

BIOL 312 Vertebrate Natural History 

BIOL 314 Ornithology 

BIOL 319 Herpetology 

BIOL 320 Entomology 

BIOL 411 Mammalogy 

Microbiology: 
BIOL 315 
BIOL 330 
BIOL 340 

Basic Zoology: 
BIOL 313 
BIOL 415 
BIOL 417 
BIOL 418 



Parasitology 
General Microbiology 
Immunology 

Embryology 
Comparative Anatomy 
Animal Histology 
Animal Physiology 



Major (BjV.): Thirty-two hours including Biology core of 20 hours, 
plus one course from each of four areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry; MATH 
120 College Algebra; SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking; and 
three hours of computer courses. MATH 121 Trigonometry, PHYS 
211-212 and 213-214 General Physics and General Physics Laboratory, 
are highly desirable. A minor in Chemistry is recommended. All seniors 
are required to take the Educational Testing Service Major Field 
Achievement Test in Biology before graduating. 



102 



Biology 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJL. BIOLOGY 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 



YEAR1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 


4 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 


4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 






Area G-2, Comp Sci 


3 


MATH 121 


Trigonometry 




2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 
Area F-2,3 




3 




Speech 
Area B, Religion 


3 

3 




Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 






Biology Electives 


3 3/4 




Area G, Skills 


1 


1 




Electives 


-2 _ 




Electives 




3 






15 15 






16 


16 






(16) 


YEAR 3 




Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bio ~4 




BIOL 424 


Issues of Nat Sci 




CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 




& Religion 


3 


CHEM 313-3U 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


CHEM 323 


Biochemistry 


4 


PHYS 213-214 


Gen Physics Lab 


1 


1 




Biology Elective 


3 




Biology Elective 




3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area D-l, Forgn Lang 3 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Electives 


1 


1 




Area C-2, Political 








16 


15 




Science/Econ 
Area F-l, Beh Sci 
Electives 


3 

3 

3 3 

16 16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements 
for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including Biology core of 20 hours, plus one 
course from each of the five areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 151-152 General 
Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry; MATH 120 College Algebra, MATH 
121 Trigonometry, MATH 215 Statistics; PHYS 211-212 and 213-214 General 
Physics; SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking, and three hours of computer 
courses. BIOL 397 Introduction to Research and BIOL 497 Research in Biology, are 
highly recommended. All seniors are required to take the Educational Testing 
Service Major Field Achievement Test in Biology before graduating. 

Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BIOLOGY 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 


4 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 4 4 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 3 




HIST 154,155 


American History 


MATH 121 


Trigonometry 


2 




OR 3 3 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 3 




HIST 174,175 


Survey of Civ 




Area F-l, Beh Sci 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




Area F-2,3 Fam/ 






Biology Electives 3 3 




Hlth Science 2 






Area G-l, Creat Skis 2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/ 






15 17 




Fine Arts 


3 








15 


16 







103 



Biology 



YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bio 4 




BIOL 424 


Issues of Nat Sci 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 




& Religion 3 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 1 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 




Biology Electives 6 6/7 


PHYS 213-214 


General Phys Lab 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 


1 


1 




Area D-2, Lang/Lit 
Fine Arts 3 




Fine Arts 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 




Biology Elective^ 




6 




Area G-2, Comp Sci 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 3 






15 


17 




Electives 3 

16 15 

(16) 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 General Biology. A 
minimum of six hours must be in upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Biology requires a 
baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses for 
licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology section, 
beginning on page 158. Also required are specific biology classes as 
indicated in the following sequence of courses. 

Typical Sequence of Courses 
BA Biology— Teacher Certification 7-12 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




M 2nc! 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 


4 


BIOL 226 


Environ Conservation 


3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 3 




BIOL 316 


Genetics 


4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


BIOL 403 


Flower Plants & Ferns 3 




MATH 120 


College Algebra 3 




CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 4 


4 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 3 




EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Educ 2 




KELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


EDUC 240 


Except Child & Youth 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 


RELT 225 


Christian Beliefs 


3 




Area F-2,3 Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/Spch 3 






Area G, Skills 


1 




AreaG-1 or 3, Skills 1 






16 


16 




Area G-2, Comp Sci 3 
Area Q-3, Rec Skills 

16 


1 

17 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 


2nd 


BIOL 


Zoology Field Course 3 




BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bio 4 




BIOL 330 


General Microbiology 


4 


BIOL 424 


Issues in Nat Sci & Rel 3 




BIOL 418-419 


Plant or Animal Physiol 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 3 


3 


CHEM 325 


Biochemistry 


4 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 1 


1 


EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 2 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 


2 


EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 2 




EDUC 356 


Tests and Measure 2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 


ERSC 105-106 


Earth Science 4 




EDUC 438 


Curric & Content Mthde 


2 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 


1 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/ 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




Speech 


3 




Area 0-1, History 3 


3 




16 


16 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 3 












17 


16 


YEAR 5 












EDUC 468 


Enhanced St. Teh 7-12 8 











104 



Biology 



NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES 



BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first semester 
covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumentary, nervous, and 
endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems are studied the second 
semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Does not 
apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student a 
modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant and animal 
life. Three lectures each weelt Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, 
Spring) 

BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103. 

Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL 103. Three 

hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fail, 

Spring) 

BIOL 225. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, disinfection, sterilization, elementary 
immunology, and microorganisms emphasizing their relationship to health and 
disease. Three lectures and two one and one-half hour laboratory periods each week. 
Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



CORE COURSES 

BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for Biology majors, 
minors, and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the student a 
solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant and animal life. It is 
prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 225 or 151, or consent of instructor. 

A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an 
investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 412. Cell and Molecular Biology 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316. 

This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals primarily 
with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles learned in BIOL 
151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular research while learning about 
the appearance and operation of cellular organelles. The exciting details of cell 
integration and control provide the framework for this interdisciplinary study. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 



105 



Biology 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to current 
issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental responsibility. Special 
attention is given to Christian perspectives of the issues discussed. Credit can be 
applied toward either Biology or Religion. Three lectures each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Biology major or minor with senior standing. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on current 
literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval of Department 
Chair. (Fall, Spring) 



BOTANY 

BIOL 408. Flowering Plants and Ferns 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This field study of trees, flowering plants and ferns emphasizes species identifica- 
tion with the aid of botanical keys, recognition of plant families and noting habitats 
where various species occur. Other taxonomic methods will be introduced. Students 
will prepare a collection of herbarium specimens. Two lectures and one field trip or 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall— odd years; Summer — even years) 

BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor. 

A field study of the wildflowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky Mountain 
National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of temperate deciduous 
forest Plants are identified by means of botanical keys, and observation lists are 
kept. Special attention is given to the different forest types and their associated 
plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week camping study experience. Field trips daily. 
(Summer, odd years) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water relations, 

mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, respiration, and 

growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, odd 

years) 

ECOLOGY 

BIOL 226. Environmental Conservation (E-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex interlocking 
environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic ecological principles, 
the course goes on to examine population dynamics, energy utilization, resource 
consumption, the various forms of pollution, and conservation methods to preserve 
our natural resources, natural areas, and native species. On field trips we will 
evaluate how efficiently our natural resources are being monitored, utilized, and 
conserved. Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring) 



106 



Biology 

BIOL 250. Introduction to Tropical Marine Biology 3 hours 

A study of the major invertebrates and fish of the tropical coral reef and seashores. 
Emphasis is placed on the life habits of the organisms and their ecological niches. 
Habitats studied are coral reefs, rocky shores, sandy beaches, thalassia beds and 
mangrove swamps. Involves two weeks of on-campus classwork and 7-10 day field 
laboratory experience in the Bahamas. There is an additional charge for the 
Bahamas trip. (Summers) 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their environ- 
ment This course will examine these interactions in the context of energy flow, 
nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population dynamics. Field work will 
introduce various ecological sampling techniques and the student will participate in 
ecological analysis of various local communities as well as extended field trips. Two 
lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 



ZOOLOGY FIELD COURSES 

BIOL 312. Vertebrate Natural History 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history of the vertebrate classes including ecology, physiology, behavior, 
classification and identification, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory each week. An extended weekend field trip will be required as 
part of laboratory credit (Fall, odd years) 

BIOL 314, Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, taxonomy, 
nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which applies toward laboratory 
credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is an additional charge for the trip. 
(Spring) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history, ecology, physiology, behavior, classification and identification of 
amphibians and reptiles, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory each week. An extended field trip will be required as part of 
laboratory credit. (Fall, even years) 

BIOL 320. Entomology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of the insects of the world considering anatomy, physiology, 
behavior and relation to humans. In the laboratory, emphasis will be placed on 
identifying local insects and a representative collection will be turned in. Short field 
trips are planned as part of the laboratory work. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. (Fall, odd years) 



107 



Biology 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. Includes 
classroom and field study of systematica, distribution, behavior and ecology. A small 
collection will be required in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory each week. (Fall, even years) 



MICROBIOLOGY 

BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic animals. Two 

lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, even years) 

BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their morphology, 
physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be given to immunology 
topics: antigen-antibody properties, host>antigen interactions, humoral and cellular 
immune systems. The importance of microorganisms in environmental and applied 
fields will be considered. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring) 

BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics such as 
antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell mediated immunity, 
hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation immunology. Two lectures 
each week. (Spring) 



BASIC ZOOLOGY 

BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis on the 
development of the chick. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Fall) 

BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. The 
dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory study. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A descriptive study of normal tissues, primarily those of man. The microscopic 
identification and characteristics of stained sections are emphasized in the 
laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, 
odd years) 



108 



Biology 



BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Functional processes used by animals in adjusting to their external environment and 
controlling their internal environment. Laboratories involve analysis of functions of 
major organ systems. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
(Spring, even years) 



SPECIAL COURSES 

BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours 

Formal coursework designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty 
areas of Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different 
specialized areas. 

BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. 

Designed for the individual student or group of students who wish to do independent 

study in an area of biology not listed in the regular offerings. Content and method 

of study must be arranged for prior to registration. This course may be repeated for 

credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer — on demand) 

BIOL 397. Introduction to Biological Research (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the principles of scientific research, including the function of the 
scientific method, literature searches, research techniques, writing of grant 
proposals, and how to publish results. (Fall) 

BIOL 497. Research in Biology (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 397 or consent of instructor. 

Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems will be 
selected according to the interest and experience of the student. Prior to registra- 
tion, students are urged to contact all biology staff members with respect to the 
choice of available research problems. This course should be taken not later than the 
first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring, Summer — on demand) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Biology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance; and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



109 



Biology 

ROSARIO BEACH 
MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility 
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College and 
other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, 
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timber land. In 
addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the following 
are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach: 



BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours 

An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the biology 
and ecology of the marine environment. Course not applicable to Biology majors. 

BIOL 460. Marine Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

Study of interspecific, intraspecific, and community relationships demonstrated by 

marine organisms. 

BIOL 463. Marine Botany 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

Systematic study of plants found in Puget Sound, with a survey of marine plants 

from other areas. 

BIOL 468. Comparative Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152, BIOL 412. 

Comparative study of the physiology and life processes of animals with emphasis on 

invertebrates. 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will involve 
extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine invertebrates of the 
Puget Sound. 

BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-512 and Animal Behavior or Introduction to Psychology. 
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their behavioral 
responses to the physical environment. The course involves laboratory experiences, 
field observation, and a research project. 















no 



Business and Office 
Administration 



Chair: Wayne VandeVere 

Faculty: Herbert Coolidge, Joyce Cotham, Richard Erickson, 
David Haley, Cliff Olson, Dan Rozell, Vinita Sauder, 
Peg Smith 
Adjunct Faculty: Daniel Gray, Richard J. Henry, Jr., Doug Malin 
Advisory Councils: 

Accounting: Richard Center, Rhonda Champion, Richard Green, 
Bo Just, Calvin Wiese 

Long-Term Health Care: Glen Choban, Bob Gore, Dan Gray, Richard 
Henry, Douglas Malin, Jan Rushing, Ben Wygal 

Marketing: Barry Anthony, Bud Cason, Danny Fall, Johnny Phillips 



The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to 
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, 
government, industry, and in long-term health care and to train 
students for secretarial, office work, and office administration in the 
modern office. 

The objectives of the department are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical 
guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy 
toward our current economic environment and the ever-changing 
business world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with 
basic business skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers 
and in positions of business leadership with organizations 
sponsored by this denomination. 

5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive 
secretaries, and word processing operators and managers. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into 
most graduate degree programs in business. 



in 



Business and Office Administration 



The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, Marketing, and 
Computer Information Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) 
with majors in Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and 
Office Administration. 

For those who desire a two-year program, Associate of Science 
degrees (AS.) are available in Accounting and Office Administration. 
A preprofessional degree in Health Information Administration is also 
available. 

Students wishing to receive secondary teacher certification in 
Business Education must complete a baccalaureate degree and complete 
the professional education courses for licensure. See explanations in the 
Education and Psychology section, beginning on page 158. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

To help the graduates in Business and Office Administration to 
evaluate their academic progress and to aid the department in evaluat- 
ing teaching effectiveness, students who major in business related fields 
will be required to: 

1. Participate in the college- wide Sophomore testing program in 
general education. 

2. Take the area test in business prepared by the Educational 
Testing Service (ETS) during the last semester of their 
academic program, and 

3. Accounting majors who plan to enter public accounting will 
be evaluated by their performances on the National CPA 
exam. 

PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS 
AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core 
of business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, Market- 
ing, or Computer Information Systems. 

Basic Core Course requirements are as follows: ACCT 221-222, 321; 
ECON 224, 225; BUAD 126, 128, 314, 315, 334, 339, 358, 488; BMKT 
326; OFAD 315. Among the General Education requirements, the 
B.B.A. degree students must include SPCH 135; CPTR 106, 116; MATH 
120, 215; a course in psychology. BUAD 315 and BMKT 326 are not 
required for the major in Computer Information Systems. 

Major — Accounting: 23 hours plus the B.BA. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 311-312, 316, 322, 417, 421; Electives in Accounting, 3 hours. 
Calculus I, MATH 181, is recommended for those who plan to pursue 
a graduate program in business. 



112 



Business and Office Administration 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.BA ACCOUNTING 

YEARl Semester *EAR2 Semester 
1st 2nd M 22^ 

BUAD126 Intro to Business T ^J?}?™ %T rt* ™**"* ? 3 

BUAD128 Personal Finance 3 ?™g 334 Pnn of Management 3 

CPTR106 Intro to Spreadsheet 1 25? J***? fT f ^TSL 3 ^ 

CPTR116 Sproadsheet Application 2 SPCH 136 Intro to Public Spkg 3 

ENGL 101102 College Composition 3 3 * „ ? T ?°? , 

MATH 120 College Algebra 3 a S-f.rT* o 

Area B-l, Religion 3 Area D-2, Literature 3 

AreaC4,Hiito^ 3 3 Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci ^ 

Area G-3, Rec Skills _1 _1 16 15 

Id 16 

YEARS Semester YEAR 4 Semester 

1st 2nd 1st 2nd 

ACCT 211-212 Inter Accounting 4 4 ACCT 316 Gov't Accounting 3 

ACCT 322 Cost Accounting 3 ACCT 417 Auditing 3 

BUAD 339 Business Law 3 ACCT 421 Federal Income Taxes 3 

ACCT 321 Managerial Acct 3 BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical Env 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 of Business 3 

BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 BUAD 488 Seminar in Bus Admin 1 

BUAD 314 Quant Met h- Bus Decis 3 OFAD 315 Bus Communications 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 Area B, UD Religion 3 

Area B-2, Religion _ _3 Area D-3, Fine Art App3 

16 16 Accounting Electives 3 2 

Area E, Nat Science _3 

15 15 
See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admiisions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

For Accounting majors who wish to sit for the CPA examination in 
Tennessee or any other state that requires 150 semester hours to sit 
for the examination, the following courses are recommended in addition 
to the 124 hours for the BBA in Accounting degree (choose 26 hours 
that are not included in the 124 hours above): 

ACCT 415 Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

♦ACCT 432 Auditing Applications 3 hours 

*ACCT 422 Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours 

ACCT 418,419 CPA Review Problems 6 hours 

ACCT 443 Accounting Systems 3 hours 

CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming 3 hours 

CPTR 217 COBOL Programming Language 3 hours 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 hours 

SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 3 hours 

ACCT 497 Accounting Internship 1-3 hours 

♦These courses are required by the state of Tennessee as part of the 150 
hours. 



Major — Management: 21 hours plus the B.B A Core Requirements: 
BUAD 344, 353, 354, 414; Electives in ACCT, BUAD, BMKT, 9 hours. 



113 



Business and Office Administration 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




l«t 


2nd 




1*1 2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 3 




ACCT 221-222 


Prin of Accounting 3 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 3 




CPTR 106 
CPTR 116 


Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applications 


X 

2 


ECON 224,225 
SPCH 135 


Prin of Economics 3 
Intro to Public Spkg 

A 11 T* 1* • A 


3 
3 


ENGL 101-102 
MATH 120 


College Composition 3 
College Algebra 3 
Area B-l, Religion 3 
Area F-l, Psychology 
Area C-l, History 3 


3 

3 
3 




Area B, Religion 3 
Area E, Nat Science 3 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area F-2, Fam/Health _ 


3 

1 




Area G-l or G-3, Skis 1 


1 




15 


15 




16 


16 








YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ACCT 321 


Mgmnt Accounting 3 




BUAD 353 


Mgmt of Small Bus 3 




BMKT326 


Intro to Marketing 3 




BUAD 354 


Prin of Risk Mgmt 


3 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 3 




BUAD 358 


Legal, Eth Env of Bus 3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bus Decis 


3 


BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 


3 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgmt 


3 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area D-3, Fine Art App3 






Area E, Nat Science 


3 




Electives in Business 3 


6 




Electives 3 


1 




15 


16 




15 


16 









3 

.J 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major — Marketing: 21 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
BUAD 354; BMKT 327, 328, 423, 424, 425, 428. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. MARKETING 






YEAR 1 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 




BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 




3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


CPTR 116 


Spreadsheet Applica 




2 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 






Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area G-l/G-3 Skills 


1 


1 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 
BMKT 326 
BUAD 334 
ECON 224,225 
SPCH 135 



Princ of Accounting 
Into to Marketing 
Prin of Management 
Prin of Economics 
Into to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 



15 



3 
3 
3 
3 

_1 

16 



16 16 









114 



Business and Office Administration 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




M 2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ACCT 321 


Mangerial Acctg 3 


BMKT423 


Promotional Strategy 3 




BMKT327 


Consumer Behavior 3 


BMKT 424 


Marketing Strategy 


3 


BMKT328 


Sales Management 3 


BMKT425 


Marketing Research 


3 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bus Decis 3 


BMKT 428 


Marketing Management 


3 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 3 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 3 




BUAD 354 


Prin of Risk Mgmt 3 


BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 


3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Eth Env of Bus 3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 1 




Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




Area F, Beh/Fam/ 






Electives 3 




Hlth Sci 


2 




Area B-2, Religion 3 




Electives 3 


2 




15 16 




15 


16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major — Computer Information Systems: the B.B.A. Core require- 
ments plus CPTR 106, 116, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 
485; Cognates: MATH 120, 181, 215; SPCH 135; a psychology course. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



YEAR 1 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 




CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


CPTR 116 


Spreadsheet Applies 




2 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 




CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 




3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area C*l> History 


3 


3 




Area G-l/G-3, Skills 


1 


1 






16 


16 


YEARS 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Mang Aoct I 


3 




BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Mthds-Bus Dec 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Syst 


ems 


3 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 


2 




CPTR 325 


Systems Design 




2 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






Area B, Religion 




3 




Area D-2, Literature 




3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








OR 


2 






Area F-3, Health Sci 










16 


15 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 
BUAD 128 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
ECON 224,225 
MATH 120 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 358 

BUAD 339 
CPTR 326 
CPTR 485 
MATH 181 
OFAD 315 



Prin of Accounting 
Personal Finance 
COBOL Programming 3 
Intro to File Process 
Prin of Economics 3 

College Algebra 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-3, Fine Arts 
Area G-3, Rec Skills __ 
15 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 



3 



3 

JL 

16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Legal-Ethical Env 

of Business 3 

Business Law 3 

Systems Management 2 
Computer Sci Seminar 1 

Calculus I 3 

Business Communica 3 
Area B, UD Religion 3 

Area E, Science 3 3 

Area F, Psychology 
Electives 



_2 
16 



3 
_3 
16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



115 



Business and Office Administration 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major— Business Administration: 46 hours: ACCT 221-222, 321; 
BUAD 314, 315, 334, 339, 358, 414, 488; BMKT 326; ECON 224, 225; 
MATH 215; Six hours of electives in business, marketing, and 
accounting courses. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106, 116; OFAD 315; 
and SPCH 135. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



YEARl 


! 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 




ACCT 221-222 


Prin of Accounting 


3 3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 




3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


ECON 224-225 


Prin of Economics 


3 3 


CPTR 116 


Spreadsheet Applica 




2 




Area F-l, Psychology 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area E, Nat Science 
Electives 


3 

3 

3 

1 

3 

3 

16 15 


ENGL 101-102 
MATH 120 
SPCH 135 


College Composition 
College Algebra 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area C-l, History 


3 

3 

3 
3 


3 
3 
3 






Area G-l/G-3 Skills 


1 


1 










16 


16 








YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 


BMKT 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 




BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 


3 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 1 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bus Decis 


3 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 








Area B, UD Religion 


3 




of Business 


3 






Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sc 


2 




Area B, Religion 




3 


Elective in Acctg, 






Area E, Nat Science 


3 






Business, or BMKT 


3 3 




Electives 




6 




Electives 


1 6 






15 


15 






15 16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major— Long-Term Health Care: 50 hours: ACCT 221-222, 321; 
BMKT 326; BUAD 315, 334, 339, 358, 431, 432, 434, 435, 497; ECON 
224, 225. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106, 116; SOCI 349; SPCH 135. 

Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an 
accredited college or university and who have completed all classwork 
required for a long-term health care major other than the specialized 
long-term health care classes, may receive a Bachelor of Science degree 
with a major in long-term health care upon the completion of 20 hours 
of long-term health care classes (BUAD 431, 432, 434, 435, 497). 



116 



Business and Office Administration 



This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to 
those who have completed all other major course requirements for the 
long-term health care degree at another institution and have received 
a bachelor's degree. Regular admission to the LTHC program is subject 
to receipt of an official transcript showing completion of the bachelor's 
degree from the former accredited institution. 









Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st ?*"! 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 
CPTR 100 
CPTR 116 
MATH 120 
SPCH 135 


College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applica 
College Algebra 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area E, Nat Science 


3 ' 

3 

3 


3 

1 
2 

3 


ACCT 221-222 
ECON 224-225 


Prin of Accounting 3 3 
Prin of Economics 3 3 
Area B, Religion 3 
Area D-2, Literature 3 
Area E, Nat Science 3 
Area F, Fam/Hlth Sci 2 




Area B-l, Religion 
AreaC-1, History 


3 
3 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 

Elective* 3 3 

14 16 




Area F-l, Psychology 




3 






Area G-l/G-3, Skills 


1 
16 


1 
16 






YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 




BUAD 497 


LTHC Admin Intrnshp 8 


BMKT 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 






Electives 8 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 






8 11 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




3 






BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 
of Business 


3 








SOCI349 


Aging & Society 




3 








Area D-3, Fine Art App 


3 








Elect ives 


15 


6 
15 






SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 3) 











BUAD 431 Gen Admin of LTHC Facit 3 

BUAD 432 Tech Aspects of LTHC 3 

BUAD 434 Fin Mgmt of LTHC Facil 3 

BUAD 435 Hum Res Mgmt/Mkt LTHC _3 

12 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 



Associate of Science Degree Major — Accounting: 32 hours: 
ACCT 221-222, 311-312, 321; BUAD 126, 128, 358; ECON 213 or 224; 
Three hours of electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. Cognate 
requirements: CPTR 106, 116; OFAD 105 or equivalent; SPCH 135. 



117 



Business and Office Administration 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ACCOUNTING 



YEARl 

ACCT 221-222 
BUAD 126 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 116 
ECON 224 

ECON 213 
ENGL 101-102 



Prin of Accounting 
Intro to Business 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applies 
Prin of Economics 

OR 
Survey of Economics 
College Composition 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area F-l, Psychology 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area A-2, Math 
Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 3 

3 

i 


YEAR 2 

ACCT 311-312 
ACCT 321 
BUAD 128 


Semester 
1st 2nd 

Inter Accounting 4 4 
Mang Accounting 3 
Personal Finance 3 




2 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 








of Business 


3 


3 

i 

3 
3 

r 

1 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area E, Nat Science 


3 
3 
3 

3 


3 




Business Elective 


3 
16 16 




0-3 








16 


4-1 

16 









See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies. 

M^jor— Office Administration: 49 hours: OFAD 115, 213, 214, 216, 
218, 221, 223, 225, 228, 315, 317, 345; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 334, 339, 
344; three hours of upper division electives in OFAD, BUAD, ACCT, or 
ECON. Cognate requirements: ACCT 221-222; CPTR 120 or equivalent; 
SPCH 135. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 
OFAD 115 


College Composition 3 
Document Formatting 3 
Information Res Mgmt 3 
Business English 3 
Business Math Cal 


3 


ACCT 221-222 
OFAD 214 


Prin of Accounting 3 3 
Microoomput Doc Prod 3 


OFAD 213 




OFAD 228 


Spaedwriting Tech 3 


OFAD 216 
OFAD 218 


2 


OFAD 315 
OFAD 317 


Bus Communications 3 
Office Admin Prooad 3 


OFAD 221 


Office Transcription 
Office Systems Tech 


3 


OFAD 345 


Computer-Aided Publish 3 


OFAD 223 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 3 
Area B, Bible 3 
Area E, Science 3 


OFAD 225 


Professional Development 
Area B, Bible 3 


2 






Area C, History 

RE. 1 


3 




Area F, Beh Science _2 

17 15 




16 


16 






YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


4 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 3 


CPTR 120 


Computer-Based Sys 3 




BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgmt 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 3 
Area A-2, Mathematics 3 






Area B, Bible 3 
Area C, History 3 




Area B, Bible 


3 




Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 




Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 






Speech 3 




Speech 


3 




Area F, Behavioral Sci 3 




Area E, Science 3 






Area 0-1, or G-3 2 




Elective: OFAD, BUAD, 






Electives 3 6 




ACCT, ECON 


3 




14 15 




Electives 3 


3 








15 


16 







118 



Business and Office Administration 



Major — Associate of Science Degree, Office Administration: 40 

hours: OFAD 115, 213, 214, 216, 218, 221, 223, 225, 228, 230, 315, 317, 
245; ACCT 103 or 221; Cognate requirement: SPCH 135. 



TVpioal Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semei 


ter 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting OR 3 




OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 


3 




ACCT 221 


Prin of Accounting 




OFAD 213 


Info Resource Mgmt 


3 




OFAD 214 


Micro Doc Prod 3 




OFAD 216 


Business English 


3 




OFAD 228 


Speedwriting Tech 3 




OFAD 218 


Business Math Cal 




2 


OFAD 230 


Applied Office Practice 


3 


OFAD 221 


Office Transcription 




3 


OFAD 245 


Computer-Aided Publish 


3 


OFAD 223 


Office Systems Tech 




3 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


OFAD 225 


Prof Development 




2 


OFAD 317 


Office Admin Prooed 


3 




Area B, Bible 


3 




SPCH 135 


Introduction to Speech 3 






Area C, History 




3 




Area B, Bible 


3 




Physical Ed 


1 
16 


16 




Area E, Science 3 

Area F, Behavior Sci 2 

17 


15 



Major — A.S. Pre-Health Information Administration (Formerly 
Pre-Medical Records Administration Program): Twenty-five semester 
hours including BIOL 101-102; MATH 120; PSYC 124; OFAD 115, 316; 
ACCT 103; ECON 213. General education requirements include: ENGL 
101-102; Speech, 3 hours; PEAC 3 hours; History, 6 hours; Literature, 
3 hours; Humanities/Fine Arts, 3 hours; HLED 173; CPTR 120; 
Religion, 9 hours; SOCI 223. 

This program fulfills requirements for admission to Loma Linda 
University for completion of the B.S. degree in Health Information 
Administration. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 

Formerly Medical Records Administration 
(Allied Health Professions) 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 




BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Econ 


3 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




HLED 173 


Health and Life 




2 


OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 3 




OFAD 316 


Medical Terminology 


3 




MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 


CPTR 120 


Computer-Based Sys 


3 




SPCH 135 


Into to Public Spkg 


3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 




2 




Area B, Religion 3 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area Q-3, Rec Skills 1 


1 




AreaC-1, History 


3 


3 




16 


16 




Area D-2, Lit 
Area D-3, F/A 




3 
3 


NOTE: C- is 

course. 


.he lowest acceptable grade 


for a 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


15 


1 

17 



The Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required. 



119 



Business and Office Administration 



MINORS IN BUSINESS, MARKETING, AND 
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 HOURS: 

Business Administration: ACCT 221-222; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 
334 or 344; and 6 hours of upper division in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. 

Marketing: BMKT 326, 327, 424, plus 9 hours of electives in 
marketing. 
Office Administration: OFAD 115, 216, 221, 223, 315, 345. 



The following courses MUST BE TAKEN in residence at Southern 
College in various Business Department majors: 



B.B.A. Degree 

BBA Core: 

BUAD 315 Finance 

BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical and Social Envir of Bus 

BUAD 488 Business Seminar 

Accounting Major: 
ACCT 417 Auditing 

Management Major: 

BUAD 414 Business Strategies 
Marketing Major: 

BMKT 424 Marketing Strategy 

BMKT 428 Marketing Management 

B.S. Degree; 

Business Administration Major: 
BUAD 315 Finance 

BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, and Social Envir of Bus 
BUAD 414 Business Strategies 
BUAD 488 Business Seminar 



3 
3 
1 

7 hours 



3 
3 

6 hours 



3 
3 
3 
1 

10 hours 



LTHC Major: 
BUAD 431 
BUAD 432 
BUAD 434 
BUAD 435 



BUAD 497 



Gen Admin of LTC Facility 
Technical Aspects of LTC 
Financial Mgmt of LTC Facility 
Human Resource Mgmt & Marketing 

of the LTC Facility 
LTC Internship 



Office Administration Majors (4 year and 2 year): 
OFAD 225 Professional Development 
OFAD 317 Office Admin Procedures 









120 



Business and Office Administration 









ACCOUNTING 



ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the book- 
keeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional offices, 
merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does not apply toward 
a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business and Office Administration. 

(Fall) 

ACCT 221-222. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis, financial statement 
preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts, income recognition, and basic 
management accounting concepts are covered. Usually not open to freshmen. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

ACCT 311-312. Intermediate Accounting 4,4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222. 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including preparation of 

financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classification and evaluation 

of balance sheet accounts and their related income and expense accounts. (Fall, 

Spring) 

ACCT 316. Governmental and Fund Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222 

A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund accounting 
as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institutions including schools 
and hospitals. Attention will be given to the pronouncements of the Governmental 
Accounting Standards Board. (Spring) 

ACCT 321. Managerial Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a 
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relationships, job- 
order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, cost behavior patterns, 
transfer pricing, and divisional performance measurement. (Fall) 

ACCT 322. Cost Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and MATH 215. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, including 
cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, standard, and direct 
cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more quantitative aspects of 
management are covered including decision-making under uncertainty, inventory 
control, cost behavior and regression analysis, the variance investigation decision, 
and mix and yield variances. (Spring) 

ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to stuo^y the problems concerned with consolidated financial 
statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, estates and trusts, 
foreign exchange, segment reporting. (Spring) 



121 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCT 417. Auditing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public accounting work 
including generally accepted auditing standards, professional code of ethics of the 
AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 

ACCT 418, 419. C.PA. Review Problems 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting practice, and 
business law as exemplified by th^official accounting pronouncements of the AICPA 
and FASB. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221 

An introductory course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal 
Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals. Primary emphasis is on 
Federal Income Taxes but Social Security Taxes will also be included. (Fall) 

ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 421 

A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal Internal 
Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partnerships, estates, trusts. 
An introduction to tax research will also be included. (Spring) 

ACCT 437. Auditing Applications 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 417 

An advanced course in auditing with emphasis on auditing in the EDP environment 

and the use of statistical techniques. A practice set will be required. 

ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3. hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222 

A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting systems, 

computer based systems and systems development will be covered. (Fall) 



ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an understanding 
of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the market system, the role 
of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of the foreign sector. This 
course does not apply on a major in accounting, management, or marketing. No 
credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours 

ECON 224 (Macroeconomics) deals with total employment, output and income, with 
inflation and recession, and with the variables that influence these conditions. ECON 
225 (Microeconomics) deals with scarcity and choice, individual goods and markets, 
and the price mechanism showing how it automatically directs the society's resources 
into the most desirable uses. 



122 



Business and Office Administration 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 126. Introduction to Business (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to provide a basic understanding of the American business system 
and free enterprise concepts. Business practices, business terminology and contem- 
porary business issues are covered. Students who have 18 or more hours of credit in 
business courses are ineligible to take this course for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and practices designed 
to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. Budgeting, consumerism, 
insurance, home ownership, and investments are included in the topics covered. 
(Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

Linear Programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, transportation 
problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. Game theory, 
inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program Evaluation and Review 
Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis on 
instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to working 
capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall, Summer) 

BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an analysis of 
business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional characteristics of the 
management process and current ethics. (Fall) 

BUAD 339. Business Law 3 hours 

A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including social 
control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform commercial 
code) and business organizations. (Spring) 

BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees 
with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high levels. Among 
topics covered are selection, training, compensation and financial incentives, work 
standards, techniques of supervision and leadership. (Spring) 

BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small 
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a new 
business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the management of 
the small business. (Fall) 



123 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 354. Principles of Risk Management 3 hours 

An introductory study in the field of risk management. Material covered includes 
risk identification and measurement, insurance contracts and risk control tools. 
Insurance categories covered include liability, property, health and life. The 
primary emphasis will be on business applications, but some consideration will be 
given to the personal risk. (Spring) 

BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and Social 

Environment of Business 3 hours 

A study of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and political 
environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and how 
individuals in leadership should relate to various social and ethical problems. (Fall) 

BUAD 414. Business Strategies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BUAD 334, 315; ACCT 222; BMKT 326 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision-making 
and problem-solving through the case method. Students learn to identify, analyze, 
propose alternative solutions and make satisfactory decisions about business 
problems. Attention will be given both to internal problems and the external 
competitive nature of business. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Fundamentals of Investments (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential investor of 
institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, readings, and cases. 
Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the security market, real estate, and 
fixed equipment investments, (Spring) 

BUAD 431. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organization and 
management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and controlling, 
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities. A review of licensing 
requirements, insurance, business law, human relations and public relations will also 
be included. (Summer) 

BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration. Their 
relationship to other health care facilities in the total health care system, and 
technically related medical relationships and services. A complete review of OBRA 
is also included. (Summer) 

BUAD 434. Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for manage- 
ment decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 



124 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and 

Marketing of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees with 
a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a high level. Selection, 
compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and leadership are the topics 
that will be covered. Marketing functions, problems, services, and competitive 
practices will also be covered. (Summer) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. Top men 
and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real estate, finance, 
retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten lectures will be required. 
This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring) 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be arranged. 
Approval must be secured from Department Chair prior to registration. 

BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours 

A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care facility 
will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. For a fee of $1 per clock hour, 
students may take additional on-the-job experience required for national examina- 
tions in some states. The internship will be limited to an area within 600 miles of 
Southern College, and if it is beyond that additional fees may be imposed to cover 
the cost. The number of on-site visits by college personnel will depend on the past 
experience between the college and the facility and on the qualifications of the 
preceptor involved. To maintain college control, two visits per internship will be 
normal. With good past experience and a highly qualified preceptor, one visit will be 
expected. Three visits may be needed if difficulties arise. The number of required 
visits is at the discretion of the college. A 50 percent tuition waiver applies to this 
class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 



MARKETING 

BMKT 326. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institutions, 
basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price policies, and 
competitive practices. (Fall) 

BMKT 327. Consumer Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An analysis of the consumer decision making process where behavioral science is 
combined with marketing theory to enable the marketer to understand and predict 
consumer behavior in the various stages of the buying decision. (Fall) 

BMKT 328. Sales Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An examination of the basic sales processes necessary to achieve organizational 
objectives and the professional techniques used in the management of the sales force 
ranging from planning-recruiting to day-to-day management. (Fall) 



125 



Business and Office Administration 



BMKT 423. Promotional Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An analysis of the communication function of marketing. Advertising, public rela- 
tions, sales promotions, and personal selling are examined to enable the student to 
design an appropriate and complete promotional strategy for the business organiza- 
tion. (Spring) 

BMKT 424. Marketing Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

A case study approach to the solving of major marketing problems of various 
organizations and the ability to formulate appropriate strategies in responding to the 
presented case problems. (Spring) 

BMKT 425. Marketing Research 3 hours 

A study of the role of research in marketing decision-making; research process, 
scientific methods; analysis and interpretation of research findings. (Spring) 

BMKT 428. Marketing Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

This course is to design a real work marketing plan. Starting with organizational 
objectives, research is designed and then implemented with a marketing recommen- 
dation report to the participating business organization. (Spring) 






OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

OFAD 105. Keyboarding (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to introduce students to touch typing and basic formatting 
techniques. Emphasis is on mastery of the keyboard, developing basic keyboarding 
skills and formatting basic documents, including personal letters, business letters, 
memos, envelopes, tables, reports, outlines, and centered material such as 
announcements. Speed objective: 25-40 wpm. Not open to challenge examination. 
(Fall) 

OFAD 115. Document Formatting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Placement test required. 

This course builds on the keyboarding competencies students have developed. 
Emphasis is placed on increasing speed, improving accuracy, developing formatting 
skills, and learning production skills. Not open to challenge examination. (Fall) 

OFAD 213. Information Resource Management 3 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of storage and control of records involving a study 
of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five methods of storage. An overview of 
automated file, using computer software. The criteria by which records are created, 
stored, used, and transferred are studied. (Fall) 



OFAD 214. Microcomputer Document Production (G-2) 3 hours 
Prerequisite: OFAD 115. 

The microcomputer is used to provide experience in producing documents found in 
typical business offices. The major focus of the course is productivity and excellence 
in document production. Emphasis is also placed on the mastery of word processing 
functions, composition skills, and application of communication skills. (Fall) 



126 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 216. Business English 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: ENGL 101. 

An intense study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spelling, and 

word usage as necessary for the fundamentals of business communication. (Fall) 

OFAD 218. Business Math Calculations (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 16 or above. 

The use of the electronic calculator to solve basic business arithmetic operations, 
such as percentages, interest, discounts, fractions, merchandising, payroll, deprecia- 
tion and use of credit. (Spring) 

OFAD 221. Office Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, OFAD 216. 

Pre- or corequisite: OFAD 214. 

Development of skill in producing mailable office documents, using machine 

dictation. Focuses upon the development of business grammar, punctuation and 

document styles used in office transcription, regardless of the input media or kind 

of keyboarding equipment used. (Spring) 

OFAD 223. Office Systems Technology 3 hours 

An introduction to office systems. Through lectures, films and field trips, the student 
will learn about people, procedures and technology for the modern office environ- 
ment. (Spring) 

OFAD 225. Professional Development (G-2) 2 hours 

A program designed to provide an awareness of the "people" skills essential for job 
success. Topics include developing a positive self-image, ethics, time management, 
human relations and communications skills, organizational dynamics, and 
professional development. (Spring) 

OFAD 228. Speedwriting Techniques (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 115, 216, 221, or permission of instructor. 
This course provides instruction in "SuperWrite," an abbreviated writing system, 
based on the letters of the alphabet; designed to provide a fast method of notetaking. 
Fundamental principles presented and applied, together with transcription emphasis 
and practice. (Fall) 

OFAD 230/430. Applied Office Practice 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: OFAD 317. 

Supervised on-campus work program in an administrative office of the college or 
related industries. Conferences scheduled with instructor during semester for 
guidance and evaluation. Arrangements to be made in advance with department 
instructor. Open only to senior Office Administration majors. (Spring) 

OFAD 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, 102. 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business 
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling and punctuation, and the writing 
of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of effective 
expression in business letter writing. (Fall, Spring) 



127 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: OFAD 214, BIOL 101, or consent of instructor. 

A study of medical terms — their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning and their 

application to medical secretarial work. (Fall) 

OFAD 317. Office Administration Procedures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 213, 214, 223. 

An integration of skills learned in previous office administration courses, together 
with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics and initiative 
used in the profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring) 

OFAD 333. Advanced Medical Terminology 

and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 223 and 316. 

Continued emphasis on medical vocabulary, with emphasis on specific areas of 
medicine. Skill and knowledge developed in the transcription techniques and 
procedures of medical dictation, (Spring) 

OFAD 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with CPTE 245/345, Computer Science and Technology 
Department. A student may receive credit for this course from only one department. 
An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials 
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation 
of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services 
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox 
Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring) 

OFAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Open only to majors in Office Administration, Research studies related to the field 
of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience and interest of the 
student. Length of project determines credit. This course may be repeated for credit. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Business 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business education, the 

psychology of skill development and measurement, and lesson development of specific 

classes. An investigation of instructional materials and resources for the business 

education classroom. Special areas of instruction will be presented for the 

endorsement clusters of Basic Business, Accounting, Data Processing and Office 

Technology. 






(G-2), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



128 






Chemistry 



Chair: Steven Warren 

Faculty: Wiley Austin, Sterling Sigsworth 

Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals, 
the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major 
in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in 
a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research, 
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry, 
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many 
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, patent 
research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a few. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for 
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional 
applications of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree 
is the preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or pre- 
paramedical fields and possibly for some of the business applications. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

In order to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, 
nationally standardized tests prepared by the American Chemical 
Society for each of the various classes will be administered at the end 
of those classes. 

M^jor (B.A.): Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 
313-314, 315, 321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be sub- 
stituted for CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate 
requirement. CPTR 131 is strongly recommended. If CHEM 485 is not 
taken, then a speech class must be taken. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
BJl. CHEMISTRY* 



YEARl 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 


MATH 121 


Trigonometry 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Biol/Phys/ 






Earth Science 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Electives or Minor 


3 2 
16 15 



YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-2, P Sci/Econ 


3 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/ 






Speech 


3 




Area G-l, Creat Skil 






OR 


2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 






Chemistry Electives 


3 




Electives or Minor 


6 
15 16 



129 



Chemistry 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 




CHEM 485 


Chemistry Seminar 


i 


CHEM 321 


Instrumental Analysis 




4 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR131 


F\ind of Progm I 


3 






Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Health Science 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Chemistry Elective 


2 




Area D-l, For Lang 


3 


3 




Electives or Minor 


9 12 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 










15 15 




Health Science 




3 










Electives 


16 


3 
16 









•NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the student 
enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then either years 2 and 3 or years 3 and 4 should 
be exchanged. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-66 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 
315, 321, 411, 412, 413, 414, 425, 485, and 497 are required. Cognate 
requirements are: PHYS 211-212, 213-214, MATH 181, 182 and 315, CPTR 
131. German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is 
designed for the professional chemist. Note that Physical Chemistry will be 
offered one year and Analytical and Instrumental Chemistries the following 
year. The student should plan accordingly. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
R.S. CHEMISTRY* 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


CPTR 131 


Funds of Prog I 


3 


ENGL 101102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 


MATH 121 


Trigonometry 


2 




Area C, History 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Health Sci 


3 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 311-312 
CHEM 313-314 
MATH 181 
MATH 182 



YEARS 

CHEM 315 
CHEM 321 
CHEM 425 
MATH 315 
PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 



Analytical Chemistry 
Instr Analysis 
Adv Organic Chem 
DifF Equations 
General Physics 
General Physics Lab 
Area B, Religion 
Area G-l, Creat/ 

or Rec Skills 
Chemistry Electives 



16 16 

Semester 
1st 2nd 
4 



3 



2 
_3 
16 



YEAR 4 

CHEM 411-412 
CHEM 413-414 
CHEM 485 
CHEM 497 



16 












Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 
Calculus I 
Calculus II 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-1, History 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 
Electives 



Physical Chemistry 
Physical Chem Lab 
Chemistry Seminar 
Intro to Research 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 

Economics 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Electives 



Semester 

1ft 2nd 

3 3 

1 1 

3 

4 
3 3 
3 



16 



3 

_1 
15 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 3 
1 1 
1 
2 



3 
12 



16 






130 



Chemistry 



•NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the student 
enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then years 3 and 4 should be exchanged, and 
General Physics must be taken during the first or second year or a summer before the junior year. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially require- 
ments of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Chemistry 
requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional 
education courses for licensure. See explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 158. 

CHEMISTRY 

CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry (E-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of two years of high school algebra or 
MATH 090. 

Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General 
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a major or minor 
in chemistry. Taught second semester only. (Spring) 

CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. 

A minimum Mathematics ACT score of 16 or a minimum grade of "C" in MATH 

080 are required. 

A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles of 

inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does not 

apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 111- 
112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major 
or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Intermediate 
Algebra. 

An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with applica- 
tions to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent. 
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic carbon 
compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, relative reactivities, 
reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these compounds. There are three 
hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 



131 



Chemistry 



CHEM 313-314* Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312. 
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemistry 
laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization, distillation, 
separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are discussed in CHEM 
311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 315* Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of determina- 
tions, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry involved is studied in 
terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory each week. This class is offered alternate years. (Fall, odd years) 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spectrometry, 

chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. Three lectures and one 

laboratory session per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, even 

years) 

CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

The compounds, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Also some of the techniques for 
studying these areas are considered. There are four hours of lecture each week and 
no lab. Up to two hours of credit can be counted toward a biology major. (Spring) 

CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315, 
or permission of instructor. 

Gases, kinetic theory, thermodynamics and reaction kinetics are studied with 
the main emphasis on thermodynamics. There are three hours of lecture each 
week. This is taught alternate years. (Pall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 315; CPTR 131 or 218, or permission of 
instructor. 

Areas to be studied include: Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the 
energy equation; boundary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers; 
separation-of-variables method for the hydrogen atom; electron spin and the Pauli 
requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of light 
atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and molecules, Hueckel and LCAO 
methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory. There are three 
hours of lecture per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411 and 412 must be taken concurrently 
or previously. 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 
period each week. This class is offered alternate school years. (Fall, even years; 
Spring, odd years) 

132 



Chemistry 



CHEM 425. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 312 

Compound types, reactions, and intermediates not considered in Organic Chemistry 
will be studied. Once a sufficient background has been established, an introduction 
to medicinal chemistry and synthesis of medicinal compounds will be studied. (Fall) 

CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. To be 

taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a group 
of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the regular class 
offerings. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Problems are 
assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. Prior to 
registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to contact all 
chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available problems. This should 
be taken no later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



(E-2), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



133 



Computer Science 
and Technology 



Chair: Bradley Hyde 

Faculty: John Durichek, Rick Halterman, Merritt MacLafferty 

Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Judy DeLay 



Computer Science deals with the design and programming of 
electronic digital computers. In today's society it is rare that the 
average person goes through a day without using a computer in some 
way. Computers are used in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TV's and 
even washing machines. On Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of 
computers display the current status. Almost everyone who writes now 
uses a word processor and even grade-school students are being taught 
by computers. 

With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of 
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained 
applicants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and 
knowledge of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a 
computer science program find jobs in industry, health care, financial 
institutions, education, and research. 

The student should choose his area of interest and select courses 
from computer science and other fields that will fit well with his 
intended career. Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems Pro- 
grammer, Systems Analyst, Team Leader, Data Base Administrator, 
Data Processing Manager, Software Engineer, Applications Engineer, 
Training Specialist, and Technical Writer. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been 
authorized for their use. 

2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for 
which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Service 
Department. 

3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of 
other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient 
means of utilizing the computer. 



134 



Computer Science and Technology 



5. 



Users of campus computers must not make or use unauthorized 
copies of copyrighted software. Shareware may be freely copied, but 
students who continue to use it should register and pay the 
specified fee. Violation of copyright is a serious crime and penalties 
can be severe. 

Planting "virus" programs or otherwise misusing campus computers 
in a way that might destroy the work others are doing is thought- 
less vandalism and will be dealt with as any other destructive 
activity on campus. 



PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Migor (BA.): Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 
280, 317, 318, 319, (324 or 325), 485, and three hours of upper division 
computer electives. Cognates required: MATH 120, 215; BUAD 334; 
SPCH 135. Only 3 hours of CPTR 105, 106, 107, 116, and 117 now 
apply to a major in Computer Science. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the 
remaining nine elective hours, three must be upper division. 

The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is 
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in 
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also 
appropriate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEARl 

CPTR 131-132 
CPTR 219 
ENGL 101-102 
MATH 120 
MATH 090 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Fund of Prog I, II 
Sym Assembler Lang 
College Composition 
College Algebra 
Int Algebra 
OR 


3 
3 

3 


3 
3 
3 
3 


Elective 






Area C-l, History 
Area B, Religion 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 
Health Sci 


3 
3 


3 



15 15 



YEAR 2 

CPTR 217 
CPTR 280 
CPTR 317 
MATH 215 



COBOL Prog Lang 

Discrete Structures 

Intro to Fil Proc 

Statistics 

Area B, Religion 

Area D-l, For Lang 

Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Area F, Nat Science 
Area Q-3, Rec Skills 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
3 



15 



1 
_3 
15 



135 



Computer Science and Technology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


! 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 




CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 




3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 








Area C-l, History 


3 




OR 




2 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 








Comp Sci Elective 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Minor or Electives 


7 6 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 










16 16 




Economics 


3 












AreaG-1, Creat Skis 














OR 


1 


1 










Area G-3, Rec Skills 














Minor or Electives 


6 
16 


7 
16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 
280, 317, 318, 319, 324 or 325, 485, and thirteen hours of computer 
electives, four of which must be upper division. Cognates required: 
MATH 120, 215; BUAD 334; SPCH 135. Only three hours of CPTR 
105, 106, 107, 116, and 117 may apply to a major in computer science. 

Those electing a B.S. in computer science may desire to work in a 
specific area of application of computer science, e.g., business, 
psychology, mathematics, or physics. Such students should include 
appropriate classes in these areas. 

Students planning to do graduate work in computer science should 
definitely take the B.S. degree and include calculus and differential 
equations. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 


3 


CPTR 280 


Discrete Structures 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Lang 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


MATH 090 


Intermediate Algebra 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 




OR 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




MATH Elective 






Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Area C-l, Histoiy 


3 




Health Science 


2 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Health Science 


3 
15 15 






15 15 



136 









Computer Science and Technology 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 3 




CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 


CPTR 324 


SyBtoms Analysis 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




OR 


2 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 






Area C-l, History 


3 




Area 8, Religion 


3 




Elective, Comp Sci 


3 3 




Area C-2, Pbl Sci/ 






Electives 


7 9 




Economics 3 








16 16 




Area 0-1, For Lang 3 


3 










Area 0-1, Creative 












OR 1 


1 










Area G-3, Rec Skills 












Elective, Comp Sci 3 

Electives 3 

16 


4 

3 

16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Mfgor in Computer Information Systems: the B.B.A. Core require- 
mentst plus CPTR 106, 116, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 
485; Cognates: MATH 120, 181, 215; SPCH 135; a psychology course. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.BJ*. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



YEAR 1 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 




CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


CPTR 116 


Spreadsheet Applioa 




2 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 




CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 




3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area G-l/G-3, Skills 


1 


1 






16 


16 


YEARS 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Mang Aoct I 


3 




BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Mthda-Bus Dec 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Syst 


ems 


3 



CPTR 324 
CPTR 325 
MATH 215 



Systems Analysis 

Systems Design 

Statistics 

Area B, Religion 

Area D-2, Literature 

Area F-2, Family Sci 

OR 
Area F-3, Health Sci 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 
BUAD 128 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
ECON 224,225 
MATH 120 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 358 

BUAD 339 
CPTR 326 
CPTR 485 
MATH 181 
OFAD 315 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Prin of Accounting 3 3 
Personal Finance 3 

COBOL Programming 3 
Intro to File Process 3 

Prin of Economics 3 3 

College Algebra 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-3, Fine Arts 3 

Area G-3, Rec Skills _ t 
15 16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Legal-Ethical Env 

of Business 3 

Business Law 3 

Systems Management 2 
Computer Sci Seminar 1 

Calculus I 3 

Business Communicat 3 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area E, Science 3 

Area F, Psychology 
Electives 



_2 
16 



3 
3 
3 

J* 

16 



16 15 



fCore requirements BUAD 315 and BMKT 326 are not required for the Computer Information Systems major. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 






137 



Computer Science and Technology 



Associate of Science Degree — Architectural Studies: Twenty- 
five semester hours including ART 104, 110; CPTE 147, 245, 249; 
CPTR 105, 106, 107; TECH 101, 145, 151. Cognates: BIOL 126; HIST 
174, 175; MATH 120; PHYS 137; PSYC 224; SPCH 135; ERSC 105 or 
GEOG 204. 

The A.S. Degree in Architectural Studies can lead to advanced 
degrees or employment in the construction industry, the arts, business, 
and other fields. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 












First Year 




1st Semester 
ART 104 
CPTR 105 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 107 
ENGL 101 
MATH 120 
TECH 101 
TECH 151 


Hours 

Beginning Drawing 2 
Into to Word Proc 1 
Into to Spreadsheets 1 
Intro to Data Base 1 
College Composition 3 
College Algebra 3 
Tech Awareness 2 
Architectural Drafting 3 
16 


2nd Semester 
ART 110 
BMKT 326 
CPTE 251 
ENGL 102 


Hours 

Design II 3 
Intro to Marketing 3 
CAD Architecture 3 
English Composition 3 
Religion 3 
Skills/Rec Health 1 
16 






; 


Second Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 

BUAD 344 
CPTE 147 
SPCH 136 


Hours 


BUAD 334 
CPTE 245 
ECON213 
PHYS 137 
TECH 145 


Prin of Management 
Computer- Aided Pub 
Survey of Economics 
Intro to Physics 
Intro to Graphic Arts 
Religion 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
18 


Human Resource Mgmt 3 
Intro to Arch & Inter 3 
Personal Communications 
History 3 
Behavior/Famtly Sci 3 
15 



Associate of Science Degree — Computer Applications: Thirty- 
six semester hours including TECH 101, 145, 149, 183; CPTE 245, 249, 
376; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 116, 117, 120, 131, 219. Cognates: MATH 
120; PHYS 137; SPCH 135. 

The A.S. Degree in Computer Applications provides learning 
experiences in computer-aided drafting, computer numerically- 
controlled machines, robotics and automation, desktop publishing and 
other related computer applications. 












138 



Computer Science and Technology 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A. S. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 



First Year 



1st Semester 



Hours 



2nd Semester 



Hours 



CPTR 105 
CPTR 120 
ENGL 101 
MATH 120 

TECH 149 


Intro to Word Process 1 
Intro to Comp- Based Sys3 
College Composition 3 
College Algebra 3 

(required cognate) 
Mechanical Drawing 2 
Recreation Skills 1 


CPTE 249 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 116 
ENGL 102 
TECH 101 
TECH 183 


Comput-Aided Drafting 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet App 
College Composition 
Technology Awareness 
Basic Electronics 
Behavior/Fam Sci 


3 
1 
2 
3 
2 
3 
_3 




Religion 


3 
16 






IV 






Second Year 






1st Semester 
CPTE 245 
CPTR 107 


Hours 

Comput-Aided Publish 3 
Intro to Database 1 


2nd Semester 

CPTR 219 
TECH 376 


Hours 

Symbol Assembly Lang 3 
Automat ion/R obot ics 


CPTR 117 
CPTR 131 
SPCH 135 


Database Programming 
Fund of Programming 
Intro to Public Spkg 


2 
3 
3 


PHYS 137 


(CIM) 
Intro to Physics 
(Required Cognate) 


4 
3 


TECH 145 


Intro to Graphic Arts 


3 
15 




History 

Religion 


3 

3 

16 



Associate of Science Degree — Computer Science: Twenty-four 
hours in computer science consisting of: CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319. Cognates required: ACCT 221-222, 321; BUAD 334; SPCH 
135. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEAR 1 

ACCT 221-222 
CPTR 131 
CPTR 132 
CPTR 219 
ENGL 101 
MATH 090 



MATH 120 



Prin of Accounting 
Fund of Prog I 
Fund of Prog II 
Symbolic Assemb Lang 
College Composition 
Intermediate Algebra 

OR 
MATH Elective 
College Algebra 
Area B, Religion 
Area Q-3, Rec Skill 
Electivea 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 3 
3 



15 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 321 
BUAD 334 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
CPTR 318 
CPTR 319 
SPCH 135 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Managerial Accounting 3 



Prin of Mgmt 
COBOL Prog Lang 
Intro to Fil Proc 
Data Structures 
Data Base Mgmt Sys 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/ 

Economics 
Area E, Nat Sci 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Sci 



15 



-2 
17 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



139 



Computer Science and Technology 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CPTR 104. Introduction to PC-DOS Usage (G-2) 1 hours 

This class is limited to students with no computer background or permission of the 
instructor. It is designed to introduce the student to the functions and features of 
the PC-DOS as a preparation for other computer application courses. Some general 
information about the hardware will be presented so that students may feel less 
intimidated about adding a new board to the computer or hooking up a new mouse. 
Students will learn how to format disks, manipulate files, and use many PC-DOS 
utilities. Does not apply toward a major or minor in computer science, nor does it 
satisfy the cognate requirements of other majors. 

CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 

Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating form letters, ! 

and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MATH 090 or 103 or Math ACT of 22. 

A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly used 

functions will be described with simple lab problems. 

CPTR 107, Introduction to Data Base (G-2) 1 hour 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information retrieval, 
report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. (Spring) 

CPTR 116. Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial planning 

and management. (Spring) 

CPTR 117. Database Applications 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 107 

The use of database software including writing programs in the database language. 

CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2)3 hours 
An overview of computer information systems. This survey course introduces 
computer hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human resources and 
explores their integration and application in business and other segments of society. 
The fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher-level 
programming language are discussed and applied. This course does not apply on a 
major in Computer Science. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 090, or MATH ACT of 22, or permission of instructor. 
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, 
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a 
structured language. (Fall) 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

An introduction to software technology including elementary data structures for the 

development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring) 

140 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems using 

the COBOL Language. (Fall) 

CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing tech- 
niques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organization, symbolic 
coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and linkage. Systems and 
utility programs and programming techniques. Several computer projects to 
illustrate basic machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring) 

CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120. 

Recommended: Familiarity with a programming language. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 

computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 

combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques, 

and finite state automata. (Fall) 

CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random access files 
and processing techniques. Development of programs and systems of programs for 
batch and interactive environments. (Spring) 

CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132 and MATH 120. 

Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217. 
Recommended: CPTR 317. 

Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, implemen- 
tation, and management issues. (Spring) 

CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of both 
classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, process 
flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system requirements. 
Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the development of computer 
based information systems. 

CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and evaluation. 
Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, module coupling, and 
module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's complexity. 



141 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

This course presents management principles unique to the data processing environ- 
ment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software version control, 
and user services. 

CPTR 365. Operating Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets, data 

representation, task management and scheduling, secondary storage concepts, 

multi-processor systems, microprogramming, and array procedures. (Fall, odd \ 

years) 

CPTR 366. Microcomputer Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

A class with a large lab component. The student will assemble on a plug-board a 
complete working microcomputer. The class will cover the information necessary j 
to design a microprocessor based computer with static or dynamic memory, ROM, j 
interrupts, DMA, and various types of I/O. Reading manufacturers specifications 
and working within the timing parameters is an important part of the course. 
(Spring, even years — enrollment limited to 10 due to lab equipment.) 

CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219. 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and their 
run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a variety of 
languages. (Spring) 

CPTR 425. Computer Graphics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132; MATH 120 and 121. 
Recommended: MATH 181. 

This course teaches the principles of generating graphical images on a computer 
with an emphasis on the underlying mathematical theory and its programming 
implementations. Topics include graphics primitives (points, lines, polygons, circles, 
ellipses), windowing techniques, clipping, 2-D and 3-D transformations, projections, 
3-D viewing techniques, cubic interpolating and approximating curves (Bezier, B- 
spline, Catmull-Rom curves), bicubic 3-D surface patches, light and color, fractal 
curves and surfaces, hidden line and surface removal, depth sorting techniques, 
reflections, shading, surface mapping, ray tracing, animation techniques. (Fall, even 
years) 

CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. 
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current computer 
science literature. Resume writing, interviewing, application to graduate school, 
GRE testing, witnessing on the job and at graduate school are also discussed. 
(Spring) 

142 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. May 

be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer science 

students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 

CPTE 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

See TECH 101 for course description. 

CPTE 147. Introduction to Architecture and Interiors 3 hours 

An examination of the scope and interrelationships of the professions of architec- 
ture and architectural interiors. The role of the designer in society is discussed with 
consideration of the opportunities for pursuing a rewarding career. Students are 
introduced to components of the faculty, each describing his or her teaching area. 
Information sources in architecture are outlined and methods of collecting, 
structuring and presenting data and ideas are included. Field trips are made to 
professional offices, manufacturers, and significant buildings and interiors. Open 
to all students. 

CPTE 251. Computer-Aided Design in Architecture 3 hours 

Through tutorials, exercises, and projects the student gains working knowledge of 
the drafting and design capabilities of computer-aided design. Introduction to three- 
dimensional programs using DataCAD and other architectural programs. 

CPTE 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials 
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation 
of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services 
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox 
Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTE 249/349. Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid in 
drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and 
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods of laboratory each week. 
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

CPTE 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent. 

Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing including 
terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system integration, 
flexible manufacturing and robotic applications. 

(G-2) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

143 



Education 
and Psychology 



Chair; George Babcock 

Faculty: Fern Babcock, Diane Cooper, Robert Egbert, Jon 

Green, Carole Haynes, Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, 

Carl Swafford, Ruth Williams-Morris 

Adjunct Faculty: John Baker, Ben Bandiola, LaVona Gillham, Kay 
Kuzma, Rita Roark, All K-12 staff serving as Cooperating | 
Teachers 

1993/94 Teacher Education Advisory Council: 

George Babcock, Chair; John Baker, Vern Biloff, Hamlet 
Canosa, Jim Epperson, Conrad Gill, Jon Green, Carole Haynes, 
Nathaniel Higgs, Gordon Klocko, Gerald Kovalski, Norwida 
Marshall, Barry Mahorney, Oster H. Paul, Helen Sauls, 
Jeanette Stepanske, Don L. Weatherall, Ruth Williams-Morris 

1993/94 Teacher Education Council: 

George Babcock, Chair; Marcia Brashears, Kristine Clark, Joyce 
Cotham, Ron du Preez, David Ekkens, Phil Garver, LaVona 
Gillham, Jon Green, Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Carole 
Haynes, Terry Loeffler, Philip Mitchell, Bob Moore, Debbie 
Perdue, Dennis Pettibone, Mary Jayne Ries, Marvin Robertson, 
Kermise Rowe, Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Carl Swafford, 
William Wohlers 

DEGREES OFFERED 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology has been a stand-alone major at Southern College for 
more than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields 
as marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling, 
school psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial 
and experimental psychology — as well as business, law, dentistry, and 
medicine. Statistical and simulation computer software have enhanced 
student research practice and training — with Apples, Model 4's, IBM's 
and compatibles, and campus terminals. 

At Southern College — and elsewhere — the Psychology major is 
considered preprofessional. It is an undergraduate major in psychology 
which will serve as preparation for later study at the master's and 
doctoral degree levels. In order to improve one's chances for admission 









144 



Education and Psychology 



to graduate programs, a student will want to (a) achieve well in 
psychology and general education courses, (b) take as many psychology 
electives as possible, along with statistics and computer science, (c) 
obtain a competitive score on graduate admission tests (usually the 
GRE) taken during the fall of the senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or 
more specific schools for graduate study. 



Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 357, 377, 415, 
434, and 485. Cognate requirements are SPCH 135; MATH 215 (with 
C- grade or above); and three hours each in biology and computer 
science. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including PSYC 124, 128. Six hours 
upper division are required for the minor in psychology. 



of 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA PSYCHOLOGY 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


PSYC 124 
PSYC 128 


Intro to Psychology 
Developmental Psych 


3' 


3 


PSYC 
BIOL 103 


Electives 

AreaE-1, PrinofBio 
Area D-l, For Lang 
Area B-l, Bible Stud 
Religion Elective 
Elective in Minor 


3 4 

3 

3 3 

3 

3 

3 


ENGL 101-102 
RELB 125 
MATH 103 
HIST 174 


College Composition 
Life & Teachings 
Survey of Math 
World Civilization 


3 
3 
3 


3 


RELB 
RELT 




OR 
Amer Hist & Insti 


3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Sci or Area-E 


3 


HIST 154 




SPCH 135 


Area D, Intro to 




PEAC 


Area G-3, Elective 


1 






Public Speaking 


3 
15 16 




Elective in Minor 




3 






CPTR105 


Intro to Word Process 




1 








CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 




1 








CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base 




1 








HIST 175 


World Civilization 
OR 




3 








HIST 155 


Amer Hist & Institu 


16 


15 








YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


PSYC 


UD Elective 


2 




PSYC 377 


Fund of Counseling 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psych 


3 




PSYC 434 


Research Design & Prac 3 


PSYC 357 


Psych Testing 




3 


PSYC 495 


Directed Study 


1 


PSYC 415 


Hist &8ys of Psych 




3 




Elective in Minor 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics (Cognate) 




3 




UD Elective in Minor 


6 




UD Electives 




6 


RELT 


UD Religion Elective 


3 




Electives in Minor 


3 






Electives 


6 




Areas O-l or O-S 








UD Electives 


4 




Electives 


2 




PSYC 485 


Psychology Practicum 


1 1 




Area C-2, PLSC/ECON 3 








16 15 




Electives 


3 

16 


15 









145 



Education and Psychology 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 
Leading to Licensure K-8 

While this degree program is open to anyone, it is required for all 
those who desire to teach Kindergarten and/or lower elementary 
grades. 

Major (B.A.): Thirty-two hours including PSYC 124, 128, 217, 230, 
233, 240, 315, 336, 356, 377, 421, 434, and 485. 



PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 217 Educational Psychology 2 

PSYC 230 Principles and Applications of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3 

PSYC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 3 

PSYC 336 Language Acquisition and Development 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling 3 

PSYC 421 Behavioral Management 2 

PSYC 434 Research Design and Practices 3 

PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum _2 

TOTAL 32 



The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major, to 
fulfill teacher licensure requirements. These courses also fulfill general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 215; Math Elective 100 or higher . 12 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB, 3 UD hours; RELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175, 356; GEOG 204 12 

AREA D Foreign language if less than 2 units earned in high school 0-6 

ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; LIBR 325; English Lit 

selected from ENGL 214, 215, 216 13 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F HLED 173, 203 4 

AREA G 3 hours PEAC; PETH 463 5 

EDUC 135, 250, 332, 426, 427, 443, 453, 454, 

455, 456, 457, 462, 465, 466 34 



146 



Education and Psychology 





Typical Sequence 


of Courses for 








B.A. 


PSYCHOLOGY 










Leading to Licensure K-8 








YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 3 




HIST 154 


American Hist & Inst 


3 




PEAC 






PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 




PSYC124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




PSYC 233 


Human Sexuality 




3 


RELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 3 




RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 






Area D-l, Foreign Lang 3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 


3 


ART 230 


Intro to Art Exper 




2 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 




HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 




2 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Piych 


3 


HIST 175 


World Civilizations 




3 




16 


16 


PSYC 230 


Prin & Appl Cog Dev 




2 








PSYC 240 


Tchg Except Ch & Yth 


2 
15 


15 



YEARS Semester YEAR 4 Semester 

1st 2nd 1st 2nd 

GEOG204 World Geography 3 EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2 

LIBR 325 Library Mat Children 3 EDUC 427 Current Issues in Ed 2 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 EDUC 453 Math Methods 2 

PSYC 336 Lang Aoq/Develop 2 EDUC 457 Social Studies Meth 2 

PSYC 356 Tests & Measurements 2 EDUC 463 Small Schools Sem 1 

RELB Elective 3 PETH 463 PE in Elem School 2 

HIST 356 Natives & Strangers 3 PSYC 421 Behavior Management 2 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 PSYC 434 Research Design/Prac 3 

PEAC PE Activity Elective 1 RELB UD Elective 3 

PSYC 217 Educational PBych 2 EDUC 426 Kindergarten Methods 3 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counsel 3 EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 2 

PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum 1 EDUC 454 Science & Health Meth 2 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology _ J» EDUC 455 Bible Methods 2 

16 15 EDUC 456 Lang Arts Methods 2 

EDUC 462 Organization & Ldrshp 1 

PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum J[ 

16 16 

YEARS 

EDUC 466 Enhanced Student Tchg 8 

B.S. IN SOCIAL SCIENCE 
Leading to Licensure 1-8 
(With Language Arts Emphasis) 

This degree program is required for those who desire to teach the 
middle and upper elementary grades. However, the program is open to 
anyone. 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including ENGL 214, 218, 313 or 
314, 315, Elective in Literature; HIST 154, 356; LIBR 325; PSYC 124, 
128, 230, 240, 336, 356, 421, and 462. 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature 3 

ENGL 218 Grammar and Usage 3 

ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 3 

ENGL Literature Elective (upper division) 3 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

OR 3 



147 



Education and Psychology 



ENGL 314 Creative Writing 3 

HIST 154 American History and Institutions 3 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers 3 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 230 Principles and Application of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 

PSYC 336 Language Acquisition and Development 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 421 Behavior Management 2 

PSYC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 

TOTAL 41 



The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major, to 
fulfill teacher licensure requirements. These courses also fulfill general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103, 215 12 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB, 3 UD hours; RELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175; GEOG 204 9 

AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 136 7 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F SOCI 233; HLED 173, 203 7 

AREA G 3 hours PEAC; PETH 463 5 

EDUC 135, 217, 250, 332, 427, 443, 453, 454, 

455, 456, 457, 463, 467 32 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. IN SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Leading to Licensure 1-8 
(Language Arts Emphasis) 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






lilt 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


EDUC 217 


Educational Psychology 


2 


BIOL 103 
EDUC 135 


Prin of Biology 
Intro to Education 


3 

3 




ENGL 214 
ERSC 105 


Survey of American Lit 
Earth Science 


3 

3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




HIST 154 


American History 


3 


RELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 


3 




RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


ART 230 


Intro to Art Exper 




2 




General Ed Elective 


2 


HIST 175 


World Civilizations 




3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 




2 


GEOG 204 


World Geography 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 




3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Commun 


3 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 






15 


16 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 










SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 


3 












16 15 




















148 



Education and Psychology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAH 4 


Semester 


ENOL 218 


Grammar and Usage 


1st 2nd 

2 


EDUC 332 


Teaching of Reading 


1st 2nd 
2 


LIBR 325 


Library Mat for Child 


3 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




EDUC 453 


Mathematics Methods 


2 




MUED231 


Mueic and Movement 


2 




EDUC 456 


Lang Arts Methods 


2 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 




PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




PSYC 230 


Prin & Appl Cog Dev 


2 




PSYC 421 


Behavior Management 


2 




PSYC336 


Lang Acq & Develpmnt 


2 




RELB 


UD Elective 


3 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 




2 


EDUC 443 


Classroom Competencies 


2 


ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 




2 


EDUC 454 


Scienoe & Health 




2 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 






EDUC 455 


Bible Methods 




2 




OR 




3 


EDUC 456 


Social Studies Methods 




2 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 






EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 




1 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 




1 


ENGL 


Literature Elective 




3 


PSYC 240 


Tchg Except Child & Youth 


2 


HIST 356 


Natives & Strangers 




3 


PSYC 356 


Tests & Measurements 




2 


PSYC 462 


Organization & Ldrship 




1 


RELB 


Elective 


15 


3 
15 


YEARS 

EDUC 467 


Enhanced Student Tchc 


15 

8 


16 



BA IN SOCIAL AND 
NATURAL SCIENCE STUDIES 
Leading to Licensure 1-8 

This degree program is required for those who desire to teach the 

middle and upper elementary grades and who desire a Science/Math 

emphasis. However, the program is open to anyone. 

Major (B A.): Thirty-four hours including BIOL 103, 104; BIOL 424 

or PHYS 137; CHEM 111; ERSC 105; HIST 356; LIBR 325; MATH 

475; PHYS 137, 155; PSYC 230, 240, 356, and 421. 

BIOL 103 Principles of Biology with Lab (BIOL 104) 4 

BIOL 424 Issues of Natural Science and Religion or PHYS 317 

Issues in Physical Science and Religion 3 

CHEM 111 Survey of Chemistry 3 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers (W) 3 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 

MATH 475 Mathematics in the Sciences (W) 1 

PHYS 137 Introduction to Physics 3 

PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy 3 

PSYC 230 Principles and Applications of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 240 Exceptional Children and Youth 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 421 Behavior Management _2 

TOTAL 34 

Required Cognate Courses: 

MATH 103 Survey of Mathematics 3 

MATH 103 College Algebra 3 

MATH 121 Trigonometry 2 

MATH 215 Statistics _3 

TOTAL 11 



149 



Education and Psychology 



The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major and 
cognate courses to fulfill teacher licensure requirements and general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102 6 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB 3 UD hours; RELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 174, or 175 (if World History not taken in high school); 

GEOG 204 6 or 9 

AREA D Foreign lang. if less than 2 units earned in high school . or 6 
AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135 or 136; 

ENGL 214 or 215 or 216 10 

AREA E Included in the major 

AREA F HLED 173, 203; PSYC 128 7 

AREA G CPTR 120; 3 hours of PEAC courses 6 

EDUC 135, 217, 250, 299, 325, 332, 364, 427, 443, 453, 454, 

455, 456, 457, 462, 465, 467, and PETH 463 42 

TOTAL 132-141 

Typical Sequence of Courses 
B.A. IN SOCIAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE STUDIES 

Leading to Licensure 1-8 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




Ifl 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 






Foreign Language 


3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 




BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 


3 




GEOG 204 


World Geography 


3 




BIOL 104 


Prin of Biology Lab 


1 




CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 




EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




MUED 231 


Music & Movement 


2 




MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 




PHYS155 


Descriptive Astronomy 




3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




3 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 




3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 




2 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


MATH 121 


Trigonometry 




2 


PEAC 


PE Activity 




1 


ART 230 


Intro to Art Exp 




2 






16 


16 


PSYC 128 


Develop Psychology 




3 










PSYC 240 


Exceptional Child/Youth 


2 










EDUC 209 


Outdoor Ministries 




2 














16 


16 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


HIST 356 


Natives & Strangers 


3 




BIOL 424 


Issues in Nat Sci/Rel 


3 




LIBR 325 


Lib Materials for Child 


3 




EDUC 332 


Teaching of Reading 


2 




EDUC 325 


Philos Christian Ed 


2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 




EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Ed 


2 




EDUC 453 


Math Methods 


2 




CPTR 120 


Intro Comp Based Sys 


3 




EDUC 456 


Language Arts Meth 


2 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




ENGL* 


Literature Elective 




3 


PSYC 421 


Behavior Management 


2 




PSYC 230 


Prin & App of Cog Dev 




2 


PEAC 


PE Activity Class 


1 




RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


EDUC 443 


Classroom Competencies 


2 


PHYS137 


Intro to Physics 




3 


EDUC 454 


Science & Health Meth 




2 


PSYC 356 


Tests & Measurements 




2 


EDUC 455 


Bible Methods 




2 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 




2 


EDUC 457 


Social Studies Meth 




2 


PEAC 


PE Activity 




_1 


EDUC 462 


Organis & Leadership 




1 






16 


16 


EDUC 463 
EDUC 364 


Small Schools Seminar 
Environmental Ed 




1 
2 


YEARS 








MATH 475 


Math in the Sciences 




1 


EDUC 467 


Enhanced Student Tchg S 




RELB 


UD Elective 




3 














16 


16 



150 



Education and Psychology 



Note: If the student has not taken World History at the high school level, s/he would need to take 3 hours 
of World Civilizations. This requirement is in addition to the ooursee listed above. 

Note: HIST 154 American History and Institutions I must be taken during the 4th Summer Session 
following the freshman, sophomore, or Junior years. 

•The English Literature elective should be selected from ENGL 214, 215, or 216. 

**PHYS 317 or 318 Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (3 hours) may be taken in place of BIOL 424 
Issues in Natural Science and Religion (3 hours). BIOL 424 meets first semester and PHYS 341 7 meets second 
semester, alternating with PHYS 318. 

Education Minor: Eighteen hours including EDUC 135, 217, and 240, 
and six hours of upper division courses. This minor does not automatically 
lead to either elementary or secondary certification, both of which require 
a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses for 
licensure. See explanations beginning on page 158. 

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Southern College has approved teacher certification programs in 
three levels: 

K-8 

B.A. in Psychology Leading to Licensure 

B.S. in Social Science Leading to Licensure (Language Arts Emphasis) 
B.A. in Social and Natural Science Studies Leading to Licensure 

(Science and Math Emphasis) 
K-12 

Health/Physical Education 
Music Education 
7-12 

Bible Education 

Business Education with cluster endorsements in: 

Accounting 

Basic Business 

Data Processing 

Office Technology 
Biology Education 
Chemistry Education 
English Education 
History Education 
Mathematics Education 
Modern Languages 

French 

German 

Spanish 
Physics Education 



151 



Education and Psychology 



Philosophy and Objectives 

The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly 
authorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for 
public, church related, and other private elementary and secondary 
schools. 

The unit subscribes to the philosophy that man was created in the 
image of God but as a result of willful disobedience sin has marred his 
God-given attributes and divine likeness. This philosophy recognizes 
that the object of education is also the object of redemption — to restore 
in man the image of his maker and bring him back to the perfection in 
which he was created. Thus the work of redemption is also the work of 
education, involving the development of the whole person — physical, 
mental, spiritual, and social. 

The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon the 
basic assumption that there is a body of information, research, and 
practice that make up the knowledge base for the teaching profession 
and that acquisition of this knowledge is a significant part of the 
teacher's preparation. The unit further confirms the belief that a 
teacher should be a good example in health, intellect, and character. 
This program of teacher education is guided by the following statement 
of mission: 

Statement of Mission 

The mission of the Department of Education at Southern 
College of Seventh-day Adventists is to prepare, primarily for the 
Seventh-day Adventist school system, professional educators who 
can function effectively in a culturally pluralistic society and who 
are dedicated to assisting students in reaching their maximum 
potential in service to God and man. 



Objectives of the Teacher Education Program 

The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal 
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to 
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person, a facilitator of 
learning, a practitioner, and a professional. 

The Teacher As a Person 

To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher 
(which includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral values) by 
guidance and advisement through general education which results in: 






152 



Education and Psychology 






1. an understanding, appreciation, and enjoyment of man's 
creative activity in the humanities, social, and natural 
sciences; 

2. a development of personal values that recognize our plural- 
istic cultural heritage as well as individual worth and 
integrity and brotherhood of mankind under God; 

3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in 
reading, writing, speaking, and listening; 

4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance 
of health practices in home and family life. 

The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning 

To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the 
teacher candidate to master the skills in: 

5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with 
appropriate materials and instructional strategies; 

6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels; 

7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies; 

8. handling classroom management and reinforcement 
strategies; 

9. applying principles of human growth and development and 
theories of learning to classroom situations; 

10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing 
character development; 

11. recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum 
possible development of student abilities. 



I The Teacher As a Practitioner 

To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring 
the knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful 
I practitioners through: 

12. enhancement of positive attitude toward self, intellectual 
curiosity, and independent critical thinking; 

»13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new 
pedagogical practices and basic tools of learning; 

14. utilization of translatable research; 

15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences 
in public and private schools. 

The Teacher As a Professional 

To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the 
development of leadership skills while encouraging attitudes and 
I Experiences that foster professional growth by: 



153 



Education and Psychology 



16. participating actively in the campus student education 
association; 

17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and 
their journals and the nature of the articles reported in 
them; 

18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school 
reform and legislation; 

19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and 
community relationships; 

20. demonstrating a genuine interest and concern for the 
physical, mental, social, and spiritual development of the 
learner. 

Advisement 

The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher 
candidate with the total teacher education program, with major 
emphasis on its three components, namely, general education, profes- 
sional education, and specialty studies. This is accomplished by the 
academic advisor as s/he interacts with his/her advisees during advise- 
ment sessions. 

Requirements 
I. ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the 
student into teacher education. There are three stages that students 
must go through to be fully vested in the teacher education program. 
A Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 

Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that 
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an 
educational program advisor by the Chair of the Department of 
Education and Psychology in cooperation with the advisement 
coordinator in the Records Office. The advisors assist in 
planning a student's academic program each year and guide 
their advisees through the stages of the teacher education 
program. Advisors and advisees should work closely to follow 
the professional sequence of courses. Students assume 
responsibility for making necessary applications, meeting 
the requirements, and other relevant deadlines. 

The first semester of the sophomore year but not later than 
the second semester of the sophomore year, the student should 
file a formal application for initial admission to the teacher 
education program. Application forms may be obtained from the 
department secretary in Summerour Hall. Transfer students 
wishing to enter the Teacher Education Program should file an 



154 



Education and Psychology 



application after the first year in residence. Upon application, 
a file is set up for each applicant containing relevant informa- 
tion to the student's candidacy. To be fully admitted, all the 
following criteria must be met: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 

2. Submit an autobiography in your own handwrit- 
ing containing anecdotal information on why you 
decided to pursue a career in teaching. 

3. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50. 

4. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum 
grade of C-. 

5. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness. 

6. Have successfully completed EDUC 135 with a 
minimum grade of C-. 

7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test 
(PPST) which is the entrance competency test 
required by the State of Tennessee. An enhanced 
ACT composite score of 22 or above will 
EXEMPT the student from the PPST. 

8. Have taken the 16 Personality Factor Test. 

9. Have obtained recommendations from the Vice 
President of Student Services and their academic 
adviser. 

Applicants meeting the above criteria are recommended by the 
Education faculty to the Teacher Education Council. The student will 
be informed in writing as to the status of the application for admission 
following the action of the Teacher Education Council. 

B. Candidacy and Retention in Teacher Education 

After the applicant has been admitted to the teacher education 
program, his/her progress will be reviewed by the Candidacy 
Committee, consisting of the Adviser, a departmental repre- 
sentative, and one elementary or secondary teacher. As a 
teacher candidate, the applicant will be given an opportunity to 
interact with the Candidacy Committee in a non-threatening 
atmosphere. During the interview the candidate can strengthen 
his/her commitment to teaching or express his/her concerns and 
questions about the teaching profession. 

Retention in the teacher education program is contingent on 
successful completion of courses attempted and maintenance of 
the academic standard required for initial admission to the 
program. Teacher candidates are expected to maintain consis- 



155 



Education and Psychology 



tent personal representation of the standards and objectives of 
Southern College and the teacher education program. 
C. Authorization to do Student Teaching 

After acceptance into the Teacher Education program and 
before the first semester of the senior year, the teacher 
candidate must file a formal application with the faculty of the 
Department of Education and Psychology for authorization to do 
student teaching. Application forms may be obtained from the 
department secretary in Summerour HalL A later application 
may delay the student teaching experience. Student teaching it 
regarded as the culminating experience of the Teacher 
Education Program. 
The following criteria are considered for each applicant: 

1. Completion of all professional education courses 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.50 
Major Studies GPA of 2.50 
Professional Education GPA of 2.50 

3. Evidence of good physical and mental health 

4. Adherence to standards and objectives of Southern College 
and the Teacher Education Council 

Teacher candidates who meet the above criteria are recommended 
by the Education and Psychology faculty to the Teacher Education 
Council. Candidates are informed in writing as to the status of their 
application following the action of the Teacher Education Council. 

II. APPEAL PROCEDURES 

Criteria and standards for admission to teacher education . 
are explicit, but allow for second chance attempts. Courses 
may be repeated to raise GPA or students may follow the 
Grievance Procedures found under Academic Policies (page 
68). Also, students who do not meet all the criteria required 
to do Student Teaching may appeal to the Appeals Commit- 
tee. The applicant who has to take this alternative route will 
be evaluated on the bases of eminence and outstanding 
strengths in several other criteria rather than minimal meet- 
ing of those criteria. The Appeals Committee makes recom- 
mendation to the Teacher Education Council who determines 
the final action. Any applicant who determines to follow this 
alternative policy must seek counsel from the Chair of the 
Department of Education and Psychology. 

Teacher Certification 

Certification is the process of granting legal authorization to teach 
in the public or private elementary or secondary schools of a state or 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church based on meeting predetermined! j 

156 



Education and Psychology 



|ualifications. Certification has been established to give professional 
status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards and parents 
that the teacher is well prepared. 

Who can obtain certification? 

Every student who successfully completes the requirements for 
teaching in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from 
Southern College will receive recommendation for certification based 
upon the following criteria: 

A. Successful completion of student teaching assignment 

B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements 

C. Recommendation of major departments 

D. Satisfactory score on the core battery and appropriate specialty 
area of the National Teacher Examination 

Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the 
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for 
denominational certification and to the specific state department of 
education where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding 
certification is available through the certification officer. Since teacher 
Certification regulations are always in the process of change, graduating 
teacher education candidates are urged to make their applications for 
♦ertification immediately. If the candidate does not make application 
within two years for denominational certification, or within three years 
for Tennessee State certification, s/he will have to take additional 
courses before certification can be issued. 

What certificates may be obtained? 

A. Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee) 

A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's 
Degree with a major in at least one subject teaching field and 
the completion of an approved teacher education program. 

B. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational) 

Required by the Department of Education of the North 
American Division of Seventh-day Adventists. This three-year 
denominational certificate is issued on the basis of completing 
the following courses in addition to the above requirements: 

KELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

KELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 



157 



Education and Psychology 



Requirements for Certification 

Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate 
teacher preparation curriculum. This consists of three components: 
general education, professional education, and major studies. 

A. General Education: 

This component represents that portion of the total teacher 
education program designed to foster the development of those 
competencies that are basic to all life's responsibilities and 
provide intellectual foundation in the liberal arts. Students 
pursuing a teacher education curriculum must work closely with 
their advisors for guidance in the selection of general education 
courses that are appropriate to their individual needs. Relevant 
courses are listed in this catalog under the seven main areas of 
the general education requirements, pages 52-56. 

B. Professional Education: 

Elementary: Elementary Education courses are included with 
the degree requirements listed on pages 145-150 of this catalog. 

Secondary: The following courses are required for secondary 
teaching certification. In order to be eligible for certification, 
students must have a minimum grade point average of 2.50 in 
the major, professional education, and cumulative. 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

C. Major Studies: 

Major studies requirements: Preparation for teaching in the 
elementary school requires a B.A. in Psychology leading to 
licensure K-8, B.S. in Social Science leading to licensure 1-8, or 
a B.A. in Social and Natural Science Studies leading to licensure 
1-8. See listing of course sequence on pages 145-150 of this 
bulletin. 

The following departments offer majors that can be combined 
with professional education courses resulting in licensure to 
teach: 



158 






Education and Psychology 



Biology Mathematics 

Business Modern Languages 

Chemistry (French, German, Spanish) 

Education & Psychology Music 

English Physics 

Health/Physical Education Religion 

History 

Students are to complete the degree requirements as specified 
by their chosen major plus the professional education courses 
as listed under B above. 

D. Miscellaneous Information Relative to Teacher Training: 

1. Because of time commitments during the student teaching 
experience, no additional courses may be taken. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the 
opportunity for student teachers to teach in off-campus 
student teaching centers. 

It is expected that any student entering student teaching 
will have completed all other courses. 

2. Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of 
one-fourth of the credit required for the certificate provided 
that no more than four semester hours in education are 
applied on the professional education requirement. If 
personal circumstances demand a correspondence course, a 
petition must be filed with the Department of Education and 
Psychology and its approval obtained before registering for 
the course. The course must be completed and the grade 
filed in the Records Office before student teaching is begun. 

3. A major is not always required for additional endorsements. 
A minor may be acceptable as a second field for SDA 
certification. 

4. Students should contact the Department of Education and 
Psychology for information on specific requirements in the 
area(s) of endorsement sought. 

1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATION 

Eighteen semester hours listed below are required. A minimum of 
12 semester hours from these courses must be completed after the 
date the applicant became eligible for the original certificate 
endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area in 
grades K-12. Grades must be C- or better. 



159 



Education and Psychology 



A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 445 Reading and Language Arts 3 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 459 Bible and Social Studies Methods 3 

B. Six semester hours to include two of the following three areas: 

ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the 

Elementary School 2 

C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional 
Children if not previously successfully completed. If Education 
of Exceptional Children or any of the above required courses in 
Section A or Section B have been previously completed, the re- 
maining semester hours must be taken from the following 
courses: 

a. Children's Literature c. Health 

b. Tennessee History d. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 

PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CERTIFICATION 

Ten semester hours of credit after the date the original certificate 
was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be in specialized 
professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and must include 
a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods. The credit 
for at least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may have been 
earned at any time prior to the application for adding the 
endorsement. Grades must be C- or better. 

1 . Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for 
endorsement in at least one teaching field (this will 
vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional 
education including: 

A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. 

3. Four semester hours of electives. 






160 



Education and Psychology 



3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION 
BY STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

Procedures for securing Southern College's recommendation for 
state certification of students from institutions located out of the 
state: 

1. Application is made to the Teacher Certification Officer 
through the Records Office accompanied by an official 
transcript and a recommendation from the applicant's 
school. 

2. Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher 
Certification Officer and approved by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. 

3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the 
applicant of any deficiencies. 

4. A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this 
service, to be refunded upon completion of courses at 
Southern College. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations of school 
systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular emphasis on the 
Seventh-day Adventist educational system. 

EDUC 135. Introduction to Education 3 hours 

Required of all students seeking elementary or secondary licensure. Designed to 
acquaint the student with the experiences, qualifications, and duties of the 
classroom teacher. Students will spend at least twenty hours during the semester 
observing and participating in local elementary or secondary classrooms. Class 
discussion will include: teaching as a profession, history of education, and 
philosophy and aims of Seventh-day Adventist and public education. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined to the 
practical application of this knowledge to teaching. Observation and analysis of 
appropriate child and adolescent behaviors are incorporated in the class activities. 

EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It 
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the 
identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom teacher and the 
consequent classroom implications. 

EDUC 250. Technology in Education (G-2) 2 hours 

An introduction to applications of technology which will assist in efficient 
management and effective learning within the school environment Experience will 
be gained in the development and use of audio- visual materials including computers 
and educational software. 



161 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 299. Outdoor Ministries 2 hours 

This course is designed to assist teachers and youth leaders in the development of 
relationships between children and nature for the purpose of enriching the spiritual 
life of children and youth. The student will learn to plan object lessons from nature, 
leadership in pathfindering, summer camp ministries and how to enliven Sabbath 
School programs with nature. A variety of laboratory skills will be required in area 
school and church programs. A knowledge of nature is suggested but not required. 

EDUC 325. Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 hours 

A study of the scriptural principles and philosophic base of Christian education as 
expounded by E. G. White and implemented by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elementary 
grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including phonics instruc- 
tion. The course involves approximately three hours of supervised practicum along 
with one hour of lecture each week. 

EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education. 
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and study/ 
reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems, assessment 
procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are stressed. Observation 
and assessment including diagnosis and prescriptive remediation of selected 
students required. 

EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of department chair. 
An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an overview 
of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. Principles of 
effective test construction and selection are studied, particularly as they apply to 
sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. In addition to theory, twenty (20) hours 
of clinical and field experiences are required. 

EDUC 364. Environmental Education 2 hours 

This course is designed to give "hands-on" learning in the use of the outdoor 
classroom. Recent trends in methods, materials, strategies, laboratory techniques, 
assessment, and professional guidelines for the elementary, junior, and senior high 
school curriculum will be covered. An extended weekend field experience will be 
required as a part of the class project There will be a charge for the trip. 

EDUC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Examines basic principles of discipline, reviews a variety of philosophical 
approaches to discipline, and identifies and role plays practical procedures for 
administrators and practitioners by which to attain and maintain acceptable 
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of 
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a 
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course requires 15 hours of clinical 
experiences and five (5) hours of relevant experiences. (Credit not permitted if 
PSYC 421 has been taken.) 



162 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is given to 
application of the principles of child development and learning to promote 
harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. Observation and 
participation required. 

EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American education today, 
with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. (Not open to students 
who already have credit for EDUC 425.) 

EDUC 432. Reading in Content 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the needs 
of each student in the content area. It will include modeling the process necessary 
for reading and learning concepts in a subject area and instructing students so they 
can become independent learners. The program elements with procedures will be 
applied in classroom settings. 

EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that influence 
change, the most important current practices, and critical curriculum issues facing 
educators today. It will provide general knowledge of current teaching methods, 
strategies of learning, and evaluation procedures, as set forth in the Tennessee 
Institutional Model. Ten hours of field-based experience in special education and 
multi-cultural education are required. 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Bible, Business (Office Administration), 

English, Health and Physical Education, History, Mathematics, Modern Languages 

(French, German, Spanish), Music, Science (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics). 

Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local professional 

meetings are considered part of this course. 

Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization of a file 

of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans in harmony with the 

Tennessee Instructional Model, and evaluation of textbooks. Ten hours of clinical 

and ten hours of field experiences in selected schools and attendance at selected 

local professional meetings are considered a part of the course. 

EDUC 443, Classroom Competencies 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least two 
upper division methods courses. 

This course is based upon current learning research and provides opportunities for 
designing curriculum and planning for instruction. This course must be taken in 
conjunction with other methods courses. 



163 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional aids with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the sequential skill 
development and to changes in the mathematical contents, technology and 
pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with emphasis 

on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are examined using basic 

principles of the scientific method. Observations, micro- teaching, and a field trip are 

required. 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. For 
students graduating under catalogs prior to 1991-92: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240. 
A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical educa- 
tion with emphasis on the Christ^centered curriculum and integration of faith and 
learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. Observation and 
micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. For 
students graduating under catalogs prior to 1991-92: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240. 
Curriculum organization, methods, materials, and instructional aids with emphasiB 
on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, grammar, 
literature, and composition are developed. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. For 
students graduating under catalogs prior to 1991-92: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240. 
A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials, and 
methods when integrating social studies, geography, and the worldwide mission 
of the church. Special attention will be given to multi -grade classrooms. 
Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 460. Practicum in Special Education 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Provides opportunity for the prospective teacher to develop appreciation for 
children who require special modalities for learning. Field experiences will permit 
interaction with students with various exceptionalities. A 50 percent tuition waiver 
applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 



164 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 461. Practicum in Multicultural Education 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course designed to develop a global perspective in the teacher. Opportunities will 
be given for interaction in an educational setting with students from varied cultural 
and minority groups. Adaptation of teaching methods and content to students' 
backgrounds will be prominent in the field experiences. A 50 percent tuition waiver 
applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

EDUC 462. Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Required by all teacher education candidates. Topics will include: Legal and Ethical 
Aspects, Financing, The Role of the School Board, and Governance and 
Administration in Schools. These topics will cover both public and Seventh-day 
Adventist perspectives. 

EDUC 463. Small Schools Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Required of all candidates seeking licensure K-8 or 1-8. Topics will include the 
specialized needs of the multi-grade teacher in administration, record keeping, 
curriculum management, and organization in small schools. 

EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other 
requirements. 

This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the "start up" 
dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80 clock hours of 
on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one week prior to the fall 
semester through the first week of school. In consultation with the director of 
practice teaching, students are required to arrange for their own placement and 
submit a course application to the Education department office by May 1. 

EDUC 466. Enhanced Student Teaching K-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other 
requirements. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed for part of 
the semester in a kindergarten setting. Cooperating teachers, determined by the 
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with Southern College faculty, 
who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other courses 
may be taken during student teaching. 

EDUC 467. Enhanced Student Teaching 1-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other 
requirements. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in a 
different classroom each nine-week period. Cooperating teachers, determined by the 
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who assume 
responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other classwork may be taken 
during student teaching. 



165 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 468. Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other 
requirements. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in a 
different classroom for each nine-week period. Cooperating teachers, determined by 
the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, 
and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who 
assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students may not be 
enrolled in any other classwork during this semester. 

EDUC 469. Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other 

requirements. 

(This course is for music and physical education majors only.) 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in an 

elementary (K-6) setting for a nine-week period and in a secondary (7-12) setting 

for a second nine-week period. Cooperating teachers, determined by the district and 

college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 

competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who assume 

responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students may not be enrolled in 

any other courses during this semester. 

EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on 
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather new 
facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for preservice 
students as an elective. 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue 

independent study in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. Special 
attention is given to provide an exposure to a wide variety of human behaviors, 
which may include but are not limited to: sensation, perception, learning, memory, 
thinking, development motivation and personality. Included in this course are 
twenty hours of active learning experience, which may include field experiences 
outside the classroom. 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on the 
emotional, social, physical, and psychological development of the individual. This 
course requires five hours of field experience. The choices of field experience 
facilities may be limited due to the number of students enrolled in the semester. 

166 



Education and Psychology 



PSYC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined to the 
practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 
217 has been taken.) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, social 
roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of consideration. Credit 
applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not for both. 

PSYC 230. Principles and Application 

of Cognitive Development 2 hours 

Prerequisites: PSYC 124, or EDUC 217, or permission of instructor. 
A study of the psychological process by which humans acquire knowledge. Percep- 
tion, reasoning, problem solving, and language skills will be analyzed. Emphasis will 
be placed on the applications of cognitive processes to the teaching/learning 
environments. The practical application of the knowledge learned from cognitive 
theories is applied to teaching and ten hours of clinical experience is required. 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. (Credit not permitted if SOCI 233 has been taken.) 

PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

A survey of exceptional children and youth. It includes a study of the wide range 
of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the identification of exceptional 
children and youth, and the educational and caretaking consequences. 

PSYC 315, Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good adjustment 

and mental health. Attention is paid to several continuing or recent controversial 

issues in the field of psychopathology . Included in this course are twenty hours of 

active learning experiences, ten of which may include field experiences outside the 

classroom. 

PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology. 

This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific attention 
is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, sensation, emotion, 
neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the structural and functional 
organization of the brain and nervous system. 

PSYC 336. Language Acquisition and Development 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the major theories of language acquisition, with emphasis on language 
development beginning at birth and extending through middle childhood. This 
course incorporates ten hours of active learning experiences, five hours of which 
require field experiences outside the classroom. 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

167 



Education and Psychology 



PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

See EDUC 356 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 356 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 357. Psychological Testing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 and MATH 215 or approval of Instructor. 
This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of testing, 
particularly as it relates to the practice of psychology. Specifically, the course 
examines the purpose of individual assessment of ability, aptitude, achievement, 
interest, and personality. Theory and basic concepts underlying the individually 
administered and group tests will be evaluated. Non-standardized tests and other 
techniques for psychological assessment will also be addressed. 

PSYC 367. Adolescent Psychology (F-l) 2 hours 

The determinants and implications of behavioral characteristics and developmental 
patterns during adolescence. Content will include the psychological and social 
dynamics underlying the attempted resolution of crises and tasks specific to 
adolescents in modern society. 

PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual counseling. 
The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. In addition to theory, 
twenty hours of clinical and field experiences are required. 

PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology 3 hours 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles and practices of 
experimentation in the field of psychology. Specifically, this course focuses on the 
true experiment. In addition, it will familiarize the student with the quasi experi- 
ment and the issues involved in the use of human and animal subjects in research. 

PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a consideration 

of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. 

PSYC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

See EDUC 421 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 421 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 432. Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 hours 

A study of human behavior in industries and organizations. Major theories, issues, 
research, and methods will be introduced. Emphasis is given to acquainting 
students with the possible applications of psychology to the fields of business and 
organizational management. 

PSYC 434. Research Design and Practice (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of various methods and procedures in research as applied to the fields of 
education and psychology. Emphasis will be placed on defining and delimiting a 
problem, writing hypothesis and planning for the analysis of data using appropriate 
statistical design. Computer-aided analyses of simulations and practice exercises will 
be used. 



168 



Education and Psychology 



PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group dynamics, 
psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology of women, sensation 
and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for credit with an appropriate 
change in topics. 

PSYC 479. Family Counseling 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 377. 

A study of the psychology of the family with an emphasis on individual 
characteristics and how to direct persons to make changes towards more effective 
interactions within their family. 

PSYC 485. Psychology Practicum 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. 

Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of psychology. At least forty 
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit 
Practicum arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registra- 
tion after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available 
from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated 
according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

PSYC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department. 

This course permits the student with adequate preparation to pursue independent 
study in special fields. The area of study will appear on the transcript. Directed 
study arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registration 
after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from 
the department May be repeated for credit. 



(F-l), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 






169 



Engineering Studies 



Chair: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: John Durichek, Heniy Kuhlman 



Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree 
in engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies 
program, students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of 
Engineering, with which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two 
years. Southern College awards an Associate of Science degree in 
Engineering Studies. Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, 
awards a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree with concentra- 
tions in civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering and a pre- 
professional Bachelor of Science degree in bioengineering. 

The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that 
is fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology — the only nationally recognized organization which 
accredits engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately 
250 students, many of whom are transfer students from affiliated 
Seventh-day Adventist colleges. 

The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering 
program essentially the same as if the first two years were taken there. 
Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to a 
non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies program 
is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of most colleges 
and universities. 



PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-three hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 
212; MATH 181, 182, 200, 218; PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 311-312. 
Required cognates: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131. 



170 



Engineering Studies 







il Sequence 


of Courses for 






Typic* 






A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES 




YEARl 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGR 211-212 


Engineering Mech 


3 3 


ENGR 149 


Mechanical Drawing 


2 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 


ENGR 150 


Computer-Aided Draft 3 


MATH 315 


DifT Equations*** 


3 


CHEM 151,152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physios 


3 3 


MATH 200 


Elem Linear Algebra 


2 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


MATH 181,182 


Calculus I, II* 


4 3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Appli 


2 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings** 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spking 


3 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


HIST 174 


Survey of Civ** 


3 




Area O, PE Activity 


1 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych** 


3 






16 16 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics** 


3 
16 18 



♦Engineering students are expected to have taken a year-long precalculus course (beyond Algebra II) in high 
■ohool. Those who haven't should take a college precalculus course at home during the summer. 

**With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be substituted 
for these courses. 
***Not required for the AS. degree. 

The suggested sequence of courses listed above is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most 
ftudents are advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the sequence 
completed in two years if some courses are taken during summer sessions. 

(See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements.) 

The total number of hours for the A.S. degree in engineering studies 
is sixty-four. The suggested sequence of courses given above meets all 
major and general education requirements. It closely parallels the first 
two years of engineering studies at Walla Walla College. 

Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering 
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog 
to the engineering adviser for guidance in selecting general education 
courses. 



ENGINEERING COURSES 

ENGR 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 

See TECH 149 for course description. 



2 hours 



ENGR 150. Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGR 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid 
in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and 
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods laboratory each week. 
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 



ENGR 151. Architectural Drafting 

See TECH 151 for course description. 



3 hours 



171 



Engineering Studies 



ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisites: MATH 182, PHYS 211, 213. 

Two and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; centroids 

and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall) 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
One and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector calculus; 
dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative motion; work and 
energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring) 

ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
Circuit variables and parameters; KirchofPs laws and circuit solution; sinusoidal 
steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics; Thevenin's 
theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete response. 
Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and AC meters, 
potentiometers, recorders, and bridges. (Currently not being offered) 









172 



English and Speech 



Chair: David C. Smith 

Faculty: Ann Clark, Don Dick, Jan Haluska, Pam Harris, John 

Keyes, Wilma McClarty, Helen Pyke, Lynn Sauls 
Adjunct Faculty: Rosemary Dibben, Bernice Gerhart, Bobbie Jane Van 

Dolson 

The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes 
that view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression 
through a Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid 
students in developing ease, confidence, and competence in the art of 
effective communication and in acquiring knowledge of the science of 
language; literature courses develop the ability to discern and 
appreciate the best literary works. 

Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements 
of the English Department (below) and the General Education program 
(pages 52-56). For English, intermediate foreign language is required. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

As part of a departmental assessment process, senior English majors 
complete a writing portfolio analysis, an oral exam, a self-analysis, and 
a written evaluation of departmental programs. Results provide infor- 
mation used to improve departmental programs; graduation eligibility 
is not affected. Majors are informed about the purpose and nature of 
these assessment activities when they enter the English program. 

PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE 
AND LITERATURE 

Major (B.A.): Thirty hours excluding Basic Writing and College 
Composition, but including ENGL 214, 215, 216, 218, 315, 445, and 313 
or 314; plus nine elective hours from ENGL 326, 335, 336, 337, 338, 
444, 323 or 425, 313 or 314. Majors may substitute a journalism writing 
class or an English topics course for one English elective. Required 
cognates: SPCH 135, HMNT 205, HIST 374, and intermediate foreign 
language. Recommended for teaching majors: JOUR 205 News Report- 
ing or JOUR 174/475 Journalism Workshop. Students planning to 
obtain educational certification will need to include the required 
professional education courses and additional general education re- 
quirements in their program as outlined in the Education/Psychology 
section of this catalog. English majors who minor in journalism or 
public relations are eligible for internships through the Journalism 
Department. 



173 



English and Speech 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. ENGLISH 

(Non-Teaching) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


! 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ENGL 214 


Survey American Lit 


3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of English Lit 


3 


ENGL 218 


Grammar and Usage 


3 




ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




HMNT 205 


Aits and Ideas 


3 




Area D-l, Inter 








Area F, Beh/Fam Sci 


2 




Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-4, Intro 








Area C-l, History 


3 




to Pub Speaking 


3 






Area E, Nat Science 


3 




Area E, Nat Sci 




3 




Area G-2, Prac Skis 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skis 


1 






(Typing Suggested) 






Minor 


16 


3 
15 




Minor 


3 3 
17 15 


YEAR 3 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


! 


Semester 






1st ; 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 

OR 
UD Literature 




3 




Area D, UD Lit 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 
Economics 


3 
3 


ENGL 445 


World Literature 


3 






Area G-l, Cre Skis 




ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 

OR 
UD Literature 


3 






OR 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area B, UD Religion 


2 
3 


HIST 374 


History of England 
Area A-2, Math 
Area F, Health Sci 
Area B, Religion 
UD Literature 
Minor or Elective 


3 
3 

3 
15 


2 
3 
3 
3 
14 




Minor or Elective 


6 16 
17 16 



NOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the required professional 
education courses and additional general education requirements in their program. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. ENGLISH 

(Teaching Major) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


! 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ENGL 214 


Survey of Amer Lit 


3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of Engl Lit 


3 


ENGL 218 


Grammar and Usage 


3 




ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 


3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 217 


Psychol Found of Ed 


2 


HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 




EDUC 240 


Ed for Excep Ch/Yth 


2 


RELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 


3 




HMNT 205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 




3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 




Area D-l, Inter 








Area A-2, Mathematics 3 




Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area E, Nat Sci 




3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






17 


15 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Minor 


1 
3 



16 16 



174 



English and Speech 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st \ 


2nd 




1st j 


2nd 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 2 




ENGL 445 


World Literature 3 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


RELB 


Area B, Religion 3 


3 


ENGL 


UD Literature 


3 




EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 2 




ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 






EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 2 






OR 


3 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 




UD Literature 






EDUC 438 


Curric & Content Meth 


2 


EDUC 314 


Creative Writing 






EDUC 462 


Organic & Ldrship 


1 




OR 




3 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 


2 




UD Literature 








Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 3 




HIST 374 


History of England 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skis 


1 




UD Literature 




3 




Minor _3 


-1 


LIBR 425 


Library Mat/Yhg Adit 
Area G-3, Rec Skis 
Minor 


2 

3 

16 


1 
6 

15 




16 


14 


YEAR 5 


Semester 












1st 










EDUC 468 


Enhanced Stud Tchg 


8 











*Any amount over 16 hours is considered an overload. Students electing a teaching 
major should consider at least one summer session. 



Minor: Eighteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College Compo- 
sition, including ENGL 214, 215, 216, 218, 313 or 314, and three upper 
division hours of electives. 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score of 
90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test. 
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful entry into 
ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 16 or below are required to 
register for this class. Students successfully completing this course will earn three 
institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 101. This course does not 
count toward an English major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially revision. 
ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which readily apply to 
most writing tasks. Students write expository essays organized according to 
prescribed modes. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies developed in ENGL 101 
while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which apply to various persuasive 
and research writing activities. Students write persuasive essays and a research 
paper. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 



175 



English and Speech 



ENGL 218. Grammar and Usage 3 hours 

A study of traditional descriptive grammar, standard American English usage rules, 
and an introduction to structural analysis. The grammar and usage sections are 
individualized and use a programmed text. Classroom instruction includes several 
different diagramming techniques and educational theory about the teaching of 
grammar. Designed especially for English majors, minors, and prospective language 
arts teachers, this course is also open to others who wish to enhance their 
knowledge of standard usage and strengthen skills in grammar analysis. (Fall) 

ENGL 313, Expository Writing (G-2) (W) 3 hours 

A workshop approach that provides practical instruction in expository writing for 
all disciplines. Emphasis on inventional procedures, connecting substance and 
structure, research, revision, persuasion, and adapting material and tone for a 
specific audience. Involves reading and analysis of a wide variety of writing. Helpful 
for all students wishing to improve their writing skills, including students headed 
for graduate school or professional fields like business, medicine or law where 
writing is important. Writing topics may be chosen from a student's major field of 
study, and students will work on producing publishable material for their 
particular field. Tailored to the level, needs, and interests of students who enroll. 
(Fall) 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 
A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing, providing 
the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find possible markets 
for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. (Spring) 

ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 3 hours 

A survey of historical, social, psychological, biological, and pedagogical aspects of 
the English language. 

Primary topics include: (1) history of the English language, (2) grammatical aspects 
of language (including phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax— particularly 
transformational-generative grammar, and semantics), (3) social aspects of 
language (including dialects, pidgins, and Creoles; slang and jargon; sexism; and 
writing compared with speaking), (4) psychological-biological aspects of language 
(including acquisition, and critical age hypotheses), (5) applications of linguistics 
to teaching. (Spring) 



LITERATURE 

ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial through 
modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having individual, national, 
and universal interest. (Fall) 



176 



English and Speech 



ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special emphasis on the 
author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-based thinking, and a 
review of literary trends and influences from the late Roman period to the present. 
Among writers receiving strong attention are Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 

A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and novelists 
have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various approaches to 
literature and including an introduction to literary terms and critical evaluation. 
(Spring) 

ENGL 323. Nineteenth-Century American 

Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A chronological study of major nineteenth-century American writers and their 
works beginning with the writings of Washington Irving and the emergence of a 
genuine "American" literature and ending with Stephen Crane and Jack London 
whose naturalistic works bridge the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Among the 
authors studied are Cooper, Bryant, Longfellow, Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, 
Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, and James. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 326. Film Evaluation (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

The primary goal of the class is to help each student develop a personal set of 
criteria for evaluating films. Class activities include viewing films that have made 
significant contributions to our culture, reading film reviews and criticisms, 
studying how films are made and how to write about films, and writing about 
them. The class meets one night per week for a minimum of 3 hours, at which time 
films are viewed. Evaluation papers based on this viewing are due weekly. (Spring) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English translation. 
The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary analysis (including 
emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices and of figures of speech) to 
forms of literature such as address, proverb, parable, poem, short story, epistle, and 
apocalypse. (Fall, odd years) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance 

Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Milton, the writers and their times. Readings in Middle 
English narrative, allegory, play, and meditation; in sixteenth and seventeenth- 
century prose, poetry and dramatic literature, with the study of genre, conven- 
tions, and trends. Specific attention to moral and religious issues. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century 

British Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785-1901), with 
special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, 
Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and Wilde. (Spring, even 
years) 



177 



English and Speech 



ENGL 338. Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or British 
works, although world literature in translation may be included. (Spring) 

ENGL 425. Literature of the South (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of works written by Faulkner, Welty, Warren, Wright, O'Connor and other 
southern writers which embody the distinctive cultural heritage of the South. An 
emphasis on the literary treatment of southern traditions and themes. (Fall, odd 
years) 

ENGL 444. Restoration and 

Eighteenth-Century Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course considers English literature written between the Restoration and 
Romantic Revolution. Included are poets and essayists from Milton to Johnson, 
novelists like Defoe and Fielding, and comic playwrights such as Gay and 
Goldsmith. (Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the Western 
World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the class will consider a 
range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the Italian Renaissance. 
Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's ability to differentiate the 
pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of individual works. (Fall) 

ENGL 465. Topics in English (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for 
credit. {, 

ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department on 
directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the approval of 
the department chairman in consultation with the prospective instructor. This 
course may be repeated for credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/English 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance; the survey and evaluation of textbooks is also 

included. 



SPEECH 

SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hourg 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches with 
emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, methods of 
securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of delivery. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 



178 



English and Speech 



SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this course 
emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communication setting, 
namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and self-disclosure. The 
course utilizes readings and learning activities to help students understand the 
theory of interpersonal communication and apply it in realistic transactions. 

SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 3 hours 

Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of selections 
in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally. 

SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours 

Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting. 
Subjects covered will determine general education credit status. This course may 
be repeated for credit. 

SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. Open only to students approved by the department chair in consultation 
with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. 

(A-l), (D-2), (G-l), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



179 



Health, 

Physical Education, 

and Recreation 



Chair: Phil Garver 

Faculty: Ted Evans, Sheri Hall, Steve Jaecks 

Adjunct Faculty: Elizabeth Bowman, Nancy Brock, Bill Godsey, 
Charles Knapp 

(. 

The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose 
to acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to develop 
physical efficiency, to develop wholesome recreational habits and/or 
prepare for a career in health, physical education, and recreation, or in 
wellness management. 



PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including PETH 114, 115, 116, 117, 
118, 119, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 265, 266, 314, 315, 363, 364, 
374, 437, 463, 474, 490, (295/495); PEAC 254, 255. Required cognates: 
BIOL 101-102; FDNT 125; HLED 173, 373, 473. 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH activity unit, 114 through 119 and 
214 through 219, will be indicated by grade of C- or less. Deficiencies 
for these units must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding 
general education activity course. 

Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors* 

Students who desire teacher certification must meet the State of 
Tennessee certification requirements set forth by the Department of 
Education. 



180 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Leading to Licensure 7-12 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




M 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PETH 265-266 


Officiating 


2 


2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 


3 


PETH 221-222 


Prof Skills, Indiv 


2 


2 


PETH 121-122 


Prof Skills, Team 


2 


2 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 




2 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


HLED 373 


Care/Prev Injuries 




2 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 




2 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Ed 


2 






Elective 


2 




EDUC 240 


Except Child & Yth 




2 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 








16 


16 


SPCH 


Electives 

Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 

Creat/Prac Skis 


3 

TE 


3 
2 

15 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


PETH 314 


Kinesiology 


3 




PETH 495 


Directed Study 


1 




PETH 315 


Phy of Exercise 




4 


PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




PETH 364 


Princ/AdminofPE 




3 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning 


2 




PETH 363 


Intro to Meas & Res 


3 




RELB 


Biblical Studies (UD) 


3 




EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 




EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 


; 2 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Ed 


2 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 






Area D, Lit/Lang/ 






PEAC 254 


Lifesaving 




1 




Fine Arts 


3 




PEAC 255 


Water Safety Instr 




1 


RELB 


Bible Elective 




3 


PETH 437 


Adapt Phy Ed 




2 


HLED 473 


Health Education 




2 


PETH 474 


Psyc & Soc of Sports 


2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 




Area B-l, Bible Study 




3 


EDUC 438 


Curri & Content Methds 


2 




Area E-2, E-3, or E-4, 






EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 


1 




Science 


3 






Area C-2, Pol Sic/Hist 




3 






16 


16 




Area G-l or G-2 


15 


1 

14 


YEAR 5 

EDUC 468 


Enhanced Stud Tchg 


8 













Sse pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 

credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 265, 266, eight hours 
selected from 114, U5, 116, 117, 118, 119, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 
and six hours of upper division, including PETH 364. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional 
semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



181 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PROGRAM IN CORPORATE/COMMUNITY 
WELLNESS MANAGEMENT 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including HLED 173, 256, 373, 470, 
476, 497; PEAC 125; PETH 314, 315, 364, 374, 474, 490; BIOL 
101-102; CHEM 111; FDNT 125. Cognate requirements: ACCT 103; 
BMKT 326; BUAD 334, 358; CPTR 105; ECON 213; JOUR 205; PSYC 
128, 377; SOCI 223. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 

B.S. CORPORATE/COMMUNITY 

WELLNESS MANAGEMENT 






YEAH I 



Semester 





M ; 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 2 




PEAC 125 


Conditioning 1 




CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Process 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 

Area B, Religion 3 


2 




Area C, History 3 


3 




Electives 


4 




15 


16 


YEARS 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 3 




BMKT 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


PETH 474 


Psych & Soc of Sport 2 




ECON 213 


Survey of Eoon (C-2) 3 




HLED 256 


Drugs and Society 2 




PSYC 377 


Fund of Counseling 


3 


BUAD 334 


Principles of Mgmt 3 




HLED 373 


Care & Prev of Athletic 






Injuries 


2 


PETH 364 


Prin & Admin of Phy Ed 


3 


HLED 476 


Meth/Mat of Hlth Promo 
Area B, UD Religion (W)3 


3 




Electives 


2 




16 


16 



YEAR 2 

MATH 104 

JOUR 205 
FDNT 125 
PSYC 128 
CHEM 111 
ART 218 
SPCH 135 



YEAR 4 

PETH 314 
HLED 497 
HLED 470 
PETH 315 
PETH 490 
BUAD 358 

PETH 374 



Intermediate Algebra 
News Reporting 
Nutrition 

Developmental Psych 
Survey of Chemistry 
Art Appreciation 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area D, Literature 
Electives 



Semester 

lit 2nd 

3 



3 

-I 
16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Kinesiology 3 

Wellness Practicum 2 

Current Issues in Hlth 2 
Physiology of Exercise 4 

Senior Seminar I 

Legal, Eth, & Soc Envir 

of Business 3 

Motor Learag & Develop 2 

Area B» Religion 3 

Electives __5 _4 

15 U 



PROGRAM IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

Major (B.S.): Forty-five hours including HLED 173, 373, 470, 473; 
PETH 314, 315, 374, 490, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; 
BIOL 101-102, 225; FDNT 125. 



182 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
SOCI223 


1st 2nd 

College Composition 3 3 
Anatomy & Physiology 3 3 
Marriage & Family 2 
Area B-2, Religion 3 
Area C-l, History 3 3 
Area A-2, Mathematics 3-0 




Electivee 4-7 2 
16 16 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 151-152 
KELT 138 
HLED 173 
MATH 215 
PEAC 125 



Semester 
lft 2nd 

General Chemistry 4 4 

Adventist Heritage 3 

Health & Life 2 

Statistics 3 

Conditioning 1 

Area D-2, Literature 

OR 3 3 

Area D-3, F Arts Appr 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Arts 

(D-4 Speech suggested) 3 
Area G, Skills 2 

Electives _2 _2 

16 16 



YEARS 

PETH 314 
PETH 315 
FDNT 125 
PETH 374 
BIOL 225 



Kinesiology 

Phys of Exercise 

Nutrition 

Motor Learning 

Microbiology 

Area B-l, Bibl Studies 

Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 

Area G, Skills 

Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



_4 
15 



YEAR 4 Semester 

1st 2nd 

HLED 470 Current Issues in Hlth 2 

HLED 373 Care & Prev of Ath Inj 2 

HLED 473 Health Education 2 

PETH 490 Senior Seminar 1 

Area B, UD Religion 3 

Area G, Skills 1 

Directed Study in PE 1 
Electives _U 

15 



_7 
15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available. 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary in 
participation in power volleyball. (Fall) 

PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in competition 
and leisure play. (Spring) 

PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with a 
personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and health 
maintenance. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour 

Fundamental skills in hitting, bunting, sliding, throwing, running, and fielding, 
incorporated with softball facts, terminology, and team strategy. (Fall) 



183 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Instruction includes strokes, rules, and playing situations plus physical conditioning 
for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour 

Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student can carry 
on successful play. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and serve. (Fall) 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf clubs. 
Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling 
techniques, safe cycling, and maintenance. Each student provides his/her own 
bicycle and helmet. (Fall) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their own golf 
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 139. Advanced Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, lobs, 
advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class must be approved 
by instructor. (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction with 
acrosport exposure. 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel horse, hig 
bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam. 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N.A.U.I. Lab fee of $98 and check out 
dive expenses charged in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with aquati 
safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 160. Snow Skiing (G-3) 1 hour 

This course requires the students to go to Colorado during spring break. Grade! 
are based on hours skied and difficulty of slopes skied. The trip expenses vary fron 
year to year, in the $450.00 range. These fees are NOT charged to the student's 
account. Sign up at the gym in November in order to reserve a spot on the trip for 
the following spring break. 



184 



_ 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour 

A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gymnastics, 
physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of 
try-out requirements. Participation in all tours is required. This course may be 
repeated for credit. Due to program conflicts, second semester Gym-Masters 
will not enroll in classes that meet before 1:00 p.m. on Tuesdays and 
Thursdays. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Lifeguarding (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Life Guarding certification, First Aid and CPR certification. 
(Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic heading. 
Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow skiing, rock climbing, 
spelunking, and aerobics. This course may be repeated with the varying subject 
matter. Lab fees in addition to tuition are usually charged approximately $50-$ 160. 

PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for those 
interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living and 
activities. 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful living and 
Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing students. (Fail, 
Spring, Summer) 

HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours 

The nature and causes of accidents with emphasis in teacher/pupil safety problem 
situations. (Spring) 

HLED 256. Drugs and Society 2 hours 

An introductory course focusing on the use and abuse of drugs in our society. 
Emphasis on strategies to assist future health promoters in recognition, interven- 
tion, and prevention of substance abuse. Oral presentation required. (Fall) 

HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PETH 314. 

Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries related 

to athletics. (Spring) 



185 



Health, Physical Recreation, Recreation 



HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This is a seminar course designed to assist students in becoming knowledgeable 
regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presentations are 
required. Discussion and problem solving are emphasized. A major part of the class 
focuses on the need of a spiritual component in establishing a healthful and 
balanced lifestyle. (Fall) 

HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with emphasis on 
the development and organization of the school health instruction program. Two 
oral presentations required. (Spring) 

HLED 476. Methods and Materials of Health Promotion 3 hours 

A course in planning, implementing and evaluating: work-site and community 
health promotion activities, including stress management, smoking cessation, 
cardiovascular fitness, body composition, and cholesterol testing. Oral presentation 
required. (Spring) 

HLED 497. Wellness Practicum 2 hours 

The student will work at a wellness facility for not less than 100 clock hours gain- 
ing experience with equipment, observing facility scheduling and management, and 
interacting with clients. Arrangements are made in advance with the department 
chair. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the 
policy on pages 24 and 25. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 114. ProAct — Softball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching technique* 
for softbalL For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 115. ProAct — Flagball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for flagball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 116. ProAct — Volleyball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for volleyball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 117. ProAct — Basketball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for basketball. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 118. ProAct — Floor Hockey 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for floor hockey. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 119. ProAct — Soccer 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for soccer. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years) 



186 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PETH 210. Aerobic-Exercise Instructor Training 2 hours 

Thia course will combine the theory and practical aspects of aerobic exercise 
programs. Knowledge and skills will be the focus, with students developing and 
teaching their own aerobic routines as a demonstration of their understanding and 
skills of sound aerobic principles. Aerobic certification will be available. 

PETH 214. ProAct — Tennis 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for tennis. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 215. ProAct — Golf 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for golf. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 216. ProAct — Conditioning 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for conditioning. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 217. ProAct — Badminton 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for badminton. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 218. ProAct — Track and Field 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for track and field. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 219. ProAct — Gymnastics 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for gymnastics. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization of 
officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 314. Kinesiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement, 
including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. Historical impact of the 
leaders in physical education is covered. (Fall) 

PETH 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, and physical 
conditioning. Significance of these effects for health, skilled performance, and 
prevention of disease. Oral presentation required. (Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements 

and Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statistical 
procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. History of 
physical education is also dealt with briefly (Fall) 



187 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physical 
Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and skills. (Spring) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor behavior as 
it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis placed on implica- 
tions for the physical educator. (Fall) 

PETH 437. Adaptive Physical Education 2 hours 

A course designed to develop an understanding of neurodevelopment and functional 
ability, of impairments and their implications for motor performance. Emphasis on 
teaching progressions and exercise programs for special populations. (Fall) 

PETH 463. Physical Education in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

A course of study designed to acquaint students with the unique aspects of physical 
education and the adolescent. Special activities include teaching and observation in 
an elementary school. 

PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sports 2 hours 

An exploration of sports and their involving impact on American culture. Special 
attention is given to current issues in sports as they relate to the individual in 
society. (Spring) 

PETH 490. Senior Comprehensive Seminar (W) 1 hour 

A course of study designed to prepare the student for the exit exam. Special 
attention is given to concepts, practical applications, and administrative 
responsibilities within the profession. This course will be on a pass/fail basis. 

PETH 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the opportunity 
to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or recreation. 
Approval by Department Chair required. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/ 

Health and Physical Education 2 hou 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, an 

evaluating student performance. 



(F-3), (G-3), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



188 



[ 



History 



Chair: Benjamin McArthur 

faculty: Dennis Pettibone, Mark Peach 



History is the study of the human experience. It investigates 
mankind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investiga- 
tion, history courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view 
of humanity. This perspective recognizes both the potential and the 
limitation of human endeavor and thereby permits a broader compre- 
hension of the past and a greater hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental 
approval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history 
must plan his/her entire study program with a member of the history 
faculty. Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is 
granted on the following conditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained 
elsewhere in the CATALOG. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the 
student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

4. Completion of senior year assessment. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

Assessment of seniors consists of two parts. First, in the spring 
semester of their senior year students will take the ETS Major Field 
Achievement Test in history. Second, at the end of the fall or early in 
the spring semester, students will take a departmental exam. Prepara- 
tion for this exam will include a one-hour independent study course 
(normally taken during the fall of the senior year) involving: 1) reading 
a selected few classics of historical literature; 2) reviewing one's history 
coursework utilizing several thematic questions provided by the history 
faculty. 

The subsequent examination will be in the form of a one-hour inter- 
view of the candidate by the history faculty. This will be based on the 
above-mentioned materials and also on the student's portfolio of major 
papers accumulated during his/her history coursework. The oral exam- 
ination is graded on an Honors, Pass, or Fail basis. A failure requires 
further preparation by the student and another interview before 
graduation. 



189 



History 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 
Major: Thirty-one hours including HIST 154, 155, 174, 175, 490, 



499. Six hours of political science may apply to the major, 
intermediate level of a foreign language is required. At least 
courses are to be taken in each of the following areas: 
Area I: American History, HIST 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; 

PLSC 254, 353, 357. 
Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389, 471, 472; 

PLSC 389, 471, 472; either HIST 364 or 365. 
Cognate: One of the following: ECON 224, 225, GEOG 204. 



The 
two 



Upper division history classes seek to improve skills of writing and 
speech. All such classes required analytical writing as part of the 
coursework. Additionally, many classes involve discussion and oral class 
reports as partial basis for the student's grade, most notably HIST 499, 
Research Methods in History, which requires an extended formal 
presentation of student research. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA HISTORY 









YEAR 2 


Semester 


YEAR 1 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


HIST 174, 175 


World Civilizations 3 3 


HIST 154, 155 


American History 3 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 
Area B, Religion 3 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 3 3 
Area G, Act Skills 3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 




Area F, Behav/Family/ 






Speech 3 
Minor or Elective 4 




Health Science 3 


2 






Area D, Lit/Fine Art 
OR 3 


3 




Area D, Inter For Lang 3 3 
15 is 




Area D-l, Beg For Lang 










Electives 


5-2 








15 


16 


YEAR 4 


Semester 


YEARS 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


HIST 490 


Senior Exam Prep 1 




Area B, Religion 3 




HIST 499 


Research Meth in Hist 3 




Area C, UD History 3-6 


3-6 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area G, Skills 


2 




Area C, UD History 3-6 3-6 




Area G-3, Rec Skill 


1 




Minor or Electives 6J» 12-0 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 3 






15 16 




Minor or Electives 6-3 10-7 








15 


16 







See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirement! of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



190 



History 

History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in 
history who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as 
medicine or law must present a balanced program of general education 
classes and electives that will support the professional objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in 
history who plans on secondary certification will automatically have the 
24 semester hours required for certification in that field. Additionally, 
one must take twelve hours of political science, six hours of which will 
count toward the history major. It is strongly recommended that the 
student also earn teaching credentials in a field outside of history. No 
specific supporting field is required but art, behavioral science, 
business, English, modern languages, and religion are recognized as 
intimately related to the study of history. A student may receive certi- 
fication to teach history as a second area by completing a minor in 
history (see under Minor below). Since the entire second semester of 
the senior year is devoted to certification requirements, students 
earning teacher certification must finish all history classwork before 
reaching the final semester. Students applying for teacher certification 
must consult with the Education Department to draft a schedule of 
classes meeting certification requirements. 

Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to 
the Department of Education for admission to the professional 
semester. 

History Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The 
additional twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, 
six hours of which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours 
must be chosen from each of the American and European areas. Three 
hours of political science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history 
A student planning to minor in history in order to obtain a second 
teaching area for certification must take all eighteen hours in history 
and must include HIST 154, 155. 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly 
sponsors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The 
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants 
with an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a 
combination of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation 
of historical sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require 
students to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a 
regular classroom setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading 
are included in this computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 
295/495 Directed Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for 
academic credit. 



191 



History 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students 
earning general education credit in history should take courses from 
the 100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general 
education requirements in history should select courses from the 300 
and 400 level. 



Political Economy Minor: This eighteen-hour minor combines an 
interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school preparation. 
For a further description of this pre-law preparation program, see page 
289. 



HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present The 
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in each 
semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and govern- 
ment, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction with 
non-European civilizations. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. 

HIST 353. From Colony to Nation (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A detailed survey of American political and social history from 1607 to 1800, 
including the founding of the thirteen colonies, the American Revolution, and the 
establishment of the new nation. 

HIST 354, Latin America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, indeperkk 
ence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-century trends in 
selected republics. Arranged with instructor. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the American South from the Early National period through 
Reconstruction. Prominent issues will include slavery, sectionalism, the Civil War, 
and Reconstruction. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. Special 
emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the national 
character. 



192 



History 



HIST 357* Modern America (C-1) (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the United 
States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth-century American history, focusing 
on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered are 
entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, and art 
and architecture. 

HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic period 
to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and theological 
development. (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the Protestant 
Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious trends. (Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth 
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments which have 
influenced western civilization as a whole. 

HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, Greece, 
and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development of western 
culture. 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the modern 
age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the institutions and 
values of modern western civilization. The chronological emphasis is on the 
eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations since the 
Napoleonic Era, The class treats antithetical forces such as peace and war, power 
and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as others, in their historical 
setting. Students may earn either history or political science credit, depending on 
individual assignments. 

HIST 465. Topics in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 



193 



History 

HIST 471* Classics of Western Thought I (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the key thinkers in western thought from the Heroic Age of Greece to 
the Renaissance. Reading from original sources, this class will emphasize the 
discussion and analysis of ideas that have formed the basis of western thought 
Included in the readings are selections from Herodotus, Cicero, St Augustine, 
Boccaccio, Montaigne, and St Ignatius of Ioyola. 

HIST 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading 
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas that have 
effected the evolution of contemporary social and political thought Included in the 
readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler. 

HIST 490. Senior Exam Preparation 1 hour 

Independent study and reading in preparation for the assessment exam taken by 
senior history majors. 

HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l) (W) 1-3 hourg 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a student 
is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower division. This course 
also includes credit offered by the History Department on directed study toura. 
Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval of the department is required 
prior to registration. 

HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in conjunction 
with the preparation of a research project (Fall) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 254. American National and 

State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches 
of government of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 353. From Colony to Nation (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 353 for course description. 

PLSC 357. Modern America (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 357 for course description. 

PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description. 

PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours 

See HIST 465 for course description. 

PLSC 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 471 for course description. 

PLSC 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 472 for course description. 



194 



History 

GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are considered. 

Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the United 
States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities include assigned 
reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, formal paper after return 
to campus. Prior to departure, the student will make all arrangements with a 
teacher assigned by the Department of History. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies 
to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/History 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performances, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



195 



Industrial Technology 



Chair: Dale Walters 

Faculty: John Durichek, Kenneth Reynolds 

Adjunct Faculty: Mark McGrath 

Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning 
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, 
drafting, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by 
providing classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity. 

2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living 
by providing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the 
environment. 

3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life 
as hobby and recreational activities as well as professional 
enhancement. 

4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile 
learning skills. 

5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and 
service occupations. 

6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical 
and professional degree programs and occupations. These 
courses are essential for students majoring in: 

Art 

Business Administration 

Education • 

Journalism and Communication 

Office Administration 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 

Pre-Engineering 



Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours 
upper division. Courses in Auto Body and Auto Maintenance that apply 
are TECH 111, 112, 164, 166, 167, 223, and 264. 



196 



Industrial Technology 



CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 



Auto Body — Repair and Refinishing 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient 
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as technicians provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use 
during the course. The department will assist the student in the 
purchase of these tools which will cost approximately $350. 

The requirements are as follows: TECH 110, 111-112, 114, 115, 116, 
118, 120; TECH 164, 264, and three hours from General Education B-l 
or B-2 courses. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
AUTO BODY REPAIR 

A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated 
experience in various facets of auto body repair. 



1st Semester 


Hours 


TECH 111 


Painting & Refinish. I 3 


TECH 110 


Panel & Spot Repair 4 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 2 


TECH 116 


Collision Repair I 4 


TECH 164 


Auto Maintenance 2 




Area B, Religion 3 




18 



2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 118 


Collision Repair II 5 


TECH 120 


Collision Repair III 5 


TECH 112 


Painting & Refin II 3 


TECH 114 


Oxy Acetylene Welding 1 


TECH 264 


Auto Repair 3 




17 



At the end of the second semester and after nearly 1,000 hours of 
instruction and lab time the successful student will have skills to do: 

(1) major collision repair 

(2) frame alignment 

(3) job estimating 

(4) complete repaint work 

(5) power plant and drive train repair 

A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 
plus hours of instruction and lab time. 

In addition to introductory repair projects, each student will be 
involved in at least three major collision repair projects. 

All students will be given the NIASE (National Institute of 
Automotive Service Excellence) certification exams as specified by the 
department. Students who pass the exams become eligible for ASE 
certification after two years of experience following their training. 

Enrollment in the Auto Body Certificate Program is limited. 



197 



Industrial Technology 



Auto Mechanics Technician 

The auto mechanics technician program is designed to teach an 
awareness of and proficiency in repairing engines, transmission/ 
transaxles, drivetrain/axles, heat/air conditioning, electrical, engine 
computers and fuel injection systems. The typical student upon 
completion of the course should have gained sufficient skill and 
experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as technicians provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be encouraged to purchase a basic set. 

The requirements are as follows: TECH 114, 115, 166, 168, 167, 
175, 176, 177, 178, 264, and three hours from General Education B-l 
or B-2 courses. 

Typical Sequence of courses for 
AUTO MECHANICS TECHNICIAN 



1st Semester 


H< 


>urs 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


2 


TECH 166 


Auto Elect Sys 


2 


TECH 167 


Suspension & Align 


3 


TECH 168 


Manual Driv Train 


3 


TECH 264 


Auto Repair 


3 


AreaB 


Religion 


3 
16 



2nd Semester 
TECH 114 
TECH 175 
TECH 176 
TECH 177 
TECH 178 



Hour* 



Oxy-Acetylene Weld 
Engine Rebuild/Mech 
Engine Perform & Comp 
Eng Fuel & Emiss Sys 
Heat & Air Condlt 



Enrollment in the Auto Body Certificate Program and Auto 
Mechanics Technician Program is limited. Students will be working on 
projects in a live operating repair shop environment. 

At the end of the second semester they will complete approximately 
1,000 hours of instruction and lab time, and if successful, will have 
skills to do: 

1. Major engine repair 

2. Driveability diagnosis and computer systems repair 

3. Both 2 and 4 wheel alignment 

4. Manual transmissions and drivetrain 

5. Electrical diagnosis and repair 

6. Heating and air conditioning service 

A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900+ 
hours of instruction and lab time. 

All students will be given the NIASE (National Institute of 
Automotive Service Excellence) certification exams as specified by the 
department. Students who pass the exams become eligible for ASE 
certification after two years of experience following their training. 

Enrollment in the Auto Mechanics Technician Program is limited, 



198 



Industrial Technology 



AFFILIATION PROGRAM 

Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Art or 
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to 
Andrews University after one year: 

B.T. Graphic Arts 

TECH 145, 149, 295 6 hours 

ART 104, 109 5 hours 

CPTE 245 3 hours 

CPTR 105, 106, 107 3 hours 

ENGL 101 3 hours 

JOUR 225 3 hours 

RELT 255 3 hours 

SOCI 125 3 hours 

SPCH 135 3 hours 

B.T. Technical Plant Services 

TECH 114, 115, 149, 154, 174, 183, 223, 264 19 hours 

CPTE 249 3 hours 

ENGL 101 3 hours 

SPCH 135 3 hours 

RELT 255 3 hours 

SOCI 125 3 hours 

TECHNOLOGY 

TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted with the 
field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited to the area of 
industrial technology, current and future developments in the industry and their 
impact on society. Along with an awareness of the qualifications to enter today's 
technological job market, special attention will be given to the training available at 
Southern and other SDA institutions. Open to all students. 

TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 4 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to straighten 
small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready for painting. (Fall) 

TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 3,3 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will progress to 
doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his own respirator and 
spray gun. Costs average $150. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop welding 
jobs. Personal goggles required. Certain specialized welding processes will be taught, 
such as tig, cast iron, or others to be arranged on an individual basis. A lab fee of 
$10 is charged. (Spring) 



199 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 115. Arc Welding 2 hours 

A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. Emphasis will 
be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick welding. Each student 
must purchase safety glasses and welding gloves. A lab fee of $15 is charged. (Fall) 

TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. Bcxfy 
alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair are involved. 
(Fall) 

TECH 118. Collision Repair II 5 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body alignment, frame 
straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section replacement. There is 
no lecture component to this class, but rather is composed of four three periods 
laboratory per week. (Spring) 

TECH 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an individual 
basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies purchasing, shop 
management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 

TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours 

Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera technique!, 
platemaking, screen printing, and press work. Experience is offered in personal 
computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are applicable for personal and business 
communications. A supplies fee will be charged for projects produced in class. 
Average cost of projects approximately $75. (Fall) 

TECH 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and the 
principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial 
representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods of laboratory each 
week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments cost approximately $75. 
(Fall) 

TECH 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours 

An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. Emphasis 
is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial drawings, shades and 
shadows, and perspective drawing. Instruments cost approximately $50. Open to all 
students. 

TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture 
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A supplies fee 
will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project construction. General^ 
the costs have not exceeded $225. (Spring) 

TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the matters of 
buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will work on his own car 
or on one belonging to the shop. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. (Fall) 



200 



, 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 166. Auto Electrical Systems 2 hours 

A course designed to give a basic understanding of automotive electrical systems. 
Basic electrical principles and trouble shooting techniques will be taught. Emphasis 
will be given to lighting, charging, starting and accessory systems. One period 
lecture, three periods lab per week. 

TECH 167. Suspension, Steering and Alignment 3 hours 

A course designed to give understanding of automotive suspension and steering 
systems. Chassis service, repair, and trouble shooting will be taught. Alignment of 
both two and four wheel alignment systems will be taught. One and a half period 
lecture and four and a half labs per week. 

TECH 168. Manual Drive Train, Axles and Brakes 3 hours 

A study of manual drive train operation, diagnosis and repair. Clutches, manual 
transmissions and transaxles. 

TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with metals. 
Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet metal, welding, plus 
hand and power-operated metal-cutting equipment. One period lecture and six 
periods laboratory each week. Project expenses average $50. Each student must 
purchase his own safety glasses, welding gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate 
years) 

TECH 175. Engine Rebuilding and Machining 4 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with major engine diagnosis, decision 
making and overhaul procedures. Machining and measuring processes related to 
engine rebuilding will be taught. Each student will be required to rebuild an engine 
and do engine machine work. Two periods lecture, six periods of lab per week. 

TECH 176. Engine Performance and Computers 5 hours 

Electronic and computerized ignition systems operating theory will be emphasized. 
Each student will be taught driveability diagnosis and trouble shooting techniques 
for electronic and computerized systems. Hands on diagnosis practice using 
diagnostic equipment on live vehicles will be given. Two periods of lecture, nine 
hours of lab per week. 

TECH 177. Engine Fuel and Emission Controls 4 hours 

Both carburetor and fuel injection operation theory, and standard and electronic 
carburetion systems theory will be covered. Fuel injection diagnosis and repair as 
well as carburetor overhaul procedures will be taught. Emission control operation 
as well as trouble shooting and service procedures will be taught. Two periods of 
lecture, six periods lab per week. 

TECH 178. Heating and Air Conditioning 2 hours 

A course designed to teach the principles of heating and air conditioning systems. 
Emphasis will be given to service and trouble shooting of manual and automatic 
heating systems of late model cars. One period lecture, three periods lab per week. 

TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours 

An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they pertain to 
AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, transistors and integrated 
circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student to the field of electronics. Two 
three-hour lecture/labs each week. 



201 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principles and 
techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be given for class 
admission to those who have experience in doing automotive work and who have gas 
welding skills. Each student will need his own basic hand tools which cost approxi- 
mately $100. One period lecture and six periods laboratory per week. (Spring, 
alternate years) 

TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and its 
combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. (Available 
upon request) 

TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 164. 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main emphasis is 
given to power plant and drive train design, operation and service. One period 
lecture and three periods laboratory each week. All lab learning experience is on 
actual cars either from the community or personal vehicles. (Spring) 

TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report of the 
problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to those earning 
a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring) 

(G-2) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



202 



Journalism 
and Communication 



lair: Lynn Sauls 

Faculty: Pam Harris, Volker Henning 

Adjunct Faculty: Ted Betts, Joyce Dick, Eva Lynne Disbro, Ruth 
Garren, Wesley Hasden, Stanley Strange, Douglas 
Walter, Billy Weeks 



The Department of Journalism and Communication provides an 
educational environment in which future leaders in journalism, public 
relations and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, 
the intellectual discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the 
mastery and management of a wide range of writing, editing and other 
journalistic and public relations skills and techniques. 

The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in 
Journalism (News Editorial), Broadcast Journalism, and Public 
Relations. Minors are also available in each of these areas as well as 
Advertising and Sales. 

The Journalism (News Editorial) major prepares students for careers 
as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly newspapers, 
magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the vast array of 
publications that serve the church, business, industry, governmental 
agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and other 
non-profit organizations. 

Students enrolling in the Broadcast Journalism major receive 
preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and 
television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs 
operations. 

Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major 
segment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, 
universities, hospitals and other medical institutions, and in a wide 
range of organizations. 

The Journalism major, Broadcast Journalism major, and the Public 
Relations major also prepare students for entry into graduate schools 
nationwide. 

The Advertising minor combined with such majors as Public 
Relations prepares students for careers in advertising copywriting, 
advertising design (when coupled with a second minor in Art), and 
creative directing. 



203 



Journalism and Communication 



The Sales minor combined with a Broadcast major prepares the 
student for jobs in the sale of commercials as well as in station 
development. By adding the Sales minor, a student multiples job 
opportunities in the field of Broadcasting. 

Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study 
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree 
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication,) 
including the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills 
General Education requirements. 

INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the department has 
developed with the Chattanooga area mass media, journalism, broad- 
cast and public relations students have many opportunities to meet and 
work with professionals in television and radio news, in public rela- 
tions, advertising and on daily and weekly newspapers. 

Internships: Helping students locate internships on newspapers, in 
publishing houses, in public relations and fund development depart- 
ments, in advertising agencies, and in radio and television newsrooms 
is a vital part of the education program provided by the department 

A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the depart- 
ment to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The 
department also participates in the General Conference internship 
program in which students work in various denominational institu- 
tions. The college radio station, WSMC FM90.5 and the community 
newspapers, East Hamilton County Journal and Hamilton County News 
Leader, provide learning opportunities for students in a number of 
courses. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as 
writers and editors by working on Student Association publication! 
such as Southern Accent, the campus newspaper, and Southern 
Memories, the yearbook. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

To make satisfactory progress toward preparation for the job 
market, students majoring in the department will be expected to attend 
the annual editor-in-residence meetings, the annual Communication! 
Career Day meetings, departmental assemblies, and other presentation*! 
of guest professionals sponsored by the department. 

Students should demonstrate their growing professionalism through 
involvement in the operation of WSMC FM90.5; in the publication of 
the Southern Accent, Southern Memories, or some other publication; or 



204 



Journalism and Communication 



in communication activities for a campus, church, or community 
organization. 

Participation in the departmental Communication Club and the 
Southern Society of Adventist Communicators as well as student 
membership in a national professional organization such as the Society 
of Professional Journalists, the International Association of Business 
Communicators, or the Public Relations Student Society of America are 
also evidences of professional commitment. 

A cumulative evaluation form will be kept in departmental files for 
each student majoring in the department. This form will serve as a 
source of information for teachers asked to provide recommendations 
for students seeking practicums, internships, or job positions. 
Information concerning evidence of professional growth and achieve- 
ment will be added by the departmental faculty annually and a copy of 
the form shared with the student near the end of each school year. 

Students in the department will be given a writing skills test when 
they take JOUR 103, Introduction to Mass Communication, and JOUR 
205, News Reporting. On the basis of the results, advisers will 
recommend any needed remediation, which students must complete 
before registering for other writing courses offered by the department. 
Another form of the writing skills test will be administered when 
students in the department take JOUR 314, Broadcast News Writing, 
JOUR 355, Reporting Public Affairs, or PREL 365, Public Relations 
Techniques. Results of the test will be part of the information in a 
student's cumulative evaluation form. 

Departmental effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results 
of the cumulative evaluations, student evaluations of courses, question- 
naires completed by seniors near the time of graduation and again 
three years afterwards, questionnaires completed by supervisors of 
interns, and overall program assessment by the advisory council. An 
ongoing analysis of outlines of courses required for majors is made by 
the faculty to determine that the curriculum meets the objectives of the 
department and the standards of the Accrediting Council of Education 
in Journalism and Mass Communication. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM, 
BROADCAST JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Major — Journalism (News Editorial): 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism 2 hours 



205 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 

or 
ENGL 314 Creative Writing 

or 
JOUR 495 Honors Project 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 3 hours 

or 
ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 
Departmental electives 2 hours 

Required Cognates: 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 3 hours 

PLSC 254 American National and State Government . . 3 hours 

Literature elective (D-2) 3 hours 

Music and Art Appreciation elective (D-3) . . . 3 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language .... 6 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

JOUR 497 Journalism Internship 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Completion of at least 12 hours in each of three or more of the following 
areas: Behavioral Science, Business and Economics, Education, Health Science, 
History and Political Science, Literature and Fine Arts, Natural Science, 
Recreation and Physical Education, Religion, and Technology. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. JOURNALISM 

(NEWS EDITORIAL) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


JOUR 212 


Copyediting 2 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com. 


3 


JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 315 


Photojournalism 2 


JOUR 225 


Intro Photography 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 3 




(if needed) 




PLSC 254 


American Government 3 


ART 109 


Publications Design 


3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 6 9 




Area D-l, Inter E Lang 3 3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 4 




15 16 




Area B, Religion 


3 

15 16 










206 



Journalism and Communication 



YEARS 8 AND 4 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Writing OR ENGL 314 Creative Writing OR 

JOUR 495 Honors Project 3 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affaire 3 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas OR ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 3 

JOUR 497 Journalism Internship (Rea summer before Year 4) 3 

Area 8, Religion 6 

Area D-2, Literature 3 

Area D-3, Music and Art Appreciation 3 

General Education, Minor or Elective _32 



Sea pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis curses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major — Broadcast Journalism: 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 317 Broadcast Management 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

Two of the following: 6 hours 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism (3 hours) 
JOUR 227/327 Video Production (3 hours) 
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs (3 hours) 
JOUR 423 Broadcast Programming (3 hours) 
JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas (3 hours) 
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship: 
Broadcasting (3 hours) 

Required Cognates: 

BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

PLSC 254 American National and State Government .... 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

SPCH 236 Oral Interpretation 3 hours 

or 
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 
Intermediate level of a foreign language 6 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

TECH 183 Basic Electronics 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 



207 



Journalism and Communication 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJL BROADCAST JOURNALISM 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


BMKT326 


Intro to Marketing 3 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com 3 




JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 3 


JOUR 201 


Found of Broadcast 


3 


PREL 234 


Public Relations Prin 2 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


PLSC254 


American Government 3 




Area D-l, Int For Lang 3 


3 


SPCH 236 


Oral Interpretation 3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area B, Religion 3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 3 


4 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 6 8 




15 


16 




15 16 




YEARS 3 AND 4 




JOUR 302 


Broadcasting Techniques 






3 


JOUR 317 


Broadcast Management 






3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law and Ethics 






3 


JOUR 487 


History of Mass Communication OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 3 


JOUR 497 


Broadcast Journalism Internship (Recommend summer 


before Year 4) 3 




Approved Broadcast Journalism Elect tves 


6 




Area B, Religion 






6 




General Education, Minor oi 


• Electives 




32 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirementi of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major — Public Relations: 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

or 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

or 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

PREL 480 Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 

Required Cognates: 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language 6 hours 

Literature or Fine Arts elective (D-2 or D-3) . . . . 3 hours 









208 



Journalism and Communication 



Recommended Electives: 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 3 hours 

JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 2 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 227/327 Video Production 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

PREL 368 Fund Development 3 hours 

PREL 497 Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 hours 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 

BJV. public relations 



YEAR1 


Semester 












1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semester 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 




: 


1st 2nd 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 




PREL 234 


Public Relations Prin 2 


JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 


3 




ART 109 


Publications Design 3 


PREL 344 


Fund of Advertising 




2 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 3 


CPTE 245 


Comp-Aided Publishing 




3 




Area D-1/Inter For Lang 3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 


6 


11 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 5 






15 


16 




15 16 












YEARS 3 AND 4 








JOUR 316 


Magazine and Feature Writing 








3 


JOUR 355 


Reporting Public Affairs OR JOUR 425 Reporting in 


Special Areas 




3 


PREL 365 


Public Relations Techniques 








3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 




3 


PREL 406 


Persuasion and Propaganda 








3 


PREL 480 


Case Studies 








2 


PREL 497 


Public Relations Internship (Rec. summer before Year 4) 




3 


BMKT 326 


Intro to Marketing 








3 




Area D-2 or D-3, Literature or Fine Arts 






3 




Area B, Religion 








6 




General Education, Minor or Electives 








30 
62 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor — Advertising: 18-19 hours 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2 hours 

Select from the following 2-3 hours 

ART 110 Design Principles (3 hours) 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior (3 hours) 

BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy (3 hours) 

JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography (3 hours) 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda (3 hours) 

PREL 244 Personal Selling 

PREL 297/397 Practicum: Advertising (1-3 hours) 



209 



Journalism and Communication 



Minor — Journalism (News Editorial): 18 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 hours 

One of the following: 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 
JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

One of the following: 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 
JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

Electives 4 hours 

Electives from Journalism major requirements or 
ART 109, CPTE 245/345, ECON 213, PLSC 254 

Minor — Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

Electives 3 hours 

From Broadcast Journalism major requirements or 
BMKT 326, PLSC 254, PREL 234, PREL 244, SPCH 236 

Minor — Public Relations: 19 or 20 hours 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising (2 hours) 2 or 3 hours 

or 
BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing (3 hours) 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

CPTE 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Minor — Sales: 18 hours 

BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 343 Advertising Copywriting 2 hours 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 hours 

PREL 244 Personal Selling 2 hours 

Select from the following 3 hours 

BMKT 328 Sales Management (3 hours) 
BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy (3 hours) 
PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda (3 hours) 
PREL 297/397 Practicum: Sales (3 hours) 



210 



Journalism and Communication 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 103. Introduction to Mass Communication (G-2) 3 hours 

Overview of the development and characteristics of mass media, with emphasis on 
media in the United States including newspapers, radio, television, photography, 
film, sound recording, books, magazines, advertising, public relations, and new 
media technology. Attention is given to theories of communication and how to be 
a critical and discriminating consumer of mass media. 

JOUR 201. Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

Provides an understanding of broadcasting and related industries. Basic theories and 
practices of radio, television, cable operations, and other electronic media are 
covered. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 205. News Reporting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm. 

News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills and 
style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness and on meeting 
deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news sources. Oral 
communication emphasis: Interviewing. 

JOUR 212. Copyediting 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Principles and practices of preparing copy for publication including headline writing, 
picture editing, and writing photo captions. Use of the Associated Press Stylebook. 
Focus is on accuracy, newsworthiness, language effectiveness, legality, and good 
taste in editing copy. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that constitute 
good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film development, negative 
enlargement and print finishing. Students supply their own 35mm cameras with 
adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. A limited number of rental cameras are 
available. Two hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee 
of $95 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 302. Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

Introduction to audio production in the context of the broadcast station. Instruction 
in the technical aspects of production for radio and television. Techniques in 
announcing for a variety of program types including commercials, news, interviews, 
and talk shows. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast media. 
Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio station; 
instruction in writing spot announcements. (Alternate years) 



211 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 315. Photojournalism (G-l) 2-3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent 

Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on photo- 
journalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, picture stories for 
publication and photo collections for exhibit. Students supply their own cameras 
with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One hour of lecture, three hours of 
laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of $95 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours 

Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the newspaper 
feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of the English 
language. Oral communication emphasis: Interviewing and reading aloud. 

JOUR 317. Broadcast Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201 and 302. 

The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 provides the setting in which 
students learn the principles of broadcast management as they apply to radio and 
television. Class members become familiar with day-to-day station operations, 
including control room procedures, announcing, production, broadcast news and 
programming. Professionals from both radio and television serve as lecturers. 
(Alternate years) 

JOUR 227/327. Video Production 3 hours 

Introduction to the basic procedures of producing non-studio video programs. 
Emphasis will be given to lighting, audio, and editing techniques. The student will 
make extensive use of portable video and video editing equipment. Supply lab fee 
of $50 charged in addition to tuition. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205. 

Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics, education, 
religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with emphasis on background 
research and investigative reporting. Oral communication emphasis: Interviewing. 
(Alternate years) 

JOUR 297/397. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 
Supervised work experience in print or broadcast journalism. At least 90 clock hours 
of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Procedures and 
guidelines are available from the department. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

JOUR 423. Broadcast Programming 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201. 

A study of audiences and audience research, programming theories, and formats 
used in modern broadcast program planning. Emphasis also given to current FCC 
regulations and policies governing the broadcast industry. (Every third summer) 






212 






Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 425. Reporting in Special Areas (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Writing interpretative articles and commentary after extensive research, interviews, 
and analysis. Based on interest and background, the student will select two of the 
following specialized areas in which to write: business and economics, education, 
religion, health, mass media, the arts, nature and the environment, government and 
society, recreation and entertainment, and science and technology. May be repeated 
once with different areas selected. Oral communication emphasis: Interviewing. 
(Alternate years) 

JOUR 427* Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and the news 
gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, free press, fair-trial, 
contempt of court, access to information, protection of sources, copyright law and 
government regulation of the media. 

JOUR 165/465. Topics in Communication 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in broadcast journalism, print journalism, public relations, or related 
areas of communication. 

JOUR 487. History of Mass Communication (W) 3 hours 

Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the present, 
its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the mass media 
system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public relations, radio, 
television and the impact of the media system on society. Oral communication 
emphasis: Presenting reading and research reports. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 488. Mass Communication and Society (W) 3 hours 

This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examination of the 
role and function of the mass media system in the United States; the concept of 
social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, social, economic and 
political issues involved in the function of newspapers, magazines, radio, television, 
advertising and public relations. Emphasis on reading, writing media critiques and 
on analysis of concepts and ideas. The course also includes an introduction to 
research methods for the study of mass communication. Oral communication 
emphasis: Presenting reading and research reports. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area 
of the mass media. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the 
instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the project. 

JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in 
broadcast or news editorial journalism and departmental approval before 
arranging for internship. 

Students work at a newspaper, magazine, broadcast station, or other agency to 
obtain on-the-job journalism experience, preferably during an eight- to 12-week 
period the summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course 
is taken. At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Procedures and 
guidelines are available from the department. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 



213 



Journalism and Communication 



PUBLIC RELATIONS 

PREL 234. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to the 
historical development and contemporary practice of public relations; analysis of the 
public relations role in business, industry and non-profit organizations and of the 
functions and responsibilities of the public relations practitioner. 

PREL 244. Personal Selling 2 hours 

Principles and techniques of selling products and services based on understanding 
of buyer behavior, time and stress management, and effective persuasion. (Alternate 
years) 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writing, layout 
and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for public relations and 
marketing. (Alternate years) 

PREL 354. Advertising Copywriting 2 hours 

Principles and practices in writing and preparing advertising messages for the mass 
media. Analysis of successful advertising copy as well as opportunity for students 
to develop their own copywriting skills are part of the course. Social responsibility 
and ethics of the advertiser and copywriter are an integral part of instruction. 
(Alternate years) 

PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 and CPTE 245/345. 

Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach specified 
audiences through mass media channels and through controlled media. Preparation 
of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, audio-visuals, speeches and media 
campaigns; planning and conducting special events. 

PREL 368. Fund Development 1-3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning, 
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect lists, 
writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership, working with 
foundations. (Every third summer) 

PREL 297/397. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 
Supervised work experience in public relations, advertising, or sales. At least 90 
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. 
Procedures and guidelines are available from the department. A two-thirds tuition 
waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

PREL 406. Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public 
opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public response; characteristics 
of publics and how they are influenced. (Alternate years) 



214 



Journalism and Communication 



PREL 480. Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communications 
and decision-making process. Application of communications theory and techniques 
in developing both internal and external communications systems in terms of 
organizational nature and purpose; selected case studies. (Alternate years) 

PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area 
of public relations, advertising or marketing. Directed study topics will be selected 
with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in 
carrying out the project. 

PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in public 
relations and departmental approval before arranging for internship. 
Students work at a public relations office, department or agency to obtain on-the-job 
public relations experience, preferably during an eight- to 12-week period the 
summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course is taken. 
At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Procedures and guidelines 
are available from the department. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 



WORKSHOPS 

JOUR 175/475. Communication Workshop 1-3 hours 

One semester-hour credit will be available for 40 clock hours of active participation 
in workshops conducted by the department in such areas as free-lance writing, news 
writing, video production, editing newsletters, crisis communication, public relations 
writing, fund raising, writing for student publications, editing student publications, 
and advising student publications. Advanced students may earn additional credits 
by completing a project started during the workshop. May be repeated for credit. 
(Summer) 






215 



Mathematics 



Chair: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: Robert Moore, Art Richert 



Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical think- 
ing have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well- 
educated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the 
invention of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the 
calculus, the development of statistical inference, and more recently the 
development of computers, to name just a few, are mathematical 
contributions to civilization which have significantly affected the 
philosophies, commerce, science, and technology of mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical 
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing 
students to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, 
logical thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of 
problem-solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal 
education of professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of 
mathematics, and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of 
mathematics. 

PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS 

In addition to meeting graduation requirements listed below and 
elsewhere in this catalog, mathematics majors must satisfy the follow- 
ing two requirements: 

1. Take two courses, in or outside the Mathematics 
Department, which have an oral communication 
component. Mathematics courses which have this 
component are MATH 319, 415, 485. 

2. Take the Educational Testing Service Major Field 
Achievement Test in Mathematics during the senior 
year. 



Major (BA): Thirty hours including MATH 181, 182, 200 or 319, 
216, 218, 318, 411, and 485. Secondary certification requires MATH 
215 and 415. CPTR 131 is a cognate requirement. 



216 



Mathematics 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA MATHEMATICS 






YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 


MATH 181,182 


Calculus I, II 


3 4 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


CPTR 131 


Fund Prog I 


3 


MATH 200 


Elem Lin Algebra 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 






Area E, Science 


3 3 




OR 


2 




Area G-l, Creat Skills 






AREA F-3, Hlth Sci 






OR 


2 




Area G-3, Rec 


1 




Area G-3, Recreation 






Area D-l/Beg For Lang _3 _3 




Elective or Minor 


3 3 






15 16 




. 


16 15 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 


MATH 411 


Inter Analysis* 


3 


MATH 


UD Elective 


3 3 


MATH 


UD Elective 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 485 


Math Seminar* 


1 




Area C-2/Pbl Sci/Econ 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 






Electives or Minor 


9 12 




Speech 


3 






16 15 




UD Electives 


3 










Elect ives or Minor 


4 6 

16 15 









•These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 317, 
318, 319, 411, 412, and 485. Secondary certification requires MATH 
215 and 415. Cognate requirements are CPTR 131; PHYS 211-212, 
213-214. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. MATHEMATICS 



YEAR1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






M 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


MATH 181, 182 


Calculus I, II 


3 


4 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


CPTR 131 


Fund Prog I 


3 




MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 




Area B, Religion 




3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 








Area B, Religion 


3 




OR 


2 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area F-3, Hlth Sci 








Area G-l, Creat Skills 






Area G-3, Recreational 1 






OR 


2 




Electives 


3 


3 




Area G-3, Recreational 








15 


16 




Electives 


4 
16 16 



217 



Mathematics 








years 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




Mil 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 


MATH 411-412 


Inter Analysis* 3 3 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra* 


3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar* 1 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables* 


3 


MATH 


Elective 3 3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area D,Lang/Ut/F Art 3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area C-2,Pbl Sc/Econ 


3 




Electives 3 6 




Area D,Lang/Lit/F Art 


3 




16 15 




Area E, Science 


3 








Electives 


4 3 
16 15 







•These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 181 and six hours of upper 
division courses. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Mathematics 
requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional 
education courses for licensure. See explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 158. 



MATHEMATICS 

MATH 080. Elementary Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

This remedial course covers the content of first-year high school algebra. It is 
required of all students who meet NONE of the following criteria: 1) ACT math 
standard score of 16 or above; 2) ACT math elementary algebra subscore of 8 or 
above; 3) high school Algebra II with a grade of C or better. Tuition for three 
semester hours will be charged for this course. (Eall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 090. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents, and radicals, equations and 
inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equations, 
logarithms. Tuition for three semester hours will be charged for this course. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numeration 
systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, metric system, 
consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics. (Fall, Spring) 



218 



Mathematics 



MATH 120. College Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra or MATH 090. 
The real and complex number systems; algebraic equations and inequalities; 
functions and their graphs including polynomial, rational, exponential, and 
logarithmic functions; conic sections. This course does not apply on a major or 
minor in mathematics. (FeQI, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 121. Trigonometry (A-2) 2 hours 

Pre- or oorequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent. 

The trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs, trigono- 
metric equations and identities, trigonometric form of complex numbers, applica- 
tions. This course does not apply on a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall, 
Spring) 

MATH 181. Calculus I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120 or a high school precalculus course. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions (non-trigonometric) 
including limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications 
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 182. Calculus II 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 121 or equivalent and MATH 181. 

Precise definitions of limits, calculus of the trigonometric functions, further topics 
in differential and integral calculus, polar coordinates, analytic geometry, para- 
metric equations, sequences, infinite series, Taylor series, vectors. (Spring) 

MATH 200. Elementary Linear Algebra 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, vector spaces, linear trans- 
formations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. (Spring) 

MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two years 
of high school algebra, or MATH 090, or MATH 103. 

An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organization and 
analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions (binomial, normal, 
Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and 
regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of lope and 

sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. (Spring) 

MATH 218. Calculus III 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus including Green's theorem, 

Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall) 



219 



Mathematics 



MATH 280. Applied Mathematics for Computer Science 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques, 
and finite state automata. (Fall) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equations, 
power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the Laplace 
transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. (Spring) 

MATH 316. Partial Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Beasel 

functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, including 
mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the Cauchy Goursat 
theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent series, the theory of 
residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of linear 
equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of programming. 
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integration, 
numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, error analysis. 
(Spring, even years) 

MATH 411-412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, uniform 
continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the derivative and 
integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences and series of functions, 
orderings. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 



220 



- 



Mathematics 



MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

I Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 
Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, finite 
geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, geometric 
transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. (Fall, odd years) 
LTH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 090, or 103, or equivalent and permission from the Depart- 
ment of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics. 

Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and tests 
which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selected from the 
following: organization and analysis of data, probability, various parametric and 
nonparametric probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation 
and regression. This course is designed for community registered nurses who are 
working on advanced degrees and is offered periodically at the request of the 
Department of Nursing. 

MATH 475. Mathematics in the Sciences 1 hour 

Prerequisites: All mathematics and science courses required for the B.A. degree 
in social and Natural Science Studies. 

A study of the ways in which elementary (precalculus) mathematics is used in the 
natural and social sciences. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics. (Spring) 

MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics including 
topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics majors obtaining secondary 
certification must choose topics in the history and philosophy of mathematics. (Fall, 
odd years) 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation with an 

instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. (On demand) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content 

Methods/Mathematics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (Fall) 



221 



Modern Languages 



Chair: Helmut Ott 
Eaculty: Mari-Carmen Gallego 

This department offers the opportunity for students to discover 
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as 
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The 
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical 
tool in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture 
should be part of the background of educated persons, particularly 
those with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern 
Languages aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility 
to demonstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or 
as respondents to the Master's gospel commission. 

FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad, Southern College is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of 
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign 
language amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 

The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: in Austria, Seminar 
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, 
Collonges-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, 
Sagunto. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, 
GERMAN, OR SPANISH 

Major (B.A.) — French, German or Spanish: Thirty-six hours 
distributed as follows: 

1. The intermediate level of the target language 

taken prior to the ACA year 6 hours 

2. A minimum of three semester hours each in 

(1) Culture and Civilization, and (2) Literature 6-12 hours 

3. Additional language courses focusing on speaking, 
reading, listening, and writing to bring the total 
to 36 semester hours. At least 14 semester hours 

must be upper division. 18-24 hours 

TOTAL 36 hours 

222 



Modern Languages 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. French 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Sc 


imei 


ter 






1st 2nd 




. 


1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


FREN 207-208 


Intermediate French 


3 


3 


EDUC 135* 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 217* 


Psyc Found of Educ 


2 




BELT 138* 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




PEAC 


PE Activity 


1 




FREN 101-102 


Elementary French 


3 


3 


HIST 154 


Amer Hist & Instit 






MATH 103 


Survey of Math 
or 








or 
Another C-l oourse 


3 






Another A-2 course 


3 




BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 






SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 
or 




3 




or 
Another Area E oourse 


3 






Another D-4 course 






RELB 


Religion Elective 


3 




HIST 175 


World Civilization 

or 
Another C-l Course 




3 


BELT 255* 
ERSC 105 


Christian Beliefs 
Earth Science 
or 




3 


PSYC 128* 


Developmental Psych 




3 




Another Area E oourse 




3 


PEAC 


PE Activity 




1 


HLED 173 


Life and Health 




2 






15 


16 


HMNT 205 


Arts and Ideas 

or 
Another D-3 course 




3 










EDUC 250* 


Technology in Ed 


13 


2 

18 


tEAB 5-Institut AdventUte du Saleve" 




YEAR 4 


Seme* 
1st 


iter 


Sart^rl 






2nd 


FREN 211 


Phonetics 


2 




ENGL 214 


Survey of Amer Lit 






FREN 221 


Intermed Composition 


3 






or 






FREN 231 


Intermed Orthography 


3 






Another D-2 course 


3 




FREN 251 


Intermed Oral Exp 


3 




EDUC 356* 


Tests & Measurements 


2 




FREN 254 


Relig Conversation 


2 




RELB 


UD Religion 


3 








13 




EDUC 437 
EDUC 427* 


Curr & Gen Methds 
Current Issues in Ed 


2 
2 




Quarter 2 








MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




FREN 471 


French Civilization 


3 




PLSC204 


World Geography 




3 


FREN 311 


Phonetics 


2 




EDUC 438 


Curr & Content Methds 


2 


FREN 301 


Advanced French 


6 




PEAC 


PE Activity 




1 


HIST 301 


French History 


2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 


FREN 321 


Adv Composition I 


3 




EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 




1 






16 




ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 
Elective 




3 
3 


Quarter 3 












15 


15 


FREN 461 


Literary Discussion 


2 












FREN 472 


French Civilization 


3 




Semester (For certification only) 






FREN 381 


Survey of French Lit 


2 




EDUC 468 


Enhanced Student Tchg 8 




FREN 331 


Adv Orthography I 


3 












FREN 351 


Adv Oral Expression I 


3 












FREN 425 


French Rhetoric 


5 
18 













•Students not pursuing certification to teach may replace these courses with others that fulfill their personal 
graduation requirements. 

••This is a suggested sequence. For the specific requirements that must be met, see under Major (B.A.): 
French, German, Spanish on page 216. 



223 



Modern Languages 



I^pical Sequence of Courses for 
BJV. German 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






lit 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


GRMN 207-208 


Intermediate German 


3 


3 


EDUC 135* 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 217* 


Psyc Found of Educ 


2 




RELT 138* 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




PEAC 


PE Activity 


1 




GRMN 101-102 


Elementary German 


3 


3 


HIST 154 


Amer Hist & Instit 






MATH 103 


Survey of Math 
or 








or 
Another C-l course 


3 






Another A-2 course 


3 




BIOl 103 


Prin of Biology 






SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 
or 




3 




or 
Another Area E course 


3 






Another D-4 course 




3 


RELB 


Religion Elective 


3 




HIST 175 


World Civilization 

or 
Another C-l Course 




3 


RELT 255* 
ERSC 105 


Christian Beliefs 
Earth Science 
or 




3 


PSYC 128* 


Developmental Psych 




3 




Another Area E course 




3 


PEAC 


PE Activity 




1 


HLED 173 


Life and Health 




2 






15 


16 


HMNT 205 


Arts and Ideas 

or 
Another D-3 course 




3 










EDUC 250* 


Technology in Ed 


13 


2 
16 


YEAR 5— Seminar Schloss Botfenhofen** 


(ter 


YEAR 4 


Semei 


iter 




Semet 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 214 


Survey of Amer Lit 






GRMN 231 


Rding/Pronunciation 


1 






or 






GRMN 221 


Conversation I 


1 






Another D-2 course 


3 




GRMN 205 


Spelling I 


1 




EDUC 356* 


Tests & Measurements 


2 




GRMN 211 


Comp/Dictation I 


2 




RELB 


UD Religion 


3 




GRMN 201 


Grammar I 


4 




EDUC 437 


Curr & Gen Methds 


2 




HUMN201 


History of Fine Arts 


3 




EDUC 427* 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 




HIST 204 


European Civilization 


2 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




GRMN 301 


Grammar II 




4 


PLSC204 


World Geography 




3 


GRMN 305 


Spelling II 




I 


EDUC 438 


Curr & Content Methds 


2 


GRMN 311 


Comp/Dictation II 




2 


PEAC 


PE Activity 




i 


GRMN 321 


Conversation II 




1 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 


GRMN 331 


Rdg/Pronunciation II 




1 


EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 




1 


GRMN 355 


Surv of Grmn Lit 




3 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 




3 


BUAD 301 


In to Cntrl Euro Bans 




2 




Elective 




3 


RELH 304 


The Reformation 


14 


2 
16 






15 


15 










Semester 9 (For certification only) 







♦Students not pursuing certification to teach may replace these courses with others that fulfill their personal 
graduation requirements. 

••This is a suggested sequence. For the specific requirements that must be met, see under Major {B.A.): 
French, German, Spanish on page 216. 



224 



Modern Languages 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. SPANISH 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




i 


1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SPAN 207-208 


Intermediate Spanish 


3 


3 


EDUC 135* 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 217* 


Psyc Found of Educ 


2 




RELT 138* 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




PEAC 


PE Activity 


1 




SPAN 101-102 


Elementary Spanish 


3 


3 


HIST 154 


Amer Hist & Instit or 






MATH 103 


Survey of Math or 








Another C-l course 


3 






Another A-2 course 


3 




BIOl 103 


Prin of Biology or 






SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Another Area E course 


3 






or 






RELB 


Religion Elective 


3 






Another D-4 course 






RELT 255* 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


HIST 175 


World Civilization or 
Another C-l Course 




3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 
or 






PSYC 128* 


Developmental Psych 




3 




Another Area E course 




3 


PEAC 


PE Activity 




1 


HLED 173 


Life and Health 




2 






15 


16 


HMNT 205 


Arts and Ideas 

or 
Another D-3 course 




3 










EDUC 250* 


Technology in Ed 


13 


2 
16 


YEAR 3— Coleaio Advent i»t a de Sagunto 


•• 


YEAR 4 


Semei 
1st 


iter 


Quarter 1 






2nd 


SPAN 201 


Spanish Folklore 


2 




ENGL 214 


Survey of Amer Lit 






SPAN 251 


Interm Span Grammar 


4 






or 






SPAN 261 


Intermed Span Comp 


2 






Another D-2 course 


3 




SPAN 271 


Intermed Span Conver 


2 




EDUC 356* 


Tests & Measurements 


2 




ART 321 


Hist of European Art 


2 




RELB 


UD Religion 


3 




GEOG 311 


Geography of Spain 


2 




EDUC 437 


Curr & Gen Methds 


2 








15 




EDUC 427* 
MATH 215 


Current Issues in Ed 
Statistics 


2 
3 




Quarter 2 








PLSC204 


World Geography 




3 


SPAN 312 


Spain & Its Culture 


2 




EDUC 438 


Curr & Content Methds 


2 


SPAN 331 


Hist of Span Lit 


3 




PEAC 


PE Activity 




1 


SPAN 352 


Adv Spanish Grammar I 4 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 


SPAN 362 


Adv Span Comp I 


2 




EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 




1 


SPAN 372 


Adv Spanish Conver I 


2 




ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 




3 


HIST 302 


History of Spain 


3 
16 






Elective 


15 


3 
15 


Quarter 3 
















SPAN 353 


Adv Spanish Grammar I 4 




Semester 9 (For certification only) 







SPAN 363 
SPAN 373 
SPAN 332 
SPAN 313 
SPAN 272 



Adv Spanish Comp I 2 
Adv Spanish Conver I 
Hist of Spanish Lit 
Spain & Its Culture 
Inter Span Conversat 






•Students not pursuing certification to teach may replace these courses with others that fulfill their personal 
graduation requirements, 

**This is a suggested sequence. For the specific requirements that must be met, see under Major (B.A): 
French, German, Spanish on page 216. 

Minor — French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding 
course 101-102 but including course 207-208 and six hours of 
upper-division courses. Students desiring a language minor must earn 
all upper division credits either at ACA or in two summer terms in an 
intensive language program previously approved by this department. 



225 



Modern Languages 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST) 

Major — International Studies: This major is intended to offer 
basic language and literature within a framework of international 
cultural dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a 
"humanities" major To complete this program in either French, 
German, or Spanish, students must spend at least one semester on an 
ACA campus overseas. 

For the International Studies major, thirty hours are required, as 
listed below. A cognate requirement of RELT 368, Comparative 
Religions (3 hours), may be taken as one of the required general 
education courses (area B). 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 207-208 (Intermediate Level) 6 hours 

Composition and Conversation 3 hours 

Culture and Civilization . . . . 3 hours 

Additional hours in language and literature for students 
desiring teaching endorsement, or the intermediate level 

of a second language for all others 6 hours 

ART 344 History of Art 3 hours 

ENGL 445 World Literature 3 hours 

MUHL 115 Listening to Music 3 hours 

HIST 354 History of Latin America for students whose target 
language is Spanish, and HIST 386 Rise of the West 
OR HIST 389 Vienna to Vietnam for all others . . 3 hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 

TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAM 

I. Philosophy 

The teacher preparation program of the Modern Languages 
Department is based on the belief that competent language teachers 
possess at least near native mastery of the target language, have a 
realistic understanding of and genuine appreciation for the culture of 
the peoples who speak it, and are able to apply sound educational 
principles and effective methodologies to their teaching practice. 

Such a competency requires that the candidates spend at least one 
school year living and learning in a country where the target language 
is spoken, and that they build a solid foundation in the principles and 
methods of education in general and of the teaching of modern 
languages in particular. 

II. OBJECTIVES 

The overall objective of the Modern Languages teacher preparation 
program is to enable the candidates to master the contents, develop the 
skills, and apply the methodologies required for effective language 
teaching. 

226 



Modern Languages 



h Content Objectives 

A. Speaking 

Enable the candidates to achieve near native mastery of the 
target language particularly as it relates to vocabulary, sentence 
structure, and oral expression. This includes the ability to 
converse in a way that is easily understood by native speakers 
about everyday situations and non-technical topics of current 
public interest. 

B. Reading 

Help the candidates to acquire the linguistic expertise needed to 
read materials of a newspaper level of difficulty on one hand, 
and literary texts on the other. 

C. Listening 

Help the candidates master the language well enough to be able 
to follow without major difficulty radio/TV news reports, a 
conversation among native speakers, interviews, and short 
lectures dealing with non-technical topics. 

D. Writing 

Help the candidates develop writing skills needed to take notes 
in the target language and to write cohesive summaries, to write 
social correspondence, and to produce a short essay about a 
personal experience or current event of public interest. 

E. Culture and Civilization 

Help the candidates develop a knowledge, understanding, and 
appreciation of the culture of the peoples who speak the target 
language. This includes their daily patterns, societal structures, 
institutions, and value systems. It also includes general 
knowledge of the historical, geographical, political, sociological, 
artistic, and literary aspects of the target culture. In the 
process the candidates will also develop the ability to compare 
and contrast the target culture with their own, and to see how 
they relate, contribute to, and enrich each other. 

2. Professional Objectives 

The professional component of the program is designed to provide 
the candidate with: 

A. A theoretical framework about education, the learner, the 
learning process, and the acquisition of language. 

B. Knowledge of various theories and methods of foreign language 
instruction and the ability to modify instruction as appropriate 
to language and student population. 

C. Understanding of the developmental nature of language 
proficiency and the ability to measure student proficiency in 
various skills appropriate to the language being taught and the 
level of instruction. 



227 



Modern Languages 



D. Ability to convey to many different audiences, including 
students, parents, administrators, businesses, and community, 
the importance of foreign language proficiency as it relates to 
local needs and interests. 

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 

I. Courses Offered at the SC Campus 

FRENCH 

FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101, or equivalent. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern language if 
credit has already been received for it at the secondary level. 

FREN 207-208* Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite; FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a 

satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the 

department. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 

material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (FREN 207 is 

offered Fall; 208, Spring) 

GERMAN 

GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hourg 

Prerequisitie: GRMN 101, or equivalent. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern language if 
credit has already been received for it at the secondary level. 

GRMN 207-208. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or 

a satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the 

department. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 

material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (GRMN 207 is 

offered Fall; 208, Spring.) 

SPANISH 

SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101, or equivalent 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern language if 
credit has already been received for it at the secondary level. 



228 



Modern Languages 



SPAN 207-208. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the 
department. * 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (SPAN 
207 is offered Fall; 208, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content 

Methods/Modern Languages 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical application, 
with special attention to goals, planning, classroom techniques, selection and 
utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of student performance. 

(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

II. Courses offered at the ACA campuses 
1. Institut Adventiste de Collonges 

FREN 111. Phonetics 1-2 quarter hours 

Familiarization with the French system of phonetics and the primary rules of 
spelling. Includes exercises in transcription. 

FREN 151* Beginning Oral Expression 1-3 quarter hours 

For students without conversational skills. Students will learn how to ask and 
answer simple questions and will use in short dialogues or oral descriptions the 
sentence structure, vocabulary, and syntax studied in FREN 101. 

FREN 154* Religious Conversation 1-2 quarter hours 

Conversation on spiritual topics. Study of the principal personalities of the Bible. 

FREN 211. Phonetics 1-2 quarter hours 

Familiarization with the French system of phonetics and the primary rules of 
spelling. Includes exercises in transcription and a laboratory period. 

FREN 221* Intermediate Composition 2-3 quarter hours 

Fundamental principles of French composition and stylistics. 

FREN 251. Intermediate Oral Expression 1-3 quarter hours 

For students having a basic knowledge of French. They will learn how to function 
in a socially acceptable way in French culture by using the vocabulary, syntax, and 
sentence structure studied in FREN 201 class in dialogues, role plays, and varied 
activities. 

FREN 254. Religion Conversation 1-2 quarter hours 

Conversation on spiritual topics. Study of the teachings of Jesus in the parables. 

FREN 301. Advanced French 6 quarter hours 

For students scoring sufficiently high on the placement test or those having 
completed FREN 201. 

229 



Modern Languages 



FREN 311. Phonetics 1-2 quarter hours 

Familiarization with the French System of phonetics and the primary rules of 
spelling. Includes exercises in transcription. 

FREN 321* Advanced Composition I 2-3 quarter hours 

Techniques of composition, planning and organization, narrative procedures, 
descriptions and development of ideas. Requirement for students preparing for the 
Diplome de Langue de TAlliance Francaise. 

FREN 351. Advanced Oral Expression I 1-3 quarter hours 

• Students will develop their ability to express their ideas on different topics 

* concerning French culture and civilization through presentations. 

FREN 354. Religious Conversation 1-2 quarter hours 

Conversation on spiritual topics. Study of several books of the Bible. 

FREN 361. Literary Discussion 2 quarter hours 

Systematic reading and analysis of vocabulary style in specific French literary 
works. Requirement for students preparing for the Dipl6me de Langue de 
TAlliance Francaise. 

FREN 381. Survey of French Literature 2 quarter hours 

A survey of French literary masterpieces from the Middle Ages to the 20th 
century. 

FREN 411. Phonetics 1-2 quarter hours 

Familiarization with the French system of phonetics and the primary rules of 
spelling. Includes exercises in transcription. 

FREN 421, 422. Advanced Composition II 2-3,2-3 quarter hours 

Techniques of expository writing. Study of the process of writing, analysis of the 
subject, narrative procedures, description and development of ideas. Requirement 
for students preparing for the Diplome de Langue de P Alliance Franchise. 

FREN 425, 426, 427. French Rhetoric 2-5,2-5,2-5 quarter hours 

Techniques of expository writing (as for examinations). Study of the process of 
writing: analysis of the subject; documentation and research of ideas; complete 
outlining; writing of drafts and re- writing; linking of ideas in various parts of a 
text. Requirement for students preparing for the Dipl6me de Langue de TAlliancG 
Francaise. 

FREN 431, 432, 433. 

Advanced Orthography 2-3,2-3,2-3 quarter hours 

Intensive practical application of French orthography. Requirement for students 
preparing for the Diplome de Langue de 1* Alliance Franchise. 

FREN 441, 442, 443. Advanced Grammar 2-4,2-4,2-4 quarter hours 

Systematic review of the rules of French grammar. Requirement for students 
preparing for the Diplome de Langue de 1' Alliance Francaise. 

FREN 451. Advanced Oral Expression II 2-3 quarter hours 

Individual exercises and group discussion on a wide variety of current topics in 
order to allow the student to acquire and put into a more varied, precise, and 
flexible style in spoken French. 

FREN 454, 455, 456. 

Religious Conversation 1-2,1-2,1-2 quarter hours 

Conversation on spiritual topics. Study of the Sanctuary, Daniel, and Revelation. 



230 



Modern Languages 



FREN 461 t 462. Literary Discussion 2,2 quarter hours 

Systematic reading and analysis of vocabulary style ideas of specific French 
literary works. Every quarter new authors and books of different styles are studied 
in depth. 

FREN 465, 466, 467. Literary Analysis 2-3,2-3,2-3 quarter hours 

Reading, analysis, and commentary of French literary texts. Requirement for 
students preparing for the Dipl6me de Langue de TAlliance Francaise. 

FREN 471, 472, 473. French Civilization 2-3,2-3,2-3 quarter hours 

A study of the main artistic trends in French history and the importance and 
influence of French culture from the Middle Ages to contemporary times. French 
life today: intellectual, artistic, political, and religious. 

FREN 481. Studies in French Literature 2-3 quarter hours 

A study of the history of the French literature and its different styles utilizing 
works from the Middle Ages to the 20th century. 

FREN 491, 492, 493. Studies in 

French Literature 2-3,2-3,2-3 quarter hours 

A study of the history of French literature and its different styles utilizing works 
from the 18th century to the 20th century. 

FREN 495. Independent Study 1-4 quarter hours 

Properly qualified students may with the consent of the Director of the Institut 
de Langue Francaise, undertake an investigation suited to their background and 
experience. 

HIST 301. French History 2 quarter hours 

This class permits students to acquire knowledge about the history of France by 
studying events and the political, economic, social, and religious movements in 
France from the time of the Romans to the present. Students are required to 
present research reports on different historical topics. 



2. Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen 

GRMN 201. Grammar I 4 hours 

Outline of German syntax with special attention to the peculiarities of the German 
language and the difficulties in the declensions. 

GRMN 205. Spelling I 1 hour 

Taken concurrently with GRMN 201. 

GRMN 211. Composition-Dictation 2 hours 

Enlargement of the idiomatic use of the written language based on the previously 
acquired grammatical knowledge of the German language. Short essays and 
precis. Automatic usage of proper spelling. Training the ear to differentiate 
between the various sounds of the spoken language. 

GRMN 221. Conversation I 1 hour 

Enlargement of the vocabulary touching on various aspects; practice dialogue 
situations including the colloquial peculiarities and practice in the idiomatic use 
of the German language. 

GRMN 231. Reading & Pronunciation I 1 hour 

Practicing German pronunciation and improving reading comprehension through 
the analysis of the reading material. 

231 



Modern Languages 



GRMN 301. Grammar II 4 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 201 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam. 
Advanced work in German syntax. Special practice in the grammatical use of the 
verb and the most common form of sentence structure. Course may be repeated 
with different content. 

GRMN 302. Grammar III 4 hours 

A continuation of GRMN 301. 

GRMN 305. Spelling II 1 hour 

Taken concurrently with GRMN 302. Course may be repeated with different 
content. 

GRMN 306. Spelling III 1 hour 

Taken concurrently with GRMN 302. 

GRMN 311. Composition-Dictation II 2 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 211 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam. 
Advanced work on the idiomatic use of the written and oral language. Course may 
be repeated with different content. 

GRMN 312. Composition-Dictation III 2 hours 

A continuation of GRMN 311. 

GRMN 321. Conversation II 1 hour 

Prerequisite: GRMN 221 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam. 
Advanced vocabulary training, including colloquial peculiarities. Course may be 
repeated with different content. 

GRMN 322. Conversation III 1 hour 

A continuation of GRMN 321. 

GRMN 331. Reading & Pronunciation II 1 hour 

Prerequisite: GRMN 321 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam. 
Course may be repeated with different course content. 

GRMN 332. Reading & Pronunciation III 1 hour 

A continuation of GRMN 331. 

GRMN 354, 355. Survey of German Literature 3,3 hours 

A brief survey of German literature from the old German alliterative poems to 
contemporary writings. 

GRMN 495. Independent Study 1-4 hours 

Properly qualified students may with the consent of the director of the language 
and culture program, undertake an investigation suited to their background and 
experience. May be taken any term. Maximum of four hours permitted. 

BUAD 301, 302. Introduction to 

Central European Business 2,2 hours 

The nature of the European business system is studied and analyzed including the 
role of business in society. Examinations of the functions of a business enterprise, 
Data processing and German correspondence. 

HIST 204, 205. European Civilization 2,2 hours 

A course in Western Civilization, dealing with the historical, geographical, 
political, and social studies of the German-speaking countries, e.g. the Hapsburgs, 
central-European countries, east>west politics, policy of neutrality, newspapers, 
currencies, etc. 

232 



Modern Languages 



HUMN 201, 202. History of Fine Arts 3,3 hours 

Outline of European cultural history with the emphasis on the presentation of art 
and music of the culture European areas. Recommended for students with 
advanced German language skills. 

RELH 304. The Reformation 2 hours 

The Church from 1526 to 1648 A.D. Zwingli and the Swiss Reformation; the 
Anabaptists; the continuation of the Reformation in Germany; Calvin and 
Calvinism; and the Counter Reformation. 



3. Colegio Adventista de Sagunto 

SPAN 201, 202, 203. Spanish Folklore 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Insight on the customs, traditions, holidays, costumes, music, songs, and dances 
of the Spanish people with an in-depth study on individual regions. 

SPAN 251, 252, 253. Intermediate 

Spanish Grammar 4,4,4 quarter hours 

Review of grammar combined with oral and written practice at the intermediate 
level. 

SPAN 261, 262, 263, Intermediate 

Spanish Composition 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Written Spanish with special emphasis on grammar, orthography, and syntax at 
the intermediate level. At least one composition due each week based on everyday 
topics. 

SPAN 271, 272, 273. Intermediate Spanish 

Conversation 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Oral practice in class with emphasis on grammar, phonetics, and syntax at the 
intermediate level. Lab required. 

SPAN 312, 313. Spain and Its Culture 2,2 quarter hours 

Lectures and readings on Spanish culture — its history, politics, arts, and 
literature — with special emphasis on the Spanish way of thinking. 

SPAN 331, 332, 333. History of 

Spanish Literature 3,3,3 quarter hours 

A general study of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to contemporary times. 
Recommended for students with advanced Spanish language skills. 

SPAN 351, 352, 353. Advanced 

Spanish Grammar I 4,4,4 quarter hours 

An in-depth study of the Spanish grammar and syntax combined with both oral 
and written practice. 

SPAN 361, 362, 363. Advanced 

Spanish Composition I 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Written Spanish with special emphasis on reading comprehension and composi- 
tions which incorporate the usage and understanding of studied grammatical 
structures. Compositions will be related to themes studied in class. 



233 



Modern Languages 



SPAN 371, 372, 373. Advanced 

Spanish Conversation I 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Attainment of a strong basic Spanish vocabulary with special emphasis on 
grammatical structures and idioms, and an understanding of the different 
speaking levels that exist within the language. Emphasis will also be placed on 
being able to understand and participate fluently and with self-confidence in a 
colloquial Spanish conversation. Lab required. 

SPAN 422, 423. Translation & Interpretation 2,2 quarter hours 

Prerequisites: SPAN 461, 461, and 471 at B or above grade level. SPAN 422 is 

a prerequisite to SPAN 423. 

Translation methodology and its application to translations of Spanish texts into 

English and vice versa. Attention is given to the idiomatic expressions in both 

languages. 

SPAN 451, 452, 453. 

Advanced Spanish Grammar II 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Review of grammar with emphasis on difficult points of grammar, orthography 
syntax, and style combined with the study of expressions, idioms, and an increase 
in vocabulary. 

SPAN 471, 472, 473, 

Advanced Spanish Conversation II 2,2,2 quarter hours 

Discussion at all levels of the language: colloquial, technical, and philosophical. 
Some of the discussions will be taken from newspapers and/or magazines. Special 
emphasis on syntax, style, phonetic accuracy, and vocabulary. 

ART 321, 322, 323. History of European Art 3,3,3 quarter hours 

Lectures dealing with the character and cultural climate of the epochs of European 
civilization as related to the fine arts. Recommended for students with advanced 
Spanish language skills. 

GEOG 311. Geography of Spain 2 quarter hours 

An overview of the physical as well as political geography of the country. Special 
attention is given to each of the Spanish regions and their peculiarities. 

HIST 301, 302, 303. History of Spain 3,3,3 quarter hours 

A general panorama of the major events which led to the formation of modern 
Spain; from its earliest settlers, the Reconquest, its kingdoms, to the events of the 
twentieth century. Recommended for students with advanced Spanish language 
skills. 






234 



Music 



Chair: Marvin L. Robertson 

Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Julie Boyd, Orlo Gilbert, Judith 

Glass, Patricia Silver 
Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean, Karla Fowkes, Devin Fryling, Elaine 

Janzen, Nora Kile, Jan Parisi, Mark Reneau, Gordon 

Stangeland 

The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one 
of the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of 
God and to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this 
philosophy, course work is offered which meets the needs of the general 
college student as well as music majors and minors. 

The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the 
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and 
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance 
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills 
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of 
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of 
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take 
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perfor- 
mance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman 
standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and 
MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be 
obtained by writing the chair of the Department of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano 
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not 
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General 
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examina- 
tion includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several 
moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmo- 
nization of simple folk melodies. The functional piano examination 
should be passed during the first week of the first semester in residence 
or the student must register for applied piano instruction. (See Music 
Lesson Fees under Financial Policies section of this CATALOG.) 



235 



Music 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice 
per lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following 
a jury examination at the end of each semester. 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required 
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except for 
the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and 
senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to 
meet this requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to 
participate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence 
(12 or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are 
exempted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must, 
however, complete eight hours of appropriate ensembles. Appropriate 
ensembles are defined as follows: string majors, Symphony Orchestra; 
wind and percussion majors, Concert Band; voice majors, Southern 
Singers; keyboard majors, any of the above. Students are encouraged 
to participate in a variety of other ensembles as time permits. 

Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or 
the Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student 
must be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior 
recital. Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may 
be partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music perfor- 
mance. 

A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at 
least three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance 
at this audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

Senior Assessment Examination: During the senior year each 
graduating senior will take the nationally standardized Major Field 
Achievement Test. The results of this examination will be used to help 
determine the effectiveness of the music program and the competency 
level of the graduates. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the 
sophomore year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses. 

c. Completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122. 

e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 



236 



Music 

Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result 
in the student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, 
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. 
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters 
before graduation. 



BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education meets state and 
denominational certification requirements. Students must apply for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program through the Department 
of Education and Psychology prior to taking education courses. Each 
student will be responsible to determine the additional courses that 
may be required for certification in the state of his/her choice. This 
information can be obtained at the Department of Education and 
Psychology. 

State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education 
majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at 
the 480 level." 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 

1. English 

2. Mathematics 

B. Religion 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 

2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 

C. History, Political and Economic Systems 

1. History 

2. Political Science and Economics 

D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 

1. Foreign Languages (Intermediate level) 

2. Literature 

3. Speech 

E. Natural Sciences 

1. Biology 

2. Chemistry 

3. Physics 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 
1. Health Science: HLED 173 

G. Activity Skills 
1. Recreational Skills 

TOTAL 45 hours 



9 hours 
6 hours 
3 hours 

12 hours 
6 hours 
6 hours 

9 hours 
6 hours 
3 hours 

3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 
3 hours 

8 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 

2 hours 
2 hours 

2 hours 
2 hours 



237 



Music 

Music Core: 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 hours 

MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 2 hours 

MUCT 211-212 Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours 

MUCT 221 222 Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 hours 

MUHL 320-323 Music history courses 8 hours 

MUPF 477 Instrumental Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 

Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano 
proficiency examination. Four (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be 
used in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard 
may not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the 
Vocal/General Endorsement. 

Vocal/General Endorsement 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice 

Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music & Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED Elective 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

MUPF 227, 228 Singers Diction 2 hours 

TOTAL 31 hours 

B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard 

Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

OR 
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy 

(Organ Concentration) 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) 2 hours 

TOTAL 33-35 hours 



238 



Music 

Instrumental Endorsement 

Applied Music Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) . . 6 hours 

Instrumented Music Methods and Materials 6 hours 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 

Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a 
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided 
both are represented. 

Education Core: 

Before taking education courses, the student must apply to the 
Education and Psychology Department for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
apply to the Education and Psychology Department for admission to 
the professional semester. 

EDUC 135 Introduction to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psych. Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Child and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 421 Behavior Management 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 469 Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 26 hours 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION 



YEARl 

MUCT 111-112 
MUCT 121-122 
ENGL 101-102 
EDUC 135 
MUPP189 
HIST 

RELT 255 
MUPF189 



Music Theory I, II 
Aural Theory I, II 
College Composition 
Intro to Education 
Applied Concentration 
Area C-l, Elective 
Music ensemble 
Christian Beliefs 
Applied Concentration 
Area C-2, R>1 Sci/Econ 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 3 
1 1 
3 3 
3 
2 
3 
1 



16 



YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Ed 2 


EDUC 240 


Except Child & Youth 2 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Mus Theory IILIV 3 3 


MUCT 221-222 


Adv Aur Theory III,IV 1 I 


MUHL 320,321 


History of Music 2 2 


RELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 3 


MUPF189 


Applied Conoen Kybrd 2 2 


MUPF189 


Applied Concentration 2 




Music Ensemble 1 1 


MUED 316/318 


Organ or Piano Pedag 2 




Applied Concentration 2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 




16 16 



239 



Music 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


i 2 




Foreign Language 


3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 


2 


EDUC 421 


Behavior Mngmt 


2 


HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 


EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 


MUHL 322,323 


History of MuBic 


2 2 


MUPF389 


Applied Concen Kybrd 


2 


MUCT 313/413 


Orchestration & Arr 


3 


MUPF477 


Inst Cond Techn 


3 


MUED231 


Music & Movement 


2 


MUPF478 


Choral Cond Techn 


3 


MUED317 


Voice Pedagogy 


2 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 


2 2 


RELB 


Bible Elective 


3 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 


HIST 


Elective 


3 


RELB 


Area B-l, Elective 


3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 3 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


L 






16 16 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 








EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 1 








MUED432 


Student Tchg Sem 


1 
16 15 



YEARS 

EDUC 469 Enhanced Student Tchg 8 

••NOTE: Organ majors must take two hours of MUPF 279 Service Playing. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed 
to give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of 
man. 

Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the 
following: Music Theory including MUCT 111-112, 121-122, 211-212, 
221-222, 313 or 413; MUHL 320, 321, 322, 323; MUPF 189, 389 - 
Concentration; Music Ensembles. 

A student must complete all general education requirements of the 
college. 

The foreign language recommended is either French or German. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJV. MUSIC 



YEAR 1 

MUCT 111-112 
MUCT 121-122 
ENGL 101-102 
MUPF 189 






Semester 
1st 2nd 



Music Theory I, II 
Aural Theory I, II 
College Composition 
Applied Concentration- 

Instrument/Voice 
Music Ensemble 
Area A-2, Mathematics 
Area G-3, Recreation 
Area B, Religion 
Minor or Elective 



3 


3 


1 


1 


3 


3 



15 



1 

1 

0-3 



£2 
15 



YEAR 2 

MUCT 211-212 
MUCT 221-222 
MUPF 189 






Semeiter 
1st 2nd 

Adv Theory IIIJV 3 3 

Adv Aur Th III, IV 1 1 
Applied Concent ration- 

Instrument/Voice 1 1 

Music Ensemble 1 1 
Funct Piano Requirement 
Area B, Religion 3 

Area 0-2 or G-3, Skills 2 
Area D-l, Foreign Lang 

OR 3 3 
Lit/Fine Arts/Speech 

Area C-l, History 3 3 

Minor or Elective _2 

15 16 



240 



- 



Music 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


MUHL 320,321 


History of Music 


2 2 


MUHL 322,323 


History of Music 2 2 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 


1 1 


MUCT313 


Orch & Arr 




Music Ensemble 


1 




OH 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MUCT 413 


Analysis of Mus Form 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 3 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 1 I 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Senior Recital 




Health Science 


3 3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area C-2,Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Minor or Elective 10 9 




Minor or Elective 


3 4 
16 16 




16 15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper 
division credits. 

Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following: 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I and II 6 hours 

MUHL 115 Listening to Music 3 hours 

MUPF 189 Concentration 2 hours 

MUFF 477 or 478 Instrumental or Choral Conducting 

Techniques 3 hours 

Music Course Electives (including three hours upper division) . . 4 hours 

18 hours 

MUSIC THEORY 

MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not apply 
toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. (Spring, 
Summer) 

MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and visually 
comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from one to four 
voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills related to the 
materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take this concurrently 
with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 211-212. Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in MUCT 

111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 221-222. Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 211-212. 
Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. This is a computer 
assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 



241 



Music 



MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and band 
instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumental chamber 
groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and analysis of scores 
is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to the 

more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content to be 
arranged. Approval must be secured from the department chair prior to 
registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



CHURCH MUSIC 

MUCH 215, Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church with 
particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring) 

MUCH 315. Church Music Materials and Administration 3 hours 

The study of worship philosophies, denominational political hierarchies, liturgies, 
ensemble organization, appropriate music literature for performance and adminis- 
trative procedures. Students are required to prepare service music for services of 
various denominations. 

MUSIC HISTORY 

MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musical styles, 
and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are required. Does not 
apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring) 

MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its notation, and 
continuing with the growth of polyphony and the appearance of secular forms. 
Special emphasis will be given to the evaluation of modern editions of music, 
particularly of the Ars Nova, and to investigation of problems in performance 
practice. (Fall, odd years) 

MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. National 
styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the emergence of new ideas, 
particularly the monodic revolution and its resulting new form, opera. The 
development of the theory of common practice and the major changes in notational 
methods, as well as a survey of evolution of musical instruments during this period. 
(Spring, even years) 



242 



Music 

MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 

1700-1900 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral literature; the 
appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano piece); the analysis 
of representative works from all major schools. (Fall, even years) 

MUHL 323. Diverse Musical Systems, 

1900-present (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic to 
minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk music and 
non-Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester might include studies of 
women in music, American music, or minorities. (Spring, odd years) 

MUHL 465. Topics in Music 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for class and 
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Spring, even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings, 
practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the 
instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and 
private instruction is required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic technique, 
and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments and evaluation 
of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Spring, odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for class and 
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 231. Music and Movement: 

A Sequential Approach 2 hours 

A survey of the structure of music including music fundamentals, movement to 
music, performance skills, listening skills, and the integration of music into life 
activities. 



243 



Music 



MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; planning 

a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including technic, repertoire, 

and musicianship. Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, odd numbered 

years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of 

instructor. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; testing 

and classification of voices; physiological and psychological problems of voice 

production and diction. Observation and teaching are required. (Spring, odd 

numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompaniment of 
church services; registration of organ literature on various types of organs, 
Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including curricu- 
lum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters related to 
student teaching. (Spring) 

APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of practice 
and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at 
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 227. Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 228, Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Spring, even numbered years) 



244 



Music 

MUPF 279, Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-liturgical 
services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, conducting from 
the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection of appropriate preludes, 
offertories, and postludes. Performance experience required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at 
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures, 
and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumental ensembles is 
included. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures, 
and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is included. (Spring, 
even numbered years) 

Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the 
College as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music 
major or minor may not apply these toward his applied music concen- 
tration. Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional 
Piano Examination. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music 
major and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the 
examination for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required 
with these course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, 
classical guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, 
oboe, clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, 
baritone tuba, and percussion instruments. 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 

Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit 

245 



Music 

each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, 
including dress rehearsals, is required. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by the members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music of the 
Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras. 

MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music in many 
styles. The music is frequently choreographed. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, musical 
productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This course does not 
fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. (Fall, Spring) 

INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through 
audition. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one 
hour credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required, 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music 
ensemble participation requirement for music majors except those 
taking a keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking 
a keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience 
credit must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony 
Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of 
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

246 



nondepartmental 
Courses 



COOP 265/465. Cooperative Education 1-6 hours 

This course allows students in any department to receive credit for professional 
experience in the workplace. The work must be planned as part of the specialty 
fields of participating students' college programs rather than prior experience. 
Except for specifically designed programs, all internships are conducted as coopera- 
tive education. An academic credit hour requires a minimum of 40 but no more 
than 60 work hours. A maximum of six credit hours is available in cooperative 
education. Unless specifically excepted, a student may apply no more than six credit 
hours of cooperative education to a major. Departments that offer credit in coopera- 
tive education must design a system to supervise and monitor participating stu- 
dents. The plan must describe the type and length of experiences in which students 
will engage, the supervisory and monitoring roles of the academic department and 
the work establishment, and methods of evaluating students' performance. A two- 
thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 
24 and 25. 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Nursing Department 
A general education course introducing a student to the basic principles of human 
nutrition. Includes study of the nutrients and the requirements for different age 
groups and normal physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and 
sociological influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall, 
Spring) 

FRSH 101. Freshman Year Experience 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Behavioral Science Department 
A course designed for all freshmen, focusing on the theory and practice of attitudes 
and skills necessary to adjust to college life. Class assignments include but are not 
limited to the study of career choices, academic skills, time relationships with peers 
and professors, management, and sources of assistance to resolve problems common 
to a Christian campus. All freshmen are encouraged to enroll. 

HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the History Department 

A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and the arts 
will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and literature. Students 
may participate in activities involving specific art forms. Resource persons may 
assist as available. This course is also taught as part of the European study tour 
program during selected summer sessions. 



247 



NONDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 



HMNT 150/350. International Travel 1 hour 

One hour credit is offered to participants in Southern College cultural exchange 
programs that include tours outside the United States. The trip must last a mini- 
mum of seven days excluding air travel to and from the tour location. The itinerary 
must include a minimum of 20 hours in museums, historical sites, concerts, drama, 
and guided sightseeing to qualify for one hour credit. Students will submit written 
summaries/reflections of their learning experiences. Credit for this course is not 
granted simultaneously with credit earned in other tour classes. A complete tuition 
waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

This class is administered by the History Department 
A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science that have 
shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern Scholars program 
during their junior or senior year. Open to other students with permission of 
department chair. A complete tuition waiver for Southern Scholars students only 
applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. 

LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 1 hour 

This class is administered by the McKee Library faculty. 
Designed primarily for student library assistants. The course presents the basic 
concepts of library services and the skills needed for efficient use of library 
materials. The student will be required to complete eight separate modules of study 
pertaining to the organization of the library and the use of general and special 
reference works commonly found in a college library. This course is required of all 
public services library workers. (Fall, Spring) 

LIBR 325* Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Education and Psychology Department 
Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and reading 
that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through critical 
evaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of books and 
materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. 

LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours 

This class is administered by the English and Speech Department. 
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12. 
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific needs 
of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. Develops an 
appreciation for books and readings that can dynamically involve both young adults 
and adults, (Fall) 






248 



NONDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 



NOND 227-228. Christian Service I, II 6,6 hours 

This class is administered by the Vice President for Academic Administra- 
tion in cooperation with the College Chaplain* 
Prerequisite: KELP 099. 

This course is a two-semester sequence designed specifically for students who 
participate in the North American Division Task Force program and those who 
work in countries outside the United States as part of the Student Mission 
Program. The course consists primarily of field work. To receive twelve credit hours 
students must (1) complete a full academic year in a consistent, planned program 
of service characterized by opportunities for Christian witnessing and (2) fulfill 
reading assignments. Other academic activities may be designated as part of the 
course requirements. Periodic reports by both the participating students and 
supervisors are required. Students who withdraw from the program must complete 
a full semester and the reading assignments to receive six hours of credit. This 
course is for elective credit only. A 90 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. The policy for tuition refunds 
applies. The date the college receives notification of withdrawal will be the official 
withdrawal date. This class may not be repeated. 



249 



Nursing 



Chair: Katie Lamb 

Collegedale Faculty: 

Pam Ahlfeld, Leona Gulley, Shirley Howard, Bonnie Hunt, 
Barbara James, Laura Nyirady, Dana Reed, MaryAnn 
Roberts, Kathy Schleier, Shirley Spears, Jean Springett, 
Judy Winters 

Collegedale Adjunct Faculty: 

Bodil Morris, Jane Wright, Callie McArthur, Linda Sanders, 
Judith Ann Greene, Clara Lou Jones 

Orlando Faculty: 

Flora Flood, Millie Preussner, Erma Webb 



The nursing program at Southern College is a 2+2 program that 
leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the 
associate degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state 
approved program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing. 
Licensed diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a 
non-NLN accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state 
board examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided 
to assist students in learning experiences. 

ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an 
in-depth study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. 
Diploma graduates will be required to participate in validation 
procedures designed to evaluate their previous program of study. 

A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each 
year with a limited number of students due to available clinical 
facilities and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size. 

POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately 
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility 
for their learning and professional behavior. 

The Department of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies 



250 



Nursing 

of the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations 
as outlined. The programs on the main campus and all extension 
campuses are governed by the same policies. 

Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the 
students enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be 
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to 
share this expense with fellow students in the same course. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost 
of nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing 
Education Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see Special Fees 
and Charges under Financial Policies section of bulletin). 

The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards 
reserve the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has 
an unresolved felony on record in any state. The Nursing Department 
reserves the right to deny admission to or remove students from the 
nursing program who have records of misconduct, legal or otherwise, 
that would jeopardize their professional performance. 

The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or 
withdraw courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The programs in nursing are fully accredited by the National League 
for Nursing. They are recognized by the Board of Regents of the 
Department of Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists and approved by the Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

The Department of Nursing has an ongoing assessment program. 
Each AS degree student is required to write standardized NLN 
examinations at specific intervals. Upon completion of the required 
nursing courses, a comprehensive nursing examination is given. The 
national NCLEX-RN licensure examination is written upon graduation. 
The Tennessee State Board of Nursing requires an annual pass rate of 
86% for first time writers on the NCLEX-RN licensure examination in 
order for a school to be eligible for continued approval. 

To help the B.S. graduates to evaluate their academic progress and 
to aid the department in evaluating teacher effectiveness, each student 
during the spring semester of their senior year will be required to: 

1. write a self-analysis 

2. complete an end-of -program survey 

3. complete an exit examination 



251 



Nursing 

PROGRAMS IN NURSING 

Major (B.S.): Sixty-two hours for the Bachelor of Science degree 
including twenty-eight of Associate degree level courses or the 
equivalent* including NRSG 320, 325, 326, 327, 335, 389, 484, 485, 
497, 498. Cognates: RELT 373; SOCI 349; CHEM 111, 112, 114. 
Statistics (MATH 215) is a required course but is not considered a 
cognate. General education requirements include an additional three 
hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, three hours Area D, and one 
hour area G-3 to make a total of 124 semester hours of which 40 hours 
are upper division. 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-four hours for the Associate of Science degree 
including NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 320. Cognates: BIOL 
101-102, 225; PSYC 128; SOCI 125; FDNT 125. General education 
courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the other 
disciplines of the college. Students are exempt from general education 
courses for Areas D and G. A total of 68 semester hours is required for 
the Associate of Science degree. 

* Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be considered to have 
met the general education requirements for the first two years of the program, with the 
exception of history/humanities and English. If AreaC-1 or ENGL 101-102 courses were not 
included in the associate degree program, they must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of 
Science degree general education requirements. A maximum of 72 semester hours will be 
accepted from a college where the highest degree offered is the associate degree. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. AND B.S. NURSING 

The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science 
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree. Must 
include at least 68 semester hours for the associate and 124 (40 of which 
are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of any 
admissions deficiencies. Note: NRSG 320, either earned or by waiver, 
is a required course for all B.S. students. 



SUMMER 



SUMMER 



BIOL 101 


Anatomy/Physiology I 


3 




YEAR1 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




BIOL 102 


Anatomy/Physiology II 


3 




NRSG 104 


Intro to Nursing 


1 




NRSG ioa 


Foundations of Nrsg 


5 




NRSG 114 


Med- Surg I 




5 


NRSG 115 


Med-Surg II 




5 


BIOL 225 


Microbiology 




4 


MATH 


(If ACT below 22) 




3 






15 


17 





Area B, Religion 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental PBych 


3 
6 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


NRSG 213 


Childbearing Family 


4 


NRSG 215 


Parent-Child Nursg 


4 


NRSG 217 


Mental Health 


4 


SOCI 125 


Sociology 


3 


NRSG 320 


Med-Surg III 


6 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 
15 IS 



252 



Nursing 



PREREQUISITE TO YEAR 3 












CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 










(NBSG 320 


Medical -Surgical III 


6) 










YEARS 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 

Semester 






NRSG326 


Prof Concepts/Issues 


2 






1st 2nd 


NRSG 327 


Nursing Assessment 


4 




NRSG335 


Comm Health Nrsg 6 




MATH 215 


Statistics 
Area Q-3, PE 


1 


3 


NRSG497 


Nrsg Research Mthd (W) 3 
AreaC/D 3 




RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 






Elective 2 




CHEM 112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 




NRSG389 


Pharmacology 


2 


CHEM 114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 




NRSG484 


Trends/Nrsg Practice 


3 


NRSG325 


Adv Physiology 




4 


NRSG485 


Management 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


NRSG498 


Seminar (W) 


1 


SOCW349 


Aging & Society (W) 




3 




AreaD 


3 






14 


13 




14 


12 



ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

The final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is 
made by the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is 
not the equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. 
Minimum requirements for admission to nursing courses are listed 
below: 



1. 
2. 

3. 



4. 



Acceptance to Southern College. 

Have a diploma from a four-year accredited high school or the 
equivalent. 

The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and 
moral fitness. Further references or information may be 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in 
case of a question in these areas. 

Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test 
or its equivalent. 
5. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout 
the nursing program. 

Associate Degree 

1. High school grade point average of 2.50 minimum (on a 4.00 
scale) on solids (math, science, English, history, foreign 
language). 

2. Two semesters of high school chemistry with a minimum 
grade of C- or CHEM 111 with a minimum grade of C-. 

3. Minimum ACT standard enhanced score of 16 in Math and 19 
in English and composite. 

4. If the high school GPA or the Enhanced ACT scores are below 
the minimum requirement, it will be necessary for the 
student to take a minimum of 12 semester college hours per 
semester maintaining a grade point average of at least 2.50 on 
a 4.00 scale in required courses leading to nursing (including 
three hours each of English and Math). 



253 



Nursing 

5. Science credits (Anatomy & Physiology, Chemistry, 
Microbiology, Nutrition) earned more than eight years prior 
to admission will not be accepted. Applicants may choose 
validate knowledge by examination or by repeating the course. 

6. Students with previous college work must have a minimum 
current and cumulative grade point average of 2.50 (on a 4.00 
scale) on nursing cognate and solid courses (math, science, 
English, history, foreign language) before being considered for 
clinical nursing courses. 

7. ACT scores are required of all nursing students. 

8. A score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading test 
prior to admission. 

9. Transfer students from another nursing program will be 
evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis. 

10. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse 
program and NRSG 103, Associate Nurse Perspectives, may 
receive five (5) credit hours of advanced placement in nursing 
and will articulate directly into the second semester of 
nursing. The student becomes a part of the generic associate 
degree program after articulating into the second semester of 
nursing. 

The following should be sent by March 1 to the College Director of 
Admissions: (1) application to the college (2) application to the 
Department of Nursing (3) high school and college transcripts (4) ACT 
scores. It is the applicant's responsibility to see that all application 
materials are received by the Nursing Department prior to the 
deadline. 

Students accepted to clinical nursing are required to send an 
advance payment of $270 to hold their place in the class. This payment 
also serves as the first semester's Nursing Education Fee and is in 
addition to the regular Advance Payment of $1,850. 

Baccalaureate Degree 

Students wishing to enter the baccalaureate level nursing courses 
must send an application to the department's Coordinator of 
Admissions. Upon acceptance to upper division nursing, courses 
currently listed in the catalog will be required of all students* 

Diploma graduates are required to successfully complete validation 
examinations at a specified level to receive college credits for prior 
nursing learning. The examinations must be taken prior to 
registering for any nursing courses. 



254 



Nursing 



Southern College's A.S. graduates prior to 1991 and transfer 
students from other A.S. programs must take a validation examination 
in order to receive advanced credit for NRSG 320, Medical-Surgical III. 
The validation examination must be taken prior to beginning 
baccalaureate level nursing courses. 

Students are responsible for the cost of taking the examination(s) 
and the fee charged by the college for recording advanced credit on the 
transcript. 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are 
as follows: 

1. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses 
in nursing with no grade below a "C H . 

2. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade 
below "C-" for lower division cognate courses. 

3. Applicants to be considered for admission to junior standing in 
nursing must either have a current license to practice as a 
registered nurse in the U.S., or if a new graduate or foreign 
student, be eligible to sit for state boards. A student must pass 
NCLEX-RN examination before registering for NRSG 484 and 
485. 

4. Experience: 

A. Applicant who has graduated within five years prior to 
application: 

1, Satisfactory clinical performance and character references 
are required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references 
are required from employer(s). Students who have 
graduated within the previous twelve months will be 
exempt from the work requirement. 

B. Applicant who has graduated more than five years prior to 
application: 

1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in 
nursing for each five years since graduation and one year 
must be in the last five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references 
are required from employer(s). 

5. Nursing Credit: 

Graduates of state approved schools will be evaluated on an 
individual basis. A maximum of 28 semester hours of nursing 
credit may be given provided that criterion #1 has been met. 
Advanced nursing credit will be received after successful 
completion of the required validation examinations. 



255 



Nursing 

6. General Education and Cognates: 

A. Associate Degree 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program 
will be considered to have met general education require- 
ments for the first two years of the program with the 
exception of History/Humanities and English provided that 
criterion #2 has been met. If Area C-l or ENGL 101, 102 
courses were no included in the Associate Degree program, 
they must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science 
degree general education requirements. 

B. Diploma Graduate 

1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those 
required at Southern College if received from an 
accredited senior or junior college or by examination 
according to the policy state in the CATALOG. 
2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed 
before entering junior nursing courses. General education 
requirements may be taken concurrently. 

C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level 
nursing courses. 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Associate Degree 

1. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course 
for progression and/or graduation. 

2. A grade of at least C- is required in each nursing cognate with 
a minimum cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 on 
a 4.00 scale in the cognates for admission, progression, and 
graduation in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and 
Physiology, Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, 
and Sociology.) 

3. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. Repeats may be in the following combinations: 
one nursing course and one cognate course, or two cognate 
courses. 

4. Students who do not complete a semester or progress with their 
class, cannot be assured placement in their choice of a 
subsequent course. 

5. A cumulative grade point average of at legist 2.25 is required in 
both nursing and cognates for graduation. 



256 



Nursing 

6. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance 
on standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in 
progression in the program will be required if the required 
performance level is not achieved. 

7. Any remedial contracts must be fulfilled prior to progression or 
graduation (see Nursing Student Handbook). 

8. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the 
student is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) 
must be approved by the Nursing Department Chair. 

Baccalaureate Degree 

1. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course 
for progression and/or graduation. 

2. A grade of at least C- is required in each nursing cognate with 
a minimum cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25* in 
the cognates for admission, progression, and graduation in 
nursing. (Cognate courses are CHEM 111-112 and 114; RELT 
373; SOCI 349.) 

3. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. Repeats may be in the following combinations: 
one nursing class and one cognate course, or two cognate 
courses. 

4. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the 
student is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) 
must be approved by the Nursing Department chair. 

Readmisaion 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Submit a nursing reapplication form to the Nursing Department 
at least one semester prior to re-entering the program. 

3. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale is 
required for readmission to the nursing program. 

4. Meet specified requirements as set forth by the department 
relating to the individual applicant. 

5. A personal interview with a designated nursing faculty member. 

6. If a lapse of time greater than two years occurs in a student's 
program of study, prior nursing credits will not be accepted 
unless an applicant can validate nursing knowledge through 
written examination and clinical performance (for associate 
degree only) 



257 



Nursing 



NURSING 



NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPN program; 
Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic skills common 
to all areas of nursing. 

This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical Nurse for 
advanced placement and career mobility. 

NRSG 104* Introduction to Nursing 1 hour 

An introduction to the profession of nursing, including an overview of nursing 
history, nursing organizations, educational, legal and ethical issues, and opportu- 
nities of the profession. It will provide an understanding of the associate nurse role, 
familiarize the student with philosophy of spiritual care, and give an orientation to 
the program and its philosophy and conceptual framework. Open to nursing majors 
not yet accepted into clinical courses. (Fall) 

NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 5 hours 

Prerequisites: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101. 

Co-requisites: FDNT 125; BIOL 102; NRSG 104. 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritual aspects 

of health care. The student develops an understanding and utilization of the 

nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to all areas of nursing 

with an emphasis on the adult life cycle. Three hours theory, two hours clinical. 

(Fall) 

NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 102; FDNT 125; NRSG 104, 105. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing which 
include selected basic needs of adults at various points on the wellness-illness 
continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected medical-surgical problems. 
The nursing process is utilized to promote physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 
health, intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths 
hours theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing II 5 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 114; BIOL 102. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing continuing 
with adult needs at various points on the wellness-illness continuum. This includes 
focusing on the nursing process as applied to individuals experiencing select 
medical/surgical interferences of increased complexity; promoting physical, 
psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening in illness; and assisting in 
rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth hours 
clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 213. Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115; PSYC 128. 

This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care of 
childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 
health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during and immediately 
following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and one-half hours theory, 
one and one-half hours clinical. Course includes a speech component. (Fall) 



258 



Nursing 



NRSG 215. Parent-Child Nursing 4 hours 

Prerequisites: PSYC 128; NRSG 115. 

This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of family- 
centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. Two 
and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours clinical. Course includes 
a speech component. (Fall) 

NRSG 217. Mental Health Nursing 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115; PSYC 128. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing process 
in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis on specific 
psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. Two and 
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 255. Perioperative Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101-102, 225; NRSG 104, 105. 

An introduction to perioperative nursing. The course provides opportunity for 
applying theory and knowledge of basic sciences to practice; thus, enabling the 
nurse to care effectively for the client before, during, and after surgical 
intervention. (Theory 2 hours, Clinical 1 hour) (Spring). 

NRSG 265. Women's Issues (F-3) 3 hours 

A study of current topics affecting women's general health. The content will focus 
on physical, psychosocial, and spiritual issues. For Non-Nursing Students only. 

(Spring) 

NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical Nursing III 6 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 225; NRSG 213, 215, 217. 

This course provides students with theory and practice of utilizing the nursing 
process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, physical, and 
spiritual aspects of individuals who have acute medical-surgical interferences. The 
student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours theory, three hours 
clinical. Course includes a speech component. (Spring) 

NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic Principles 

of Human Physiology 4 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 112/114. 

This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with clinical 

practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic interferences, and to 

move toward more independent predictive care of clients. Four hours theory. 

(Spring) 

NRSG 326. Professional Concepts and Issues 2 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320 

A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of 

learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate 

approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation of concepts 

and current issues related to professional nursing. In order to meet the objectives 

of the course, a field trip may be required. Course includes a speech component. 

(Fall) 



259 



Nursing 

NRS6 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320; Pre- or corequisite: NRSG 326. 

This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the expanding 
role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to develop advanced skills 
in utilizing the nursing process through history taking, physical examination, 
health planning, and counseling of the patient/client. Three hours theory, one hour 
clinical. Two all-day clinical experiences are required. (Fall) 

NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis 
on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their optimal level of 
functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community 
and mental health concepts. Three hours theory, three hours clinical. Course 
includes a speech component. (Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on 
community assessment and working with groups. Two hours theory, one hour 
clinical. (Orlando Center only) 

NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 346; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis 
on moving individuals, families and communities toward their optimal levels of 
functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community 
and mental health concepts. One hour theory, two hours clinical. Course includes 
a speech component. (Orlando Center only) 

NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and CHEM 112/114. 

Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, 

pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. Two hours theory. 

(Spring) 

NRSG 484. Current Trends in Nursing Practice 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and hold an RN license. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of specialized 
interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical competence. The choices of 
clinical areas may be limited due to the number of students in the semester. Con- 
tent will focus on updating major theoretical areas and clinical skills. One and one- 
half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 485. Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, Senior standing and hold an RN license. 
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent judgment 
in developing beginning management skills. This goal will be accomplished 
primarily through the leadership modes, management and administrative 
experiences in selected clinical areas. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. In order 
to meet the objectives of the course, a field trip may be required. (Spring) 



260 



Nursing 



NRSG 497. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215; ENGL 102. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including framework 
for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The student plans a 
research proposal. The course is designed to give the student the concepts, 
methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and application of research and 
evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall) 

NRSG 498. Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: NRSG 497. 

A course designed for written and oral reports on topics in the nursing field. A 
student may elect to complete the research proposal required in research NRSG 
497, Nursing Research Methods. One hour theory. Course includes a speech 
component. (Spring) 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of department chair. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the department prior 
to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be earned. The area of 
directed study will appear on the transcript. No more than six hours directed study 
may be applied toward a degree. 



(W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



THE ORLANDO CENTER 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — (With a Major in Nursing) 

A part-time program is offered. Admission and progression require- 
ments are the same as those on the main campus. All diplomas and 
official transcripts are issued from the parent campus. For information 
contact: 

Southern College of SDA - Orlando Center 
Department of Nursing 
653 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 

Telephone: (407) 897-1890 

or 
Linda Marlowe 
(615) 238-2941 



261 



Physics 



Chair: Ray Hefferlin 

Faculty: Orville Bignall, Henry Kuhlman, Cyril Roe 

Adjunct: George Viktorovich Zhuvikin 



Many doors of service await students who study physics. SC physics 
major graduates have become academy and high school teachers, and 
professors and researchers in physics, in America and overseas. Also, 
one or more of them has served as aerospace researcher for the Apollo 
project, astronomical observer, chemical researcher, computer systems 
manager, computer network manager at large factory, corporation pilot, 
dentist, family-practice medical doctor, geologist, historian of science, 
instructor for fossil-fuel power-plant operators, instructor for nuclear- 
reactor operators, lawyer, mathematician, nuclear-plant walk-down 
engineer, oceanographer, oil-drilling engineer, planner for Space Station 
Freedom, radiologist, reliability designer for long-distance telephone 
systems, researcher in educational statistics, and statistician 
consultant. 



ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

Physics majors must sit for the physics area test of the Graduate 
Record Examination, and must submit the test results to the Physics 
Department. The Physics Department has found that its graduates who 
have raw scores, adjusted to 1991-1992, of 600 or more do well in 
graduate study. Hence a student must submit a raw test score of 600 
or more, and other convincing evidence that he or she will succeed, to 
secure the department's unqualified recommendation for graduate 
study. 



PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS 

Major (B.A): Thirty hours including PHYS 137, 155, 310, 412, and 
480. Computer courses TECH 174 and PHYS 400 are strongly recom- 
mended. PHYS 480 satisfies the writing and speech components of the 
major. 



262 



Physics 





Typ^l Sequence 


of Courses for 






BJV. PHYSICS 








(Starting Odd Years) 






YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physios 3 


3 


PHYS 155 


Descrip Astronomy 




3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 


1 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 




CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 




3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 




2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-l, For Lang 3 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 


3 




Minor or Elective 


3 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 






16 


16 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 

16 


3 
16 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


PHYS310 


Modern Physics 


3 




PHYS 480 


Scientific Wrtg I 




PHYS313 


Physical Optics 




3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Physics Cal Appl 


2 


PHYS411 


Thermodynamics 


3 




MATH 316 


Partial Dif Equations 3 




PHYS412 


Quantum Mechanics 




3 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 


PHYS413 


Analytic Mechanics 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 


PHYS495 


Directed Study 




1 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/Spch 


3 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


1 






AreaF-l,BehavSci 


3 


TECH 174 


General Metals 
Area B, Religion 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


3 
3 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 

OR 3 
F-3, Health Science 






Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 3 






Minor or Elective 7 


,„ 




Minor/Area E/ 








14 


14 




or Elective 


2 
16 


3 
16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. PHYSICS 

(Starting Even Years) 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


i 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


1 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 3 




PHYS 311-312 


Calculus Applications 




2 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 


4 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 




CPTR 


Pascal, FORTRAN, or C 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 




3 




Area B, Religion 3 




CPTR 


Elective 




3 




Area 0-1, History 3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area F-2, Fam Science 






Area D-l, For Languages 


3 




OR 


3 




Area G, Creat/Rec Skis 2 






Area F-3, Hlth Science 






Minor or Elective 




1 




15 


16 






16 


16 






263 



Physics 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




; 


1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


PHYS310 


Modern Physics 


3 




PHYS313 


Optics 




3 


PHYS495 


Directed Study 






PHYS4U 


Thermodynamics 


3 






OB 




1 


PHYS412 


Quantum Mechanics 




3 


PHYS497 


Undergrad Research 






PHYS413 


Analytical Mechanics 




3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 




PHYS480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




TECH 174 


General Metals 




3 


MATH 485 


Math Seminar 


1 




AUTO 114 


Oxy- Acetylene Welding 


1 




TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


3 






Area B, Religion 




3 


ENGR 149 


Engineering Graphics 


2 






Area C-2, Pol Science/ 








Area B, Religion (W) 




3 




Economics 




3 




Minor or Electives 


5 


3 




Area D-2, Lit/E Arts 


3 








15 


15 




Area F-l, Beh Sci 




3 












Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 














Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 


3 














Minor or Elective 


1 
15 


3 
16 











See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including PHYS 413, 414-415, 418-419, 
295/495 or 297/497, and 480. TECH 174, CPTR 105 to 107 and CPTR 425 
are strongly recommended. Students are expected to subscribe to Physics 
Today and to purchase a book of integral tables. PHYS 480 satisfies the 
writing and speech components of the major. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. PHYSICS 

(Starting Odd Years) 



YEAH 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semei 


iter 




1st 2nd 




1st ; 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Appl 


2 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 




PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 


1 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 3 




MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 




PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 






Area C-l, History 3 


3 


CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 3 






Area G-l or G-3, Skls_2 






Area B, Religion 


3 




16 


15 




Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skill 1 


3 








MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 

16 


3 
14 


YEARS 


Semester 










1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Semester 


PHYS 313 


Physical Optics 


3 




1st 2nd 


PHYS 413 


Analytical Mechanics 3 




PHYS 414-415 


Electricity & Magnet 3 


3 


PHYS 418-419 


Advanced Quan Mech 3 


3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Study 1 






Area B, Religion 3 


3 


PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 1 




MATH 316 


Partial Dif Equations 3 






Area F-2, Fam Science 




MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 




OR 2 




TECH 174 


General Metals 


3 




Area F-3, Hlth Sci 






Area E-l/E-2/or E-4 Sci 


3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




PHYS 


Elective 


5 




Area D, Lang/Fine Art 3 






Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 3 






Area F-l, Beh Sci 


3 




15 


17 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 
16 


16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. 



264 



Physics 





Typical Sequence of Courses for 






B.S. 


PHYSICS 








(Starting Even Years) 






YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition* 3 3 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 




PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 1 


PHYS 313 


Optics 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Calculus Applications 2 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 3 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 


CPTR 


Pascal, FORTRAN, or C 3 


TECH 149 


Mechanical Drawing 2 




TECH 114 


Oxy-Acetyl. Welding 1 




Area B, Religion 3 




TECH 115 


Arch Welding 1 




Area C-l, History 3 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 3 




Area E*2, Gen Chem 3 


3 




15 16 




17 


17 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 3 


PHYS 413 


Analytical Mechanics 3 




PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 3 


PHYS 418-419 


Adv Quant Mech 3 


3 


PHYS 414-415 


Electricity & Magnet 3 3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Study 2 




PHYS 316 


Math of Physics 3 




OR 




MATH 317 


Complex Variables 3 


PHYS 495 


Undergraduate Research 


I 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 3 


PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




Area B, Religion 3 


MATH 411,412 


Inter Analysis 3 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 


MATH 485 


Math Seminar 


1 




Area D-2, Fine Arts 3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area F-l, Beh Science 3 




Area D-2,Lit/Fine Arts 3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 






16 IS 




OR 
Area F-3, Health Science 
Area G-l, Creat Skills 
Electives 

17 


2 

3 

3 

14 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including six hours upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Physics requires 
a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses 
for licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology 
section, beginning on page 158. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional 
semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



265 



Physics 



PHYSICS 



PHYS 137. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3 hours 

An introduction to physics which assumes a one-year course in secondary-school 
algebra. Laboratory work is designed to clarify concepts presented in class. Satisfies 
the requirements for some Allied Health fields at some schools; does not apply on 
a B.S. major in physics. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory each week. 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation and Cosmology (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date line and 
calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, energy processes 
in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity (?) and expansion (?) of 
the universe. Cosmology, the formation and subsequent histories of the solar system 
and the earth, radioactive dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. 
Three hours lecture each week, with optional opportunities for an observation 
period. 

PHYS 199. Concepts of Physics 1 hour 

Prerequisites: MATH 121 concurrently. 

An introduction to selected topics which often cause difficulty in PHYS 211, 212, 
such as torque and angular momentum, and relativity. Does not count on a B.S. 
major in physics. (Spring and fourth summer session) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 120, 121. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic science 
requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a laboratory science 
if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to familiarize 
the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a systematic devel- 
opment of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181, 182. 

The theory of relativity, nuclear physics. Three hours lecture each week. Laboratory 

experience is available in PHYS 325. (Fall) 

PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 

211-212. 

Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral calculus 

will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 311-312 will have 

taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. Two class periods per week 

(Spring) 



266 






Physics 



PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 182. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed from the 
standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light Laboratory 
experience is available in PHYS 325. (Spring, even years) 

PHYS 315. Laboratory Astrophysics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 155, 211-212, 213-214, 311-312. 

Interpretation of spectral line and band wavelengths, profiles, and intensities in 
terms of stars' composition, temperature, pressure, motions. Design of laboratory 
experiments to obtain atomic and molecular constants. Systematica of atomic and 
molecular data. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 497. 

PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundaiy value problems, Bessel 

functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry. 

The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because they 
conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or because they 
conform to one's understanding of Scripture. Non-logical factors in the acceptance 
of scientific statements as authoritative. Application of the scientific method to 
technology-related problems of global significance. Does not apply to a major or 
minor in Physics. 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (£-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry. 

The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of design to 
comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday world and on the 
subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with the unknown (by deter- 
minists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving problems mathematically), or 
with God's continual upholding of natural process. Does not apply to a major or 
minor in Physics. 

PHYS 325. Advanced Physics Laboratory I 1 hour 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310. 

Laboratory experiments pertinent to areas of physics except electricity and 

magnetism. Meets once per week. 

PHYS 326. Advanced Physics Laboratory II 1 hour 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310. 

Laboratory experiments pertinent to electricity and magnetism. Meets once per 

week. 



267 



Physics 



PHYS 400. Physics Portfolio 1 hour 

Each student majoring in Physics may compile a portfolio consisting of records of 
participation in professional activities as suggested by departmental faculty and as 
initiated by the student Examples of activities include but are not limited to the 
following: attendance at club meetings, professional film showings, visiting-scientist 
seminars, and research review sessions, reading of journals and books, participation 
at professional meetings, preparation for graduate school and for employment, and 
lists of concepts or new ideas. The portfolio is reviewed upon the student's 
registration for this course during the senior year. The grade earned for this credit 
will depend upon the persistence of the student in participation during his/her stay 
at Southern College and during summers, and upon the breadth and depth of the 
entries. It also depends upon the student having his/her portfolio reviewed by the 
Department at the end of each preceding semester, and the extent to which the 
Department's suggestions on those occasions are implemented. 

PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of 

instructor. 

A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three hours 

of lecture each week. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of instructor. 
The limits to classical physics, wave packets, the Schroedinger equation, 
eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials. Equivalent to chapters 
1-5 of Gasiorowicz plus the solution of the Schroedinger equation in spherical-polar 
coordinates for the hydrogen atom. (Spring, odd years) 

PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315 (MATH 316, 317, 
318, 319, 411-412 desirable). 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked using 
the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of particles, solids, 
and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector theorems, transforms, and, tensors 
are introduced as needed. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 325. (Fall, 
odd years) 

PHYS 414-415. Electrodynamics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 
411-412 desirable). 

Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and the motion 
of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent prediction of electro- 
magnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and nuclear theory are stressed. 
Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, and special functions may be used 
after being introduced or reviewed. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 326. 
(Fall, even years; Spring, odd years) 



268 



Physics 

PHYS 418-419. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 411, 412; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 
411-412 desirable) 

The structure of quantum mechanics; review of the Thomson, Bohr, and Fermi- 
Thomaa models; operator methods; operators, matrices, and spin; time-independent 
perturbation theory; corrections to the hydrogen-atom treatment; other atoms and 
the periodic table; emission and absorption of radiation from atoms; collision theory; 
elementary particles and their symmetries (Equivalent to much of the material after 
Gasiorowicz, chapter 6). (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and research 
journals. Practice in scientific meeting oral and poster-session presentation. The 
student must have done some original research of an experimental, computational, 
or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in this course. PHYS 295/495 and 
297/497 exist to fulfill this requirement (Fall) 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs 
in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to registration. This 
course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 297/497* Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned in 
accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student May be repeated for up 
to four hours. This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 



EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, to the 
areas of physical geography, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration is given 
the environment — conservation and pollution of natural resources. (Fall, Spring; 
Laboratory offered Fall) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Physics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



(E-4), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



269 



Religion 



Chair: Jack J. Blanco 

Faculty: Ron Clouzet, Ron du Preez, Norman R. Gulley, Donn 

Leatherman, Derek J. Morris, Ronald M. Springett 
Adjunct Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Ken Rogers, Leo Van Dolson 

Advisory Council — Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty, 
Presidents of Conferences within the Southern Union, Southern 
Union Ministerial Directors, Vice President for Student Services, 
Director of Student Finance and Accounts, head deans of the 
two dormitories, college chaplain, college church pastor 

As an integral part of Southern College the Religion Department has 
been given the responsibility by the Board of Trustees to prepare young 
men and women for various church ministries. It also has been asked 
to provide general religion courses for all students. These courses are 
designed to enhance their commitment to Jesus Christ and their 
involvement in the mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 



Philosophy and Objectives 

The department's philosophy is based on the Scriptures being the 
supreme authority which forms the basis of all theological understand- 
ing and moral values. This includes the following concepts: that a 
personal God exists who created mankind in His own image as a free 
moral agent; that human beings have misused their freedom and 
sinned against God; and that the only way to full restoration is through 
Jesus Christ. 

One of the earliest and continuing objectives for operating a 
Seventh-day Adventist college is to provide the church with a trained 
ministry. Closely allied to that is the objective of training effective 
Bible teachers for Adventist academies and colleges. Currently it is felt 
that the college also should make available to students pursuing careers 
such as medicine, dentistry, law, architecture, and other professional 
disciplines, a general major in Religion that will provide them with a 
biblical framework. In addition, it is the objective of the department to 
offer religion courses that will help all students in their spiritual 
formation. 

In recognition of these needs, the Department of Religion offers 
three alternative programs in the major: Theology, Religious Education, 
and Religious Studies. The departmental objectives for each of these 
programs are outlined below. 



270 



Religion 

THEOLOGY 

1. To provide an adequate pre-Seminary training in biblical 
backgrounds, languages, history, theology, and church ministries to 
meet entrance requirements to the M.Div. degree program offered 
by Andrews University. 

2. To provide instruction and practical experience in church ministries 
and public evangelism as outlined in the requirements of the 
Certification for Ministry. 

3. To provide professional training that prepares graduates to serve 
the church effectively in their chosen career. 

RELIGIOUS EDUCATION , 

1. To prepare the student for state and church certification (in 
cooperation with the Department of Education and Psychology) on 
the elementary or secondary levels. 

2. To support candidates in meeting the requirements of the Education 
and Psychology Department and its certifying officer by offering a 
course in Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible and by supervising 
student teaching. 

3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in biblical and religious 
studies. 

RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

1. To provide a basic course in biblical and religious studies without 
meeting the professional requirements of the other two majors. 

2. To provide a major for students who are involved in pre-professional 
programs or who elect a double major, one of which is Religion. 

3. To prepare students to become well-informed, local church leaders. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

1. To provide instruction in the Scriptures that enhances an intelligent 
faith in Jesus Christ. 

2. To encourage development of a set of values that will provide a basis 
for moral decision-making in the Christian life. 

3. To acquaint the students with the teachings, history, and global 
mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 



DEPARTMENTAL ASSESSMENT 

Faculty Assessment 

Effectiveness of the department's faculty or program is directly or 
indirectly assessed by: 



271 



Religion 

1. Student evaluations of all classes administered regularly through 
the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

2. Departmental majors in the final semester of their senior year. 

3. The annual meeting of the faculty with the Chair of the Board and 
the presidents of conferences within the Southern Union. 

4. The yearly meeting of the Ministerial Training Advisory Committee 
(MTAC) of the North American Division at the Seventh-day 
Adventist Theological Seminary of Andrews University which 
coordinates the ministerial programs of all Religion Departments 
through their respective chairs. 

Student Assessment 

The quality of the department's graduates as well as its general 
students is assessed by: 

1. A 16PF taken by all Theology majors in their sophomore and senior 
years with norms arrived at by extensive research of the perform- 
ance of successful Adventist pastors. If a student's scores differ 
greatly from these norms, the faculty member assigned to admin- 
ister the test meets with the student to discuss potential difficulties 
and to suggest strategies for improvement. 

2. The 16PF also provides the department with a personal evaluation 
of students. It is the intention of the evaluation program to help 
students realize their personal goals and maximize their potential. 
This may involve referral to a professional for personal or career 
counseling. 

3. Classes in Homiletics, Church Ministry, Interpersonal Ministry, and 
the Summer Field School of Evangelism measure the student's 
proficiency in those areas. A performance evaluation is submitted by 
the instructor(s) and kept in the students' files for future reference. 

4. A cumulative record of each student's activities is kept as a source 
of information and recommendation. This record includes atten- 
dance at lectureships, departmental assemblies, retreats, SMA 
activities, and other programs sponsored by the department. 

5. The religion portion of the annual assessment testing program is 
prepared by the General Education Committee, not by the Religion 
Department, and is administered to all students through the office 
of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 



NOTE: A summary of the evaluations referred to above will be made 
available in the form of a check sheet to prospective employers 
who request it and will be signed by the department chair on 
behalf of the Religion faculty. 



272 



Religion 

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

Admission to Theology Program 

Students seeking admission to the Theology Program must make 
formal application the first semester of the sophomore year. (Upper 
class transfer students must apply during the first semester in 
residence.) A program of evaluation precedes individual advancement 
to ministerial candidacy. The various assessment profiles will assist the 
student and the faculty adviser in evaluating and counseling together 
during the period of specialized training. If at any time, after being 
admitted to the Theology Program, candidates give evidence of failing 
to maintain commitment to the criteria or preparation for ministry, 
they forfeit their candidacy and the department's recommendation to 
the ministry. Students applying for candidacy must have 55 hours with 
a 2.50 overall GPA and have taken the department's 16PF to be eligible 
for recommendation. 

Directed Field Education 

The department requires field education of Theology majors. These 
experiences are designed to enhance professional development by 
acquainting the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of 
ministry, to provide a laboratory for working with experienced pastors 
and lay leaders in visitation of both active and inactive members, and 
to allow experience in preaching to area congregations. These experi- 
ences are necessary before the student can be recommended by the 
department for church employment. 

Summer Field School of Evangelism 

Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months 
each summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of 
Seventh-day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All Theology 
majors are required to participate in one such crusade. The department 
will offer six hours of academic credit in public and personal 
evangelism and the Southern Union will provide a scholarship for those 
who are approved by the faculty to participate. Students planning to 
take the Summer Field School program must have 55 hours with a 2.5 
cumulative GPA and RELP 321, 322 to be recommended for 
admittance. Applications and scholarship information may be obtained 
from the departmental secretary. Additional evangelistic opportunities 
for individual students and student teams may be made available upon 
approval of the department to accommodate requests from the 
conferences within the Southern Union. 



273 



Religion 

Admission to Religious Education Program 

The Religious Education Program is coordinated with the Depart- 
ment of Education and Psychology for the college. Planning for 
certification by the states and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day 
Adventist church for Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer 
of the Education and Psychology Department, both for admission to the 
Religious Education program in the sophomore year and to the 
professional semester before the senior year. 

The criteria for admission to Religious Education, requirements for 
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to 
student teaching may be found in the college catalog under the 
Department of Education and Psychology and obtained from the 
secretary of the department in Summerour Hall. 

Teacher Certification and Endorsement 

Those seeking Tennessee State Certification only must select 12 
hours from RELB courses. Those seeking to add Denominational 
Teaching Endorsement to their certification must take RELT 138, 255, 
484, 485, and HLED 173. All students seeking certification in religion 
must take EDUC 438, Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible, regard- 
less of whether they had other special methods courses. Application for 
certification must be made with the Department of Education and 
Psychology before the end of the sophomore year. 

Admission to Religious Studies 

The Religious Studies major is chosen by students interested in 
pursuing a degree other than a Theology or Religious Education degree, 
or by students preparing for professional fields such as medicine, 
dentistry, law, and other graduate studies. 

It is a 124-hour liberal arts major and provides a balanced selection 
of both biblical studies and theology courses. The four-year degree 
candidate may apply the required 12 hours of General Education 
courses in religion toward the hours needed for the major, thus 
reducing the number of extra courses needed to qualify 

Theology majors who are 35 years old and, because of unusual 
circumstances, wish to take the Religious Studies major and be 
recommended for ministry, must take a Practical Theology minor and 
other courses as specified by the department. They will be admitted as 
Theology candidates if they meet the criteria as recommended by their 
adviser, and their individualized study program is approved by the 
Religion Department. 



274 



Religion 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES IN RELIGION 

The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and 
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and 
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal 
commitment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six 
semester hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 
12 semester hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one 
three-year course per year which may be selected from any of the 
religion courses offered. Bachelor degree students must take at least 
three semester hours at the upper division level. (Detailed information 
on General Education requirements are found in the college catalog.) 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

The candidates for graduation in the program for Theology must 
have a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of candidacy 
in order to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary entrance. In 
addition they must qualify for certification in ministry by giving 
evidence of moral, physical, social, and intellectual fitness. They must 
also demonstrate emotional maturity, and professional commitment, in 
order for the department to recommend them as prospective ministerial 
employees. Those students pursuing the Religious Education major 
must have a 2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education and in the Held of 
certification as outlined by the Department of Education and 
Psychology. The Religious Studies candidates for graduation, from 
the Department of Religion, must have a cumulative grade point 
average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their major as outlined in the 
college catalog. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The bachelor of arts degree in Theology and Religious Education 
requires courses in biblical studies and religion of which three are 
introductory with others covering the Old and New Testament, the 
prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and the Fundamental Beliefs 
of Seventh-day Adventists in the light of Christian Theology. 

Major — Theology and Religious Education 33 hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB 265 Biblical Exegesis 3 hours 

RELB 345 Old Testament Studies I(W) 3 hours 

RELB 346 Old Testament Studies II 3 hours 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 hours 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 hours 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) '. . . 3 hours 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 hours 

RELT 484 Christian Theology I 3 hours 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 



275 



Religion 

Major — Theology: 33 hours in major plus 20 hours in Biblical 
Languages, 24 hours for certification for Ministry, and cognate 
requirements as follows: 

MINOR IN BIBLICAL LANGUAGES: 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament Greek 1,11 4,4 hours 

RELL 311-312 Inter. New Testament Greek 1,11 3,3 hours 

RELL 471-472 Biblical Hebrew 1,11 3,3 hours 

TOTAL 20 hours 

CERTIFICATION FOR MINISTRY: 

RELT 265 Spiritual Formation I 1 hour 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

RELP 423 Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 424 Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

TOTAL 24 hours 



COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

HIST 364-365 Christian Church 1,11 (C-l), (W) 3,3 hours 

TOTAL 12 hours 



GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION AND ELECTIVES: 

ACCT 103 College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

CPTR 105 Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

MUHL 215 Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

ENGL 335 Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 21 hours 






276 



Religion 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
Bachelor of Arts in Theology 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


3 


3 


RELL 271-272 


Elem of NT Greek 


4 


4 


RELB 125 


Tchings of Jesus 


3 






G-2, Comp Science 


1 




RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 




3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




RELB 265 


Biblical Exegesis 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 




3 




Fers Fin/Aoct/BuB 


3 




RELB 345 


OT Studies I (W) 


3 






D-2,3 Lit/Music/Art 




2 


RELB 346 


OT Studies II 




3 




F-3, Health Sci 


2 




RELT 265 


Spiritual Form I 


I 






F-2, Family Sci 




2 




Area E, Science 


3 


3 




G-3, Fitness 


1 








15 


16 




Education 


15 


2 
15 










YEARS 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELL 311-312 


Inter Greek 


3 


3 


RELL 471-472 


Bib Hebrew MI 


2 


2 


RELP321 


Intro to Preachng 


2 




RELP 423 


Biblical Preaching 


2 




RELP 322 


Expoeit Preaching 




2 


RELP 424 


Evangel Preaching 




2 


RELP 353-354 


Inter Ministry 1,11 


3 


3 


RELB 435-436 


NT Studies I JI ( W) 


3 


3 


HIST 364-365 


Christ Church IJI 


3 


3 


RELP 451-452 


Church Min 1,11 


3 


3 


RELB 425 


Stud in Daniel (W) 


3 




RELT 484-485 


Christ Theo 1,11 


3 


3 


RELB 426 


Stud in Revelation 
GU, 2 Skills 




3 
2 






13 


13 




Gen, Musit^Vbioe 


1 




SUMMER FIELD SCHOOL 










15 


16 


RELP 465 
RELP 466 


Parson Evangelism 
Public Evangelism 


3 
3 
6 





Major — Religious Studies: 33 hours in major plus 28 hours in 
Education and cognate requirements as follows: 

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 

EDUC 135 Introduction to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children & Youth . . , . 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Test Greek, I, II (D-l) 4,4 hours 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching f 2 hours 

TOTAL 15 hours 



277 



Religion 

GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION AND ELECTIVES: 

ACCT 103 College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 14 hours 



TVpical Sequence of Courses for 
Bachelor of Arts in Religious Education 











YEAR 2 




Semester 


YEARl 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 
RELB 125 


College Comp 
TchgB of Jesus 


1st 

3 
3 


2nd 

3 


SPCH 135 
MATH 103 
EDUC 217 


Intro to Pub Spkg 
Survey of Math 
Psych Found of Ed 


3 
3 
2 




RELT 138 
EDUC 135 


Advent Heritage 
Intro to Eduoation 
Per Fin/Aoctg/Bus 


3 
3 


3 


EDUC 240 
RELB 265 
HLED 173 


Excep Child & Yth 
Biblical Exegesis 
Health A Life 




2 
3 
2 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area D-4, Com/Spch 




3 




Minor or Elective 
Area G-1,2, Skills 
Area D-2,3 Lit/ 




2 
2 




Area F-2, flam Sci 
Area E, Science 
Electives 


3 
3 


3 
3 




Music/Art 





3 




Area G-3, Skis 


1 








15 


16 






15 


16 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


REIX 271-272 


Elem of NT Greek 


4 


4 


RELP 321 


Intro to Preaching 


2 




RELB 345 


OT Studies I (W) 


3 




RELT 484 


Christian Theo I 


3 




RELB 346 


OT Studies II 




3 


EDUC 421 


Beh Management 


2 




RELB 425 


Studies in Daniel 


3 




EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Ed 


2 




RELB 426 


Studies in Rev 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci 


3 




RELB 435 


NT Studies I 


3 






Area F-l, Psy/Coun 


3 




RELB 436 


NT Studies II (W) 




3 


RELP 322 


Exp Preaching 




2 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measure 


2 




RELT 485 


Christian Theo II 




3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 






15 


15 


EDUC 437 
EDUC 438 
EDUC 462 


Curr & Gen Meth 
Curr & Cent Meth 
Ed Organ & Ldrshp 




2 
2 

1 


YEARS 










Minor or Elective 




2 


EDUC 468 


Enhanced St. Tchg 


8 








15 


14 



Major— Religious Studies 30 hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELB 345 Old Testament Studies I(W) 3 hours 

RELB 346 Old Testament Studies II 3 hours 

RELT 368 Comparative Religions 3 hours 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 hours 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 hours 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 hours 

RELT 467 Philosophy and the Christian Faith (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 



278 



Religion 

COGNATE REQUIREMENT: (Count toward General Education) 
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 



MINOR— IN RELIGION 

A minor in Religion requires 18 hours including six hours upper* 
division and RELB 125 and RELT 138. Only one course may be 
selected from RELP 321, 353, 354. Only one of the following three 
courses applies: RELT 317, 318, and 424. Those seeking state certifi- 
cation and/or denominational endorsement for teaching in other areas 
could, with careful selection, also acquire a minor in Religion. 

MINOR— BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

A minor in Biblical Languages requires 20 hours from RELL 271- 
272; 311-312; and 471-472. 

MINORS-PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching , 2 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3, hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

TOTAL 19 hours 

BIBLICAL STUDIES 

RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis on His 
teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious problems of the 

individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELB 165. Bible Survey (B-l) 3 hours 

This course is an introduction to the Scriptures designed to enrich the student's 
biblical knowledge and to prepare him/her for additional classes in Religion. It takes 
the form of a survey of both the Old and New Testaments and includes an exposure 
to principles of interpretation. Consideration also will be given to the writings of 
Ellen G. White as they relate to the Bible. This course may not be applied to a 
major or minor in Religion. Not open to students who have taken RELB 236 from / 
previous catalogs. (Fall) 

RELB 175. Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including an 
introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest Christian 
communities and the theological development of the gospel by the early church. 

(Fall) 



279 



Religion 



RELB 265. Biblical Exegesis (B-l) 3 hours 

This course is to introduce the student to Biblical Exegesis (i.e. the application of 
the principles of hermeneutics) in passages of the Bible that are representative of 
the various literary genres found in the Old and New Testaments. The objective is 
to acquaint the student with the various presuppositions that determine the choice 
of hermeneutical approaches to the text; with guidelines (rules) for each step of the 
interpretation of the text; and to provide an opportunity for involvement in the 
process of biblical exegesis. (Spring) 

RELB 335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the 
understanding of Scriptures based on archeological and other ancient material 
which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its accuracy and 
authenticity. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer) 

RELB 345. Old Testament Studies I (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major division of the Old 
Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical 
setting, and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. Various 
approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be surveyed. (Fall, Summers as 
needed) 

RELB 346. Old Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical settings and 
significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, Summers as 
needed) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover their 

meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical 
fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special message for our 
day (Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in the order 
of their composition: Galatians, I and II Thessalonians, I and II Corinthians, and 
James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, Pastoral, and 
General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a 
seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



280 



Religion 



RELIGION AND THEOLOGY 



RELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the sub- 
sequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special emphasis will 
be placed on the contributory role in the church of the Spiritual Gift of Prophecy 
through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 205. Introduction to Christian Missions (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Missions aims at creating an awareness of global missions, its challenges 
and opportunities, problems and possibilities. The course includes an investigation 
of the biblical and theological foundations of mission, basic principles of church 
growth in the practice of mission, essential elements of cross-cultural communica- 
tion, and relevant insights from applied anthropology. 

RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

Last-Day Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology rooted 
in its Christ>centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day Adventist 
contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in the past and 
present. Also it examines the New Age Movement and Dispensationalism and 
focuses on how to be ready for the end event, (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered context. This 
course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view to enhancing the 
student's understanding and ability to provide biblical support for his/her faith. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 265. Spiritual Formation I (B-2) 1 hour 

A historical and theological study of Christian spirituality. This course provides a 
basic introduction to the class spiritual disciplines, with an emphasis on prayer and 
fasting, including a practical application of the dynamics of these spiritual 
disciplines as a means of enriching the spiritual life. (Fall) 

RELT 266. Spiritual Formation II (B-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: RELT 265. 

A continued study of the classic spiritual disciplines of the Christian faith with an 
emphasis on Scripture as a dynamic in personal spiritual formation. This course will 
focus on contemplative reading of Scripture, journaling, meditation on Scripture, 
and Scripture memorization. (Spring) 

♦RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (B-2) 3 hours 
See PHYS 317 for course description. 

♦RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (B-2) 3 hours 
See PHYS 318 for course description. 

RELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian religions, 
including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of each. RELT 
268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not carry writing emphasis. 
RELT 368 will require observational field work. (Spring) 



281 



Religion 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, moral 
ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to 
make basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These norms are then 
applied to issues relevant to the student. Limited to nursing students or students 
with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall, Spring, Summers as needed) 

*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science 

and Religion (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

See BIOL 424 for course description. 

RELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies 
dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas, and Biblical 
studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course may be repeated once for 
credit. Open to all students. (Fall, alternate years) 

RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) (W) 3 hours 
A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages to the 
present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will be given to 
various world views which are shaping Christian thought today. (Spring) 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Recommended: RELT 255 or the equivalent. 

Christian Theology I and II examine the major loci of Christian beliefs. Christian 
Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christology, and Pneumatology; 
and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh-day Adventist fundamental 
beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification only when RELT 485 is also 
taken. (Fall) 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

Christian Theology II examines Anthropology. Soteriology, Ecclesiology, and 
Eschatology, covering the remaining 27 Seventh-day Adventist fundamental beliefs. 
Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a 
seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



♦One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science requi re-men t 
for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors. 



282 



Religion 

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING 

Church Leadership 

RELP 32 1 . Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and RELB 265. 

An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be given to the 
sermon structure and the preparation of biographical and topical sermons. Oppor- 
tunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons. One lecture and two labora- 
tories each week. To be taken in the junior year. (Spring) 

RELP 322. Expository Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 321. 

Expository, textual sermon types will be considered using the principles of biblical 
exegesis. One field trip will be required. Opportunity will be provided to develop 
proficiency in preaching. One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be 
taken in the junior year. (Spring) 

RELP 353. Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in pastoral 
visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. Laboratory work 
in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 354. Interpersonal Ministry II 3 hours 

An introduction to pastoral care in such problem areas as catastrophic and terminal 
illness, grief, death, divorce, drug and alcohol addiction, homosexuality, incest and 
rape. Visitation to correctional and rehabilitation centers, hospitals, and nursing 
homes will be required. (Spring) 

RELP 423. Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

The development of preaching skills shared in Introduction to Preaching and 
Expository Preaching, with special emphasis on the preparation and delivery of the 
narrative/expository sermon following the great themes of Scripture. (Fall) 

RELP 424. Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

The development and the preaching of evangelistic sermons which will prepare one 

to conduct a public crusade. (Spring) 

RELP 451. Church Ministry I 3 hours 

An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the responsibilities of 
clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or ministry, the study of 
denominational polity, the administrative structure of the church on all levels, and 
the relationship of the local church to the community. Laboratory work in area 
churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 452. Church Ministry II 3 hours 

Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as pastoral 
care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting baptisms, weddings, 
anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area churches will be required. 
(Spring) 



283 



Religion 



RELP 465. Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

Attention will be given to methods and principles of Evangelism Explosion and the 
giving of Bible studies. Field work with local churches will be required. This course 
is available only in connection with RELP 466 and will be taught at a time arranged 
by the instructor. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior 
to enrollment. A 50 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according 
to the policy on pages 24 and 25. (Summer) 

RELP 466. Public Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public evangelistic 
meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and hold an evangelistic 
series as well as Revelation Seminars. This course is available only in connection 
with the Field School of Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must 
be obtained prior to enrollment. A 50 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on pages 24 and 25. (Summer) 

RELP 468* Health Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the concepts and methods of creating witnessing opportunities through 
taking advantage of the current interest in preventive health practices and lifestyle 
changes. The objective of these concepts and methods is to obtain decisions for a 
more abundant way of life and to lead men and women to Christ. The course also 
will provide future church leaders with practical ways to utilize the talents of 
members in health evangelism. Laboratory work in area churches and/or community 
settings is required. (Spring, or as needed) 

RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a 
seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Lay Leadership and Missions 

RELP 099. Student Missions Orientation hours [Noncredit] 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, inter- 
personal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social and monetary 
problems, personal qualifications for service, and relevant denominational policies 
for overseas service. The class is required by the General Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists for those under appointment as student missionaries. The class is also 
a prerequisite for students participating in the North American Division Task Force 
Program. (Spring) 

RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours 

The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of Prophecy; 
review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting institutions; study 
plans and methods of operation and set before the student the needs and call for 
active involvement as lay members. 

RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours 

Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian literature. 



284 



Religion 



BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 



RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament times, 
with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours 
A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of (koine) Greek with transla- 
tion of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the Pauline Epistles. 
(Fall, Spring) 

RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical Biblical 
Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work required. (Fall, 
Spring) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(B-l), (B-2) t (D-l), (W) Seepages 48-50and 52-56 for explanation of General Degree and 
General Education requirements. 






285 



Interdepartmental 
Programs 



MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred 
upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who 
satisfy the following three conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate 
college program of which at least the last 30 were taken in 
residence at Southern College and at least 12 of which were at 
the upper division level. 

2. Meet the general education requirements equivalent to those out- 
lined for the current Medical Technology program. 

3. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of 
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the 
respective professional program has been successfully completed 
and that the applicant is eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of 
Records. 

GENERAL STUDIES 

Adviser: Wilma McClarty 

The Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degrees with a major 
in General Studies are designed for students who have not made a 
career decision at the time they enter college. These degrees offer them 
an opportunity to earn a large part of the general requirements for a 
baccalaureate degree while leaving some semester hours free for 
exploration in areas of their choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the general education requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 12 
will be required for Area B, Religion. A course in speech must be 
included. A minimum total of 64 semester hours with a Southern 
College and cumulative minimum grade point average of 2.00 is 
required. Students who plan eventually to complete a bachelor's degree 
should include some upper division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) 
course in the second semester of their second year. 

•Six hours of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units of the same language were 
earned in high school. 

286 



Interdepartmental Programs 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 

AJl. general studies 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 College Comp 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


Area B, Religion 


3 






Area E, Nat Sci 


3 


Area E-l, Nat Sci 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit 




G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Fine Arts 


3 


Elective (area of 








Area D, Speech 


3 


interest) 


3 


3 




Area A, Math 


0-3 


Area C, History 


3 


3 




Area C,'Govt/Eoon 


3 


Area 0, Act Skis 


1 


3 




Area F, Beh Sci 


2 


Area F, Ben Sci 




A 




Area G, Skills 


1 




16 


16 




Foreign Language 
Electives 


3 3 
16 16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the general education requirements for 
the Bachelor of Science degree with the exception that 6 hours instead 
of 12 will be required for Area B, Religion. A course in speech must be 
included. A minimum total of 64 semester hours with a Southern 
College and cumulative minimum grade point average of 2.00 is 
required. Students who plan eventually to complete a bachelor's degree 
should include some upper division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) 
course in the second semester of their second year. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. GENERAL STUDIES 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






lst2nd 






lst2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area E, Nat Sci 


3 




Area E-l, Nat Sci 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit 






0-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Fine Arts 


3 




Elective (area of 








Area D, Speech 


3 




interest) 


3 


3 




Area A, Math 


0-3 




Area C, History 


3 


3 




Area C, Govt/Eoon 


3 




Area G, Act Skis 


1 


3 


/ 


Area F, Beh Sci 


2 




Area F, Beh Sci 




3 




Area G, Skills , 


1 






16 


16 




Electives 


JL 4-1 
16 16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 



287 



Non-Degree 

Pre-Profes sional 

Programs 



Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide 
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. 
If other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are 
prepared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence 
of courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen 
professional school. 

ANESTHESIA 

Adviser: Bonnie Hunt 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an 
approved program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. 
Additional requirements may be determined by consulting the 
Department of Nursing. 

DENTISTRY 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of 
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a 
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the 
field of their interest. Although a thorough background in the biologi- 
cal and physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a broad 
educational background in the humanities is desirable. Upper division 
biology courses are recommended to prepare for the Dental Admissions 
Test and for the first year of basic science courses in dental school. 

Application to dental school should be made one year previous to 
the one for which admission is desired. Successful applicants should 
have a minimum G.EA of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses 
as well as satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test 
(given each October and April). Information regarding the Dental 
Admission Testing Program may be obtained from the American Dental 
Association, 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611. 






288 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



The following courses must be included to meet the minimum 
requirements for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

The following courses are strongly recommended: Ceramics, 
Principles of Management, Basic Accounting, Precalculus, Nutrition, 
Histology, Biochemistry, and psychology courses. 

LAW 

Adviser: Ben McArthur 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should 
become acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law 
schools. This will make possible the planning of a pre-professional 
program which will qualify the student for admission to several schools. 

It is a general requirement that students complete a bachelor's 
degree before entering law school. Although no particular major is 
required, four fields should be especially considered by the student 
serious about law school. These are: business, history, English, and 
behavioral science. Certain courses recommended by all law schools 
include American history, freshman composition, principles of account- 
ing, American government, principles of economics, English history, 
business law, and mathematics. Pre-law students should concentrate on 
developing their analytical, verbal, and writing skills. 

Southern College offers a Political Economy minor, which combines 
an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school 
preparation. This eighteen-hour minor consists of: 

1. ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3 hours 

2. PLSC 254 American Government 3 hours 

3. PLSC 471 Classics of Western Thought I or 

PLSC 472 Classics of Western Thought II 3 hours 

4. ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 hours 

Plus six hours selected from the following courses: 

5. ACCT 221 Principles of Accounting 

6. ECON 225 Principles of Economics 

7. BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business 

8. BUAD 339 Business Law 

9. HIST/PLSC 357 Modern America 

10. HIST 374 History of England 

11. JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 



289 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American 
Bar Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For 
information about the Law School Admissions Test, see the pre-law 
adviser. 

MEDICINE 

Advisers: Stephen A. Nyirady, William Hayes, Joyce Azevedo 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine 
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their 
high school years. 

Most applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior to entrance into 
medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible to apply after 
completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. Applicants for admis- 
sion to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine should maintain 
a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both science and non-science 
courses. The following courses without an asterisk must be included in 
the applicant's academic program. Medical schools generally do not 
accept CLEP credits for these basic science courses. Classes with 
asterisks in biology, chemistry, and mathematics are recommended. 

BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120, 181* 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Religion 12 hours 

It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes 
study of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid prepara- 
tion for the future role of the physician. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are 
directly involved in the providing of health care. The Biology Depart- 
ment collaborates with Chattanooga's Erlanger Medical Center in a 
premedical preceptorship program. This program provides the 
opportunity for upper division pre-medical students to shadow resident 
physicians in the hospital for up to 24-hour periods. 

The applicant is required to have taken the new Medical College 
Admission Test (MCAT) prior to consideration by the admissions 
committee. This exam is administered twice a year — in September and 
April. Application for the exam is made through the Counseling and 
Testing Center one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance 
into medical school following graduation, the student should plan on 
taking the MCAT in April of the junior year. All of the above required 
science courses should be completed by this time to insure maximum 



290 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



performance on the MCAT exam. The exam may be retaken in 
September of the senior year. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools 
of medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. 
Premedical students are encouraged to make appointments to speak 
with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College 
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through 
this service. The AMCAS application may be obtained from the Testing 
and Counseling Office or directly from AMCAS. Application should be 
directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry in the 
summer of the following year. 

American Medical College Application Service 
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. 
Washington, DC 20036-1989 

After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office 
of the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether 
or not supplementary information is needed. 

Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the 
pre-professional recommendation committee of the applicant's 
undergraduate college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide 
the names and addresses of all medical schools to which they are 
applying to the Vice President for Academic Administration's office 
before October 1. 

Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and 
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected 
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical 
school. 

OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Orville Bignall 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the 
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice. 
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
physics. Additional courses in the ares of fine arts, language, literature, 
and the social sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. 
However, additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into 
professional training. 



291 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 330 and 151-152 12 hours 

CHEM 151-152 8 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120, 121, 181, 182 12 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American 
Optometric Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 
North Lindbergh Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141. 

OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. 
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the 
D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of 
Health Sciences, College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kansas City, 
Missouri, one of fifteen osteopathic medical colleges in this country. 

Requirements for admission are similar to those for allopathic 
medical schools such as Loma Linda University School of Medicine. 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point 
average of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science 
subjects. 

PHARMACY 

Adviser: Mitchell Thiel 

The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five 

years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College. 
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat 

variable so the student should consult the catalog of the school of 

his/her choice for specific course recommendations. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 

College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

ACCT 221 3 hours 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 



292 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language . . 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology 2 hours 

Other (to include Economics, Political Science, 

Sociology, History, etc.) 8 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

Electives • • • • 8 hours 

A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre- 
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance 
of acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score 
must be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test. 

VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is keen. 
Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree 
rather than the minimum requirements listed below. It should also be 
noted that it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institution 
other than the school in the state where the applicant resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary 
College Admission Test (VCAT) in addition to meeting grade point 
average and personal qualifications for admission. Professional training 
involves four years of veterinary school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 151-152, 316, 412 15 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181-182 7 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities and Social Sciences 18 hours 

Admission requirements will vary between veterinary schools. 
Therefore, it is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work 
closely with his/her adviser in assuring that the specific requirements 
for the schools of his/her choice are met. 



293 



Board and Faculty 



Board of Trustees 



* Malcolm Gordon, Chair ** O. R. Johnson 

E. A. Anderson Ben Kochenower 

Gordon Bietz Carolyn McCalla 

* Mardian Blair * Ellsworth McKee 
William Bryan ** 0. D. McKee 

** Tom Campbell James Ray McKinney 

* Richard Center Denzil McNeilus 
Ken Coonley ** Harold Moody 
Edythe Cothren Robert Murphy 
Jackson Doggette Ralph Peay 

C. E. Dudley Earl Richards 

* Jim Epperson * Donald R. Sahly 
** Charles Fleming, Jr. Volker Schmidt 

* W. A. Geary Ella Simmons 
W. JackGillis * Ward Sumpter 

* Obed Graham ** Martha Ulmer 
Melanie Graves Greg Vital 
James Greek * Tom Werner 

R. R. Hallock ** J. H. Whitehead 

** James Hickman Bonnie Wilkens 

Bill Hulsey David Winters 

** William lies Ben Wygal 



* Members of the Executive Board 
** Honorary Trustees 

College Administration 

PRESIDENT 

Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President 

Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) Senior Vice President for 

Academic Administration 

Instructional Media 

Frank Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media 

Library 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971) , . . . . Director of Libraries 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program 

Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian 

Records 

Joni Zier, M.A. (1993) Director of Records and Advisement 

Sharon McGrady, B.A. (1977) . Assistant Director of Records and Advisement 

294 



College Administration 



ADMISSIONS, COLLEGE RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for 

Admissions and College Relations 

Public Relations 

Jim Ashlock, Ed.D.(1991) Director of Alumni/College Relations 

Doris Burdick, B.A (1983) Director, Publications and Media Relations 

Ingrid Skantz, B.S. (1990) Publications Assistant 

Recruitment 

Victor Czerkasy, B.A. (1993) ( Associate Director 

Bob Silver, M.A. (1985) Director of Telemarketing 

Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director 

WSMC FM90J5 

Doug Walter, B.A. (1984) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 

Dan Landrum (1989) , Program Director 

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 

Dale J. Bid well, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President for Finance 

Helen Durichek, B.A (1986) . . Associate Vice President for Finance 

Accounting and Financial Services 

Jack Ferneyhough, B.S. (1989) Treasurer 

Burt Pooley, M.A (1992) ' Chief Accountant 

Commercial Auxiliaries 

Dale Collins, B.A (1988) Associate Manager, The College Press 

Roy Dingle, B.S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market 

Harold Haas, B.S. (1991) Associate Manager, Village Market 

Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press 

Larry Payne (1993) Production Manager, The College Press 

Jim Burrus (1993) Manager, Village Market 

Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop 

Computer Services 

John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director, Computer Services 

Judy DeLav. B.A (1982) Assistant Director 

William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 

Thorn Nelson, B.A (1985) Computer Analyst/Programmer 

Personnel/Student Employment 

Elsworth Hetke, M.A (1991) . . . Director of Personnel/Student Employment 

Service Auxiliaries 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service 

C. R Laoey (1970) Director, Grounds 

Charles Lucas (1984) Director, Plant Services 

William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool 

Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services 

Student Finance and Accounts 

Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance 

Donna Myers (1972) Assistant Director of Student Finance 

295 



College Administration 



DEVELOPMENT 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) Vice President for Development 

Paul Smith, M.Div. (1992) Assistant Vice President for Development/ 

Director of Planned Giving 
STUDENT SERVICES 

William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) Vice President for Student Services 

Campus Chaplain 

Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) College Chaplain 

Campus Safety 

Dale Tyrrell (1990) Director, Campus Safety 

Donald Hart, A.S. (1993) Associate Director, Campus Safety 

Counseling 

James Wampler, Ed.S. (1993) Director of Counseling and Testing 

Midge Dunzwiler, M.S. (1993) Associate Director of Counseling 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service 

David Winters, O.D. (1980) College Physician 

Residence Halls 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Beverly Ericson, B.S. (1988) Assistant Dean of Women 

Stan Hobbs, M.Ed. (1985) Dean of Men 

Kassandra Rrause, A.S. (1987) Assistant Dean of Women 

Assistant Dean of Men 

Dennis Negron, B.A. (1993) Assistant Dean of Men 

COLLEGE PASTORS 

Gordon Bietz, DMin. (1981) Pastor 

Randy Harr, B.S. (1991) Youth Pastor 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) Children's Ministries Pastor 

Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor 



Faculty Emeriti 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Education 

Thelma Cushman, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home Economics 

Kenneth R. Davis, M.A., Director Emeritus of Counseling and Testing 

Mary Elam, M.A., Associate Vice President Emerita of Academic 
Administration 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus 
296 



Faculty Directory 






R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Cyril E W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic 
Administration 

Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Evlyn Lindberg, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of English 

Robert Merchant, M.B.A., Treasurer Emeritus 

Louesa Peters, B.A., Associate Treasurer Emerita 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

Kenneth M. Spears, M.B.A, Vice President Emeritus for Finance 

William H. Taylor, M.A., Administrator Emeritus 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 



Drew Turlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus for Industrial 
Education 

Laurel Wells, Director Emerita of Student Finance 



Instructional Faculty 

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern College.) 

Pamela Ahlfeld, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Georgia State University. 
(1990) 

J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M. Mus., American Conservatory of 
Music; D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 

Wiley Austin, M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S. Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University. (1988) 

Joyce L. Azevedo, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Union College; M.A and Ph.D., University of California, 
Riverside. (1992) 

Fern Babcock, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.L.A., Pakistan Adventist Seminary and College; MAT., Andrews 
University. (1991) 

George Babcock, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

BA., Columbia Union College; MA. and Ed.D., Andrews University. 
(1991) 



297 



Faculty Directory 



Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of 
Library Science 

B.S. Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State 
University. (1971) 

Orville Bignall, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1992) 

Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Union College; MA and B.D., SDA Theological Seminary; 
M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of South 
Africa. (1983) 

Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English/Coordinator of Special 
Academic Services 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; MAT., University of Tennessee 
at Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1965) 

Herbert Coolidge, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. (1991) 

Diane Cooper, M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University. 
(1989) 

Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Associate Professor of Office Administration 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee State 
University. (1971) 

Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. (1968) 

Ron du Preez, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Helderberg College; M.A., Andrews University. (1992) 

John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science and 
Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College 

for Teachers. (1969) 

Robert D. Egbert, Ed.D., Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.S.Ed., Ed.S., and M.Ed, University of 
Idaho, Moscow; Ed.D., Temple University. 

David Ekkens, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Loma Linda University. 
(1990) 

Richard Erickson, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business 
Administration 

B.S. and M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

Ted Evans, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1974) 

298 



Faculty Directory 



•Flora Flood, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia. 
(1983) 

Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of 
Technology. (1968) 

Philip G. Garver, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan 
University; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers 
College. (1967) 

Judith Glass, M.Mus., Professor of Music 

B.Mus. and M.Mus., University of Texas at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970) 

Jon Green, Ph.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; M.A., 
Andrews University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1989) 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Professor of History/Senior Vice President 
for Academic Administration 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; MA., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1966) 

Leona Gulley, Ed.D., RNCS, NCC, Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Far East Theological Seminary; 
M.H.S., Philippine Union College; M.S., Andrews University; Ed.D., 
Vanderbilt University. (1978) 

Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary 
College; M.A. and M.Div., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of 
Edinburgh. (1978) 

David W. Haley, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.B.A., 
Tennessee Technological University. (1989) 

Richard Halterman, M.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 

B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University. 
(1987) 

Jan Haluska, Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 



•Orlando Faculty 



299 



Faculty Directory 



Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; 
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Pamela Harris, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.L.S., George Peabody College 
of Vanderbilt University. (1989) 

William Hayes, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S. and M.S., Walla Walla College; PhD., University of Wyoming. 
(1990) 

Carole Haynes, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of Tennessee 
at Chattanooga; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1982) 

Ray HefFerlin, Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics 
B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of 
Technology. (1955) 

*Volker Henning, M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Div., Andrews University; 
M.A., University of Central Florida. (1989) 

Duane K Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B A., Emmanuel Missionary College; MA, University of North 
Carolina; PhD., Iowa State University. (1973) 

Shirley Howard, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1974) 

Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1974) 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

Bradley G. Hyde, M.S.C.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland University. 
(1988) 

Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

BA, Andrews University; MA., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1982) 

Steven Jaecks, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1980) 



Study Leave 

300 



Faculty Directory 



Barbara James, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Texas at 
Arlington. (1991) 

John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T., 
Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.S., George 
Peabody College for Teachers. (1987) 

Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan 
University; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1968) 

Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. 
(1971) 

Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972) 

Donn Leatherman, M.Div., Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.Th., Canadian Union College; M.Div., Andrews University. (1992) 

Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980) 

Ben Mc Arthur, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
(1979) 

Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., University of Montana. 
(1972) 

Robert Moore, Ed.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North 
Carolina; Ed.D., The University of Georgia. (1979) 

Derek Morris, D. Min., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.Div. and D.Min., Andrews 
University; (1987) 

Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library 
Science/Assistant Librarian 

B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. 
(1981) 

Laura Nyirady, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. (1986) 

Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., Loma Linda 
University. (1986) 



301 



Faculty Directory 



Cliff Olson, M.A., Associate Professor of Business 

BA., University of Northern Colorado; MA., Colorado State 
University. (1989) 

Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

BA., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; MA, Inter- 
American University; M.A and Ed.D., Andrews University. (1971) 

Mark Peach, M.A., Associate Professor of History 

BA., Walla Walla College; MA., Washington State University. 
(1987) 

Dennis Pettibone, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
University of California, Riverside. (1988) 

•Mildred Muniz Preussner, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Antillian College; M.S.N., Catholic University of Puerto Rico. 
(1990) 

Helen Pyke, M.A., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1990) 

Kenneth Reynolds, Instructor of Industrial Technology (1992) 

Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; MA. and Ph.D., University of 
Texas. (1970) 

MaryAnn Roberts, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S. and M.S., Andrews University. (1992) 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; MA, University of Northern 
Colorado; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A, Pacific Union College; MA., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., 
University of the Pacific. (1976) 

Daniel Rozell, M. A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan 
University. (1978) 

Terrie Ruff, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work and Family 
Studies 

B.S.W., Columbia College; M.S.W., University of South Carolina. 
(1990) 

Vinita Sauder, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administrate 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A., University of 
Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1983) 



•Orlando Faculty 



302 



Faculty Directory 



Helen Sauls, M.A., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Lynn Sauls, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and English 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA., Peabody College of 
Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Kathy Schleier, B.S.N., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Southern Missionary College. (1991) 
Sterling Sigsworth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. (1991) 

Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; MA., George Peabody. (1982) 

David Smith, Ph.D., Professor of English 

BA. and MA, Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1981) 

Peggy Smith, MA., Assistant Professor of Office Administration 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA, Andrews University. 
(1988) 

Shirley Spears, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama at 
Birmingham. (1990) 

Jean Springett, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Maryland. (1991) 

Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

BA, Columbia Union College; MA, and B.D., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969) 

Jeanette Stepanske, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.S., Andrews University; MA, Ohio State University; Ed.D, 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1979) 

Carl Swafford, M.S., Assistant Professor of Education 

BA, Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee at 
Knoxville. (1992) 

Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.RA., Ruth McKee Professor of 
Entrepreneurship and Business Ethics 

BA, Andrews University; M.BA, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1956) 

Dale Walters, M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee University. 
(1988) 

Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982) 



303 



Faculty Directory 



•Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 

Larry Williams, M.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W., University of Georgia. 
(1983) 

Ruth Williams-Morris, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Oakwood College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Minnesota. (1991) 

Judy Winters, M.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.N., Emory University. (1990) 

William Wohlers, Ph.D., Professor of History/Vice President for Student 
Services 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Nebraska. (1973) 



• Orlando Faculty 


















304 



1993-94 Faculty Committees 



Administrative Committees 

Administrative Council: Donald Sahly, Chair; Jim Ashlock, Ron Barrow, Dale 
Bidwell, Helen Durichek, Jack Ferneyhough, Floyd Greenleaf, Elsworth Hetke, 
Katie Lamb, Jack McClarty, Ken Norton, Wayne VandeVere, William Wohlers, Joni 
Zier 

Admissions/Recruitment Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Victor Czerkasij, John 
Durichek, Sharon Engel, Larry Hanson, Stan Hobbs, Ken Norton, Bob Silver, 
Director of Counseling and Testing, one student appointed by the Student 
Association 

Budget and Finance Advisory Committee: Richard Center, Chair; Dale Bidwell, 
Secretary; Wallace Blair, Richard Erickson, Floyd Greenleaf, William Hulsey, Allen 
Olsen, Art Richert, Gilbert Wilkes, Charles Wilson, Ben Wygal 

Financial Aid/Academic Progress Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, 
Joni Zier, Floyd Greenleaf, Donna Myers, (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Financial Appeals Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell (or 
designee), Diane Proffitt, Kara Erickson 

Key/Access Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Elsworth Hetke, Charles Lucas, 
Ed Lucas, Dale Tyrrell, Dale Walters, Assistant Director of Campus Safety 

Loans and Scholarship Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Don Dick, 
Sharon Engel (or designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Diane Proffitt, Pat Silver, 
William Wohlers, (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Personnel Committee: Dale Bidwell, Chair; Helen Durichek, Vice Chair; Elsworth 
Hetke, Secretary; Earleen Heath, Barbara James, Wayne Janzen, Ed Lamb, Linda 
Marlowe, Sharon McGrady, Diane Proffitt 

President's Cabinet: Donald Sahly, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Floyd 
Greenleaf, Jack McClarty, William Wohlers 

Publications Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Susan Brown, Secretary; Jim 
Ashlock, Doris Burdick, Victor Czerkasij, Bob Silver, Ingrid Skantz, Merlin 
Wittenberg 

Safety/Fire Prevention Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Sharon Engel (or 
designee), Earl Evans, Phil Garver, Eleanor Hanson, Stan Hobbs (or designee), 
Wayne Janzen, Ray Lacey, Charles Lucas, Ed Lucas, Clarence McCandless, Bill 
McKinney, Allen Olsen, Dale Tyrrell, Dale Walters, Steve Warren, VM Manager, 
(Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Trust Committee: Jack McClarty, Chair; Dale Bidwell, Vice Chair; Paul Smith, 
Secretary; Richard Erickson, Jack Ferneyhough, Burt Pooley 



305 



Faculty Committees 



Faculty Senate 

Donald R. Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; Dale Bidwell, Bert Coolidge, 
Ted Evans, Robert Garren, Jan Haluska, Larry Hanson, Pam Harris, Bill Hayes, 
Elsworth Hetke, Stan Hobbs, Henry Kuhlman, Ben McArthur, Derek Morris, Allen 
Olsen, Helmut Ott, Mark Peach, Art Richert, Terrie Ruff, Lynn Sauls, David Smith, 
Peggy Smith, Larry Williams, Ruth Williams-Morris, William Wohlers 

Senate Executive Committee: Donald R Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice 
Chair; Bert Coolidge; Larry Hanson, Parliamentarian; Dale Bidwell, Lynn Sauls, 
David Smith, Ruth Williams-Morris 

Senate Committees 

Academic Affairs Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; 
George Babcock, Ron Barrow, Jack Blanco, Peggy Bennett, Robert Garren, Phil 
Garver, Larry Hanson, Ray Hefferlin, Bradley Hyde, Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Ben 
McArthur, Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, Lynn Sauls, David Smith, 
Wayne VandeVere, Dale Walters, Steve Warren, Joni Zier, Consultant: Frank Di 
Memmo 

Academic Review Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; 
Ron Barrow, Sharon Engel (or designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Ken Norton (or 
designee), William Wohlers, Joni Zier, Counselor (or designee) 

Academic Research Fund Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Bill Hayes, Ben 
McArthur, Bob Moore, Ruth Williams-Morris 

Advisement Committee: Sharon McGrady, Chair; Ron Barrow, Joyce Cotham 
(1995), Floyd Greenleaf, Carole Haynes (1994), Steve Jaecks (1995), Barbara James 
(1995), Marvin Robertson (1994), Terrie Ruff (1994) 

Animal Care and Use Committee: Ruth Williams-Morris, Chair; Jack Blanco, 
David Ekkens, Linda Eldridge, William Hayes, Barry O'Neal, David Winters 

Faculty Affairs Committee: David Smith, Chair; Richard Erickson, Shirley 
Howard, Ed Lamb, Derek Morris, Ruth Williams-Morris, William Wohlers, (Donald 
Sahly, ex-officio) 

Film Subcommittee: Don Dick, Chair; Diane Cooper, Earl Evans, Robert Garren, 
Loranne Grace, Ken Reynolds, Judy Winters, two students, (William Wohlers, ex- 
officio) 

General Education Committee: Lynn Sauls, Chair; Orville Bignall, Jon Green, 
Bonnie Hunt, Dennis Pettibone, Helen Pyke, Honors Subcommittee Chair, (Floyd 
Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Honors Subcommittee: Chair; Bruce Ashton, Duane Houck, Donn Leatherman, 
Ben McArthur, Wilma McClarty, Steve Nyirady, Jeanette Stepanske, (Floyd 
Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Human Subjects Review Committee: Ruth Williams-Morris; Larry Williams, 
William Wohlers, Ron Springett, Wilma McClarty 



306 



Faculty Committees 



Instructional Resources Committee: Jan Haluska, Chair; Fern Babcock, Peg 
Bennett, Rich Burdick, Frank Di Memmo, Jon Green, Merritt MacLafferty, Art 
Richert, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Preprofessional Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; all 
faculty from Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Art Richert, Sharon Engel (or 
designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), William Wohlers 



Promotions Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska (1995), Larry Hanson 
(1996), Ray Heflferlin (1994), Ben McArthur (1995), Steve Nyirady (1994), (Donald 
Sahly, ex-officio) 

Religious Life Subcommittee: Ken Rogers, Chair; Ron du Preez, Leona Gulley, 
Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Terrie Ruff, two students appointed by the S.A., two 
students appointed by the Subcommittee chair, (William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Screening Subcommittee: Pat Silver, Chair; Pam Ahlfeld, David Ekkens, Two 
deans (one from each dormitory), Steve Warren, (William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Social/Recreation Committee: Peggy Smith, Chair; Ron du Preez, Earl Evans, 
Mari-Carmen Gallego, Pam Harris, Cherie Smith, Jeanne Davis, (Donald Sahly, ex- 
officio) 

Student Activities Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; Joyce Azevedo, Bert 
Coolidge, Rick Halterman, Stan Hobbs, Steve Jaecks, Kassy Krause, Kathy Schleier, 
three students appointed by the Student Association including the S.A. Social Vice 
President 

Student Personnel Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Sharon Engel, Beverly 
Ericson, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Ken Rogers, Dale 
Tyrrell, Director of Testing and Counseling 

Student Services Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Dick, Sharon Engel, 
Judy Glass, Stan Hobbs, Ken Norton, Ken Rogers, Dan Rozell, Pat Silver 

Wellness Committee: Phil Garver, Chair; Dale Collins, Helen Durichek, Sheri 
Hall, Laura Nyirady, Mark Peach, Merlin Wittenberg, one student intern appointed 
by the HPER Department, (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Writing Committee: Helen Pyke, Chair; Bruce Ashton, Norm Gulley, Bill Hayes, 
Ray Hefferlin, Dennis Pettibone, Lynn Sauls, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 



307 



Index 



Absences . 69 

Academic Calendar 4 

Academic Enrichment Services 74 

Academic Honesty 66 

Academic Policies 48 

Academic Probation and Dismissal . . 67 

Accounting, Courses in 121 

Acceptance . 10 

Regular , . 10 

Academic Probation 11 

Accounts, Statements and Billing ... 21 

Accreditation and Memberships 8 

Administrative Building 9 

Administrative Staff 294 

Admissions 10 

Admissions, Nursing 253 

Admissions, Teacher Education . . . 154 

Advance Payment 18 

Adventist Colleges Abroad 

Financial Policy 19 

Adviser, Academic 64 

Allied Health Professions 79 

Anderson Lecture Series 74 

Anesthesia 288 

Application Procedure 14 

Art, Courses in 92 

Architectural Studies 138 

Arthur W Spalding School 9 

Assembly Attendance 46,70 

Associate Degree Programs 

Accounting 118 

Allied Health 82 

Architectural Studies 138 

Computer Applications 139 

Computer Science 139 

Engineering Studies 170 

General Studies 286 

Health Info Administration 119 

Nursing 252 

Office Administration 119 

Pre-Cytotechnology , . 83 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 84 

Pre-Nutrition & Dietetics 85 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 86 

Pre-Physical Therapy 87 

Associate Degree Requirements .... 52 

Attendance Regulations 69 

Auditing Courses 16,63 

Auto Body, Certificate Program . . . 197 

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements . 51 

Bachelor of Arts 

Biology 102 

Broadcast Journalism 205 

Chemistry 129 

Computer Science 135 

English 173 



French 222 

German 222 

History 190 

International Studies 226 

Journalism (News Editorial) .... 205 

Mathematics 216 

Music 240 

Physics 262 

Psychology 146 

Psychology Leading to 

Licensure, K-8 146 

Public Relations 205 

Religion 275 

Spanish 222 

Bachelor of Business Administration 112 

Accounting 112 

Business Management ........ 113 

Computer Information Systems 115, 135 

Marketing 114 

Bachelor of Music, Music Ed 237 

Bachelor of Science 

Behavioral Science 95 

Biology 103 

Business Administration 116 

Chemistry 130 

Computer Science 136 

Family Studies 95 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 180 

Health Science 182 

Long-Term Health Care 116 

Mathematics 217 

Medical Science 286 

Medical Technology 79 

Nursing 252 

Office Administration 116 

Physical Education 180 

Physics 264 

Social Science Leading to 

Licensure 1-8 147 

Social Work 96 

Wellness Management 182 

Bachelor of Technology Degree 

Graphic Arts . 199 

Technical Plant Services 199 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals .... 26 

Bankruptcy 24 

Biblical Languages, Courses in ... . 285 

Biblical Studies, Courses in 279 

Biology, Courses in 105 

Board of Trustees 294 

Executive Board 294 

Bogenhofen 222 

Courses from 231 

Botany, Courses in 106 

Brock Hall 9 

Business Administration, Courses . 123 



308 



Index 



Campus Organizations 45 

Canceled Classes 63 

Certification 156 

Changes in Requirements 62 

Challenge Exams 71 

Chamber Music Series 75 

Changes in Registration 61 

Chaplain's Office 43 

Chemistry, Courses in 131 

Class Attendance 69 

Class Office Eligibility 46 

Class Standing 50 

Classic Film Series 75 

CLEP Exams 71 

Cognate Courses 78 

Collection Policy 23 

College Administration 274 

College Plaza 9 

College Publications 45 

Collegedale Church 9 

Collonges 222 

Courses from 229 

Commercial Auxiliaries Managers . 275 

Computer Center 9 

Computer Science, Courses in .... 140 
Computer Science and Technology . 134 
Computer Technology, Courses in . . 143 

Concert-Lecture Series 46 

Conduct Standards 46 

Correspondence Work 72 

Counseling 43 

Course Load 63 

Course Numbers 78 

Course Sequence 78 

Cytotechnology 82 

Credit Cards 27 

Daniells Hall 9 

Dean's List 58 

Degree Requirements. Basic 48 

Degrees Offered 59-61 

Associate Degrees 59-61 

Bachelor of Arts 59-61 

Bachelor of Music 61 

Bachelor Of Science 59-61 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 60 

Bachelor of Social Work 60 

General Education 

Requirements 53-56 

Major and Minor 

Requirements 59 

Dental Hygiene 82 

Dentistry 288 

Dietetics 82 

Dining Services 42 

Dismissal 67 

Distinguished Dean's List 59 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 74 

Earth Science, Courses in 269 

Ecology, Courses in 106 



Economics, Courses in 122 

Education 144 

Courses in 161 

Certification 158 

See Bachelor of Arts, Psychology 

Leading to Licensure K-8 
See Bachelor of Science, Social 
Science Leading to Licensure 1-8 

Elementary Education 158 

Eligibility Criteria/ 

Leadership Posts 46 

Emeriti Faculty 296 

Employment Service 45 

English, Courses in 175 

English, Proficiency in 13 

Engineering, Courses in 171 

Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ 

Concert Series 74 

Examinations 

Attendance 69 

Credit by 71 

CLEP 71 

Rescheduling 69 

Special Fees 16 

Expenses 15 

Extension Classes 172 

Facilities 9 

Faculty 

Committees . 305 

Directory 297 

Emeriti 296 

Family Rebate 15 

Financial Information 15 

Aid 30 

Grants 37 

Loans 37 

Satisfactory Academic 

Progress for 32 

Scholarships 35 

Veterans 35 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals ... 26 

Credit Refund 25 

Expenses 15 

Advance Payments 18 

Application Fee 14 

Estimated Student Budget 15 

Food Service 18 

Housing 17 

International Student Deposit . . 19 

Late Registration 17 

Post Graduate Tuition 29 

Special Fees and Charges 16 

Student Costs 15 

Student Tithing 28 

Tuition 15 

Tuition Refunds 25 

Family Rebate 15 

Methods of Payment 20 

Florence Oliver Anderson 

Lecture Series 74 

Florida Campus 261 



309 



Index 



Foreign Study 222 

French, Courses in 228 

Freshman Standing 10 

Freshman Year Experience, Course 247 
Full-Time Student 64 

General Education, Purpose of 52 

General Education, Objectives . . . 53-56 
General Education Requirements . 53-56 

General Studies 286 

Geography, Courses in 195 

German, Courses in 228 

Grading System 65 

Graduation Requirements * . 50 

Graduation with Honors 58 

Graphic Arts 199 

Greek, Courses in 285 

Grievance Procedure 68 

Guidance and Counseling 43 

Hackman Hall 9 

Health Education, Courses in .... 185 

Health Insurance 26 

Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation, Courses in 183 

Health Service 44 

Hebrew, Courses in 285 

History of the College 7 

History, Courses in 192 

Honor Roll 58 

Honors, Graduation with 58 

Honors Program 57 

Honors Studies Sequence 57 

Housing 17 

Deposit 18 

Humanities, Courses in 247 

I.D. Card Replacement 17 

Incompletes 65 

Industrial Technology 196 

Instructional Media 76 

Insurance 26 

Interdepartmental Programs 286 

Interest on Past-Due Balance 23 

International Students 12,19 

Internship Tuition Charges 24 

Journalism, Courses in 211 

Key Replacement 17 

Labor Regulations 27 

Foreign Students 28 

Late Registration 62 

Law 289 

Ledford Hall 9 

Libraries 76 

Library Science, Courses in 247 

Literature, Courses in 176 

Loans 37 

Location of College 8 

Itfnn Wood Hall 9 



Major and Minor Requirements .... 59 
Marine Biological Field Station .... 76 

Marketing, Courses in 125 

Mathematics, Courses in 218 

Mazie Herin Hall 9 

McKee Library 76 

Medical Science 286 

Medical Technology, Course in 80 

Medicine 290 

Microbiology, Courses in 108 

Miller Hall 9 

Minors 

Advertising 209 

Art 92 

Behavioral Science 97 

Biblical Languages 279 

Biology 104 

Broadcast Journalism 210 

Business Administration . 120 

Chemistry 131 

Computer Science " . . . . 135 

Education 151 

English 175 

French 225 

German 225 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 181 

History 191 

Journalism (News Editorial) .... 210 

Marketing 120 

Mathematics . 218 

Music 241 

Office Administration 120 

Physics 265 

Political Economy 192 

Practical Theology 279 

Pre-Health Info Administration . 119 

Psychology 145 

Public Relations 210 

Religion 279 

Sales 210 

Sociology 97 

Spanish 225 

Technology 196 

Modern Languages, Courses in ... . 228 

Music, Courses in 241 

Curricula 237 

Bachelor of Music 237 

Bachelor of Arts 240 

Ensembles 245 

Fees 16 

Nondepartmental 247 

Nursing, Courses in 258 

Accreditation 251 

Admission Requirements 

Associate 253 

Baccalaureate 254 

Expenses 17 

Loans 37 

Scholarships 35 

Nutrition 82 



310 



Index 



Nutrition Course 247 

Objectives of the College 6 

Occupational Therapy 82 

Occupational Therapy Assistant .... 82 
Office Administration, Courses in . 126 
One-Year Certificate 
Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing 197 

Optometry 291 

Organizations 45 

Orientation Program 44 

Orlando Campus 261 

Osteopathic Medicine 292 

Overseas Study 222 

Pass/Fail Courses 183 

Petition 68 

Pharmacy 292 

Philosophy of College 6 

Physical Education Building 9 

Physical Education, Courses in ... 183 

Physical Therapy 82 

Physical Therapy Assistant 82 

Physics, Courses in 266 

Pierson Lecture Series 76 

Placement 45 

Political Science, Courses in 194 

Post Graduate Tuition Plan 29 

Pre-Professional and 

Technical Curricula 60,288 

Anesthesia 288 

Dental Hygiene 84 

Dentistry 288 

Engineering 170 

Graphic Arts 199 

Law 289 

Medical Technology 79 

Medicine 290 

Occupational Therapy 82 

Optometry 291 

Osteopathic Medicine 292 

Pharmacy 292 

Physical Therapy 82 

Pre-Health 
Information Administration ... 119 

Radiologic Technology 82 

Respiratory Therapy 82 

Technical Plant Services 199 

Veterinary Medicine 293 

Privacy (Student Records) 65 

Probation 67 

Programs of Study 60 

Prospective Graduates 51 

Psychology, Courses in 166 

Public Relations, Courses in 214 

Publications 45,204 

Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 ..... 77 

Rebate, Family 15 

Refund Policy 25 

Credit Refund 25 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 34 

Registration 62 



Rehabilitation Act . 42 

Religion Center 9 

Religion, Courses in 279 

Religious Organizations 45 

Residence Halls 42 

Residence Requirements ......... 51 

Respiratory Therapy 82 

Right of Petition 68 

Rosario Beach Marine Field Station 110 

Sagunto 222 

Courses from 233 

Satisfactory Academic Progress .... 32 

Scholarships 35 

Scholastic Probation 67 

Secondary Education 158 

Senior Citizen Tuition Policy 30 

Senior Placement Service . 45 

Sequence of Courses 73 

Service Auxiliaries, Managers .... 276 

Setting of College 8 

SC Students 9 

Social Work, Courses in 97 

Sociology, Courses in 99 

Southern Scholars Benefits 16 

Spalding Elementary School 9 

Spanish, Courses in 228 

Special Student 12 

Special Fees and Charges 16 

Speech, Courses in 178 

Speech-Language Pathology 

and Audiology 82 

Staley Christian Scholar 

Lecture Series 75 

Standards of Conduct 46 

Student Association 45 

Student Center 9 

Student Employment Service 45 

Student Life and Services 42 

Student Records 65 

Study and Work Load 64 

Subject Requirements for Admissions 11 

Summer School, Class Load 63 

Summer our Hall 9 

Talge Hall 9 

Teacher Education Certification . . . 156 

Technology, Courses in 199 

Thatcher Hall 9 

Tithe and Church Expense 28 

Transcripts 24,51,73 

Transfer of Credit 52 

Transfer Students 11 

Trustees, Board of 294 

Tuition and Fees 15 

Tuition Payment PlanB 20 

Tuition Refunds 25 

Tuition Waivers 24 

Upper Division Credit 52 

Veterans 35 

Veterinary Medicine 293 



311 



Index 



Waiver Examinations 70 

Wellness Management 182 

Withdrawals 25 

Lynn Wood Hall 9 

J, Mabel Wood Hall 9 

Work Regulations 27 

Work-Study Schedule 64 



Worship Services 46 

Wright Hall 9 

Writing (W) Courses 52,78 

WSMC FM90.5 ; 77 

Zoology, Basic Courses 108 

Zoology, Field Courses 107 



V 



The Southern College CATALOG is published annually by the Office 
of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 



CREDITS 

Catalog Editor: 

Cherilyn J. Smith 

Information Consultant: 

Mary Elam 



Cover Design: 

Publications Office 

Production: 

The College Press 



SPECIAL THANKS 

Sheila Draper 



For Reference 

Not to be taken 
from this library 






312 



1993 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 18 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 


31 








30 31 




JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


6 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 26 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 16 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 



1994 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 


12 3 4 5 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


2 3 4 5 6 7 6 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


13 14 15 16 17 16 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 26 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 3 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 5 6 7 6 9 10 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 16 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


16 19 20 21 22 23 24 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


31 






30 31 







1995 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


12 3 4 


1 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


15 16 17 16 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


22 23 24 25 26 27 26 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 


26 27 26 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


2 3 4 5 6 7 6 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 6 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


30 31 










31 



1996 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


1 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 6 9 10 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 26 29 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


7 6 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11. 12 13 14 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 16 19 20 21 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 



SOUTHERN COLLEGE MCKEE LIBRARY 




TMS075560 



1993 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 6 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 16 19 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 


31 








30 31 




JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 



1994 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 


12 3 4 5 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 18 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


23 24 25 26 27 26 29 
30 31 


27 28 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 3 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 16 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


31 






30 31 







1995 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


12 3 4 


1 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 6 9 10 11 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 16 19 20 21 22 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


6 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 16 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


16 17 16 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 16 19 20 21 22 23 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


30 31 










31 



1996 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


1 


7 6 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 


24 25 26 27 26 29 30 

31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 26 29 30 


29 30 31 



i SOUTHERN COLLEGE MCKEE LIBRARY 



iiininiiii 

TMS075560 



o 
o 

F S 

mO 
o« 

S° 






:c/> 

I